Chapter-wise Q&A | CS Executive — Paper 1, Group 1 | ICSI New Syllabus
Q. Natural law says that certain rights are inherent by virtue of human nature and can be understood universally through human reason. Explain. (June, 21 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Natural law says that certain rights are inherent by virtue of human nature and can be understood universally through human reason.
Under this school fall most of the ancient definitions given by Roman and other ancient Jurists.
Ulpine defined Law as "the art or science of what is equitable and good.” Cicero said that Law is "the highest reason implanted in nature." Justinian's Digest defines Law as "the standard of what is just and unjust."
In all these definitions, propounded by Romans, “justice” is the main and guiding element of law.
Ancient Hindu view was that 'law' is the command of God and not of any political sovereign. Everybody including the ruler, is bound to obey it. Thus, 'law' is a part of "Dharma". The idea of "justice" is always present in Hindu concept of law.
Salmond, the prominent modern natural law thinker, defines law as "the body of principles recognised and applied by the State in the administration of justice."
In other words, the law consists of rules recognised and acted upon by the courts of Justice. It may be noted that there are two main factors of the definition. First, that to understand law, one should know its purpose: Second, in order to ascertain the true nature of law, one should go to the courts and not to the legislature.
Q. The Charters of the several High Courts established by the British Government has laid down the rule to decide a case where the law on a matter is silent. Explain with the help of Supreme Court of India’s view in similar situation. (Dec 22 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The Charters of the several High Courts established by the British Government directed that when the law was silent on a matter, they should decide the cases in accordance with justice, equity and good conscience. Justice, equity and good conscience have been generally interpreted to mean rules of English law on an analogous matter as modified to suit the Indian conditions and circumstances.
The Supreme Court has stated that it is now well established that in the absence of any rule of Hindu Law, the courts have authority to decide cases on the principles of justice, equity and good conscience unless in doing so the decision would be repugnant to, or inconsistent with, any doctrine or theory of Hindu Law.
In the absence of any rule of a statutory law or custom or personal law, the Indian courts apply to the decision of a case what is known as "justice, equity and good conscience", which may mean the rules of English Law in so far as they are applicable to Indian society and circumstances.
Q. ‘Justice, Equity and Good Conscience’ is the main Secondary Source of Indian Law. Explain it. (Dec, 20 – 5 Marks)
Ans.
The concept of “justice, equity and good conscience” was introduced by Impey’s Regulations of 1781.
In personal law disputes, the courts are required to apply the personal law of the defendant if the point at issue is not covered by any statute or custom.
In the absence of any rule of a statutory law or custom or personal law, the Indian courts apply to the decision of a case what is known as “justice, equity and good conscience”, which may mean the rules of English Law in so far as they are applicable to Indian society and circumstances.
The Ancient Hindu Law had its own versions of the doctrine of justice, equity and good conscience.
In its modern version, justice, equity and good conscience as a source of law, owes its origin to the beginning of the British administration of justice in India.
The Charters of the several High Courts established by the British Government directed that when the law was silent on a matter, they should decide the cases in accordance with justice, equity and good conscience.
Justice, equity and good conscience have been generally interpreted to mean rules of English law on an analogous matter as modified to suit the Indian conditions and circumstances.
The Supreme Court has stated that it is now well established that in the absence of any rule of Hindu Law, the courts have authority to decide cases on the principles of justice, equity and good conscience unless in doing so the decision would be repugnant to, or inconsistent with, any doctrine or theory of Hindu Law.
Q. ‘‘All customs cannot be accepted as sources of law, nor can all customs be recognized and enforced by the courts.’’ Discuss the essential tests for customs to be recognized as valid sources of law. (Dec, 21 – 8 Marks)
or
Q. What are the essential conditions of a valid custom ? Discuss. Explain any four. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
or
Q. ‘A custom will be valid and will have binding force only if it fulfills certain essential conditions.’ Elucidate. (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. Requisites of a Valid Custom
A custom will be valid at law and will have a binding force only if it fulfils the following essential conditions:
Immemorial (Antiquity) : A custom to be valid must be proved to be immemorial; it must be ancient. According to Blackstone, "A custom, in order that it may be legal and binding must have been used so long that the memory of man runs not to the contrary, so that, if any one can show the beginning of it, it is no good custom". English Law places a limit to legal memory to reach back to the year of accession of Richard 1 in 1189 as enough to constitute the antiquity of a custom. In India, the English Law regarding legal memory is not applied. All that is required to be proved is that the alleged custom is ancient.
Certainty : The custom must be certain and definite, and must not be vague and ambiguous.
Reasonableness : A custom must be reasonable. It must be useful and convenient to the society. A custom is unreasonable if it is opposed to the principles of justice, equity and good conscience.
Compulsory Observance : A custom to be valid must have been continuously observed without any interruption from times immemorial and it must have been regarded by those affected by it as an obligatory or binding rule of conduct.
Conformity with Law and Public Morality : A custom must not be opposed to morality or public policy nor must it conflict with statute law. If a custom is expressly forbidden by legislation and abrogated by a statute, it is inapplicable.
Unanimity of Opinion : The custom must be general or universal. If practice is left to individual choice, it cannot be termed as custom.
Peaceable Enjoyment : The custom must have been enjoyed peaceably without any dispute in a law court or otherwise.
Consistency : There must be consistency among the customs. Custom must not come into conflict with the other established customs.
Discuss the ‘‘Doctrine of Stare Decisis’’, under the sources of law. (Dec, 19 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Doctrine of Stare Decisis
Doctrine of Stare Decisis means adherence to past decisions and not unsettling things that are already established.
It is a useful doctrine aimed at bringing certainty and uniformity in the law.
Under this doctrine, a principle of law that has been settled by a series of decisions is generally binding on the courts.
Such principles should be followed in similar cases, ensuring consistency in judicial decisions.
In simple terms, it implies that like cases should be decided alike.
This doctrine is based on public policy, supporting the predictability and stability of legal outcomes.
Although courts are expected to strictly adhere to this doctrine, it is not universally applicable.
The doctrine should not be viewed as rigid or inevitable, especially when its application would come at the cost of justice.
How ratio decidendi differs from obiter dicta? (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Distinguish between ‘Ratio Decidendi’ and ‘Obiter Dicta’ in a judgment by a Court. (Dec, 18 – 4 Marks)
Ans.
| Basis | Ratio Decidendi | Obiter Dicta |
|---|---|---|
| Meaning | Literal meaning: "The reason for the decision". | Literal meaning: "Said by the way". |
| Definition | It is the principle or rule of law on which the decision is based. | It includes additional observations or remarks not essential to the decision. |
| Nature | It is the binding part of a judicial decision. | It is only persuasive and not binding. |
| Scope | Applicable as a precedent in future similar cases. | May be referred to for guidance but does not have binding authority. |
| Necessity | Essential for resolving the actual legal issue in the case. | Not necessary for resolving the legal issue; stated in passing. |
| Authority | Has the force of law as regards the world at large. | Has only persuasive value, not authoritative. |
| Binding Effect | Binding on lower courts. | Not binding on any court, but may influence decisions. |
Q. Define and distinguish between declaratory and persuasive precedents. (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
According to Salmond, a declaratory precedent is one which is merely the application of an already existing rule of law. In the case of a declaratory precedent, the rule is applied because it is already a law. In the case of advanced countries, declaratory precedents are more numerous. A declaratory precedent is as good a source of law as an original precedent.
A persuasive precedent is one which the judges are not obliged to follow but which they will take into consideration and to which they will attach great weight as it seems to them to deserve. A persuasive precedent, therefore, is not a legal source of law in India, the decisions of one High Court are only persuasive precedents in the other High Courts. The rulings of the English and American Courts are persuasive precedents only.
Q. Judicial precedents are an important source of law. Discuss various kinds of precedents. (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Judicial precedents are an important source of law. They have enjoyed high authority at all times and in all countries.
Precedents may be classified as:
Declaratory and Original Precedents:
According to Salmond, a declaratory precedent is one which is merely the application of an already existing rule of law. An original precedent is one which creates and applies a new rule of law.
In the case of a declaratory precedent, the rule is applied because it is already a law. In the case of an original precedent, it is law for the future because it is now applied.
In the case of advanced countries, declaratory precedents are more numerous. The number of original precedents is small but their importance is very great. They alone develop the law of the country. They serve as good evidence of law for the future. A declaratory precedent is as good a source of law as an original precedent. The legal authority of both is exactly the same.
Persuasive Precedents: A persuasive precedent is one which the judges are not obliged to follow but which they will take into consideration and to which they will attach great weight as it seems to them to deserve. A persuasive precedent, therefore, is not a legal source of law; but is regarded as a historical source of law. Thus, in India, the decisions of one High Court are only persuasive precedents in the other High Courts. The rulings of the English and American Courts are persuasive precedents only. Obiter dicta also have only persuasive value.
Absolutely Authoritative Precedents:
Definition: An authoritative precedent is one that must be followed by judges, regardless of whether they agree with it or not.
Binding Nature:
Its binding force is absolute.
The judge has no discretion and must follow it.
It has a legal claim to implicit obedience, even if the judge believes it is incorrect.
Legal Status:
It is a legal source of law, not just of historical importance like persuasive precedents.
Application in Indian Judiciary:
Every court in India is bound by decisions of courts superior to it.
Subordinate courts must follow the decisions of the High Court to which they are subordinate.
A single judge of a High Court must follow the decision of a bench of two or more judges.
All courts in India are bound by the decisions of the Supreme Court.
Conditionally Authoritative Precedents: A conditionally authoritative precedent is one which, though ordinarily binding on the court before which it is cited, is liable to be disregarded in certain circumstances. The court is entitled to disregard a decision if it is a wrong one, i.e., contrary to law and reason.
Q. The sovereign power of making laws should be wielded, not to guarantee the selfish desires of individuals, but consciously to secure the common good. Critically examine this statement of Bentham. (June, 22 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Bentham Theory of Law (Theory of Pain and Pleasure)
Jeremy Bentham was the pioneer of analytical jurisprudence in Britain.
According to him ‗a law‘ may be defined as an assemblage of signs, declarative of volition, conceived or adopted by a sovereign in a state, concerning the conduct to be observed in a certain case by a certain person or a class of persons, who in the case in question are or are supposed to be subject to his power. Thus, Bentham’s concept of law is an imperative one.
Bentham was of the initial contributors on the function that laws should perform in a society.
He claimed that nature has placed man under the command of two sovereigns-
pain and
pleasure.
The function of laws should be to bring about the maximum happiness of each individual for the happiness of each will result in the happiness of all. The justification for having laws is that they are an important means of ensuring happiness of the members of community generally. Hence, the sovereign power of making laws should be wielded, not to guarantee the selfish desires of individuals, but consciously to secure the common good.
Q. Jeremy Bentham claimed that nature has placed the man under the command of two sovereigns. He also stated that every law may be considered in eight different respects. Elucidate the statements. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Jeremy Bentham was of the initial contributors on the function that laws should perform in a society. He claimed that nature has placed man under the command of two sovereigns- pain and pleasure. ‘Pleasure’ in Bentham’s theory has a somewhat large signification, including altruistic and obligatory conduct, the ‘principle of benevolence’; while his idea of ‘interest’ was anything promoting pleasure. The function of laws should be to bring about the maximum happiness of each individual for the happiness of each will result in the happiness of all. The justification for having laws is that they are an important means of ensuring happiness of the members of community generally. Hence, the sovereign power of making laws should be wielded, not to guarantee the selfish desires of individuals, but consciously to secure the common good.
Bentham said that every law may be considered in eight different respects. These are as under:
Source: The source of a law is the will of the sovereign, who may conceive laws which he personally issues, or adopt laws previously issued by sovereigns or subordinate authorities, or he may adopt laws to be issued in the future by subordinate authorities. Sovereign according to Bentham is any person or assemblage of person to whose will a whole political community is supposed to be in a disposition to pay obedience, and then in preference to the will of any other person.
Subjects: These may be persons or things. Each of these may be active or passive subjects, i.e., the agent with which an act commences or terminates.
Objects: The goals of a given law are its objects.
Extent: Direct extent means that law covers a portion of land on which acts have their termination; indirect extent refers to the relation of an actor to a thing.
Aspects: Every law has ‘directive’ and a ‘sanctional’ part. The former concerns the aspects of the sovereign will towards an act-situation and the latter concerns the force of a law. The four aspects of the sovereign will are command, prohibition, non-prohibition and non- command and the whole range of laws are covered under it. These four aspects are related to each other by opposition and concomitancy.
Force: The motivation to obey a law is generated by the force behind the law.
Remedial appendage: These are a set of subsidiary laws addressed to the judges through which the judges cure the evil (compensation), stop the evil, or prevent future evil.
Expression: A law, in the ultimate, is an expression of a sovereign’s will. The connection with will raises the problem of discovering the will from the expression.
Having listed the eight different respects through which a law can be considered, Bentham went on to analyse the ‘completeness’ of law in jurisprudential sense. He said that a complete law would have the features of integrality as well as unity. Integrality means that a law should be complete in expression, connection and design. A law is complete in expression when the actual will of the legislation has been completely expressed. A law is complete when various parts of it dealing with various aspects are well co-ordinated. If a law does not cover a specific situation that it might have wanted to cover while being enacted, it is incomplete in design. According to Bentham the unity of a law would depend upon the unity of the species of the act which is the object of the law.
Q. Critically examine Roscoe Pound’s theory of interests. (June, 19 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Roscoe Pound a distinguished American legal scholar drew a similarity between the task of a lawyer and an engineer and gave his theory of social engineering. The goal of this theory was to build such a structure of society where the satisfaction of maximum of wants was achieved with the minimum of friction and waste. Such a society according to Roscoe Pound would be an ‘efficient’ society. Realisation of such a social structure would require balancing of competing interests. Roscoe Pound defined interests as claims or wants or desires which men assert de facto, and about which law must do something, if organised societies are to endure. For any legal order to be successful in structuring an efficient society, there has to be a recognition of certain interests- individual, public and social; a definition of the limits within which such interest will be legally recognized and given effect to and securing of those interests within the limits as defined.
According to Roscoe Pound, for determining the scope and the subject matter of the legal system, following five things are required to be done:
Preparation of an inventory of interests and their classification.
Selection of the interests which should be legally recognized.
Demarcation of the limits of securing the interest so selected.
Consideration of the means whereby laws might secure the interests when these have been acknowledged and delimited, and
Evolution of the principles of valuation of interests.
Roscoe Pound’s classification of interests are as follows:
Individual interest : These are claims or demands determined from the standpoint of individual’s life and concern. They are Interest of personality; Interest in domestic relations and Interest of substance.
Public interest : These interests are asserted by individual from the standpoint of political life. They are Interests of the state as a juristic person and Interests of the state as guardian of social interest.
Social interests : These are claims or demands thought of in terms of social life and generalized as claims of the social group. It is from the point of view of protecting the general interest of all members of the society.
Q. “Law is a theory of social engineering, which means balance between the competing interests in society.” Discuss Roscoe Pound’s classification of interests. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Roscoe Pound drew a similarity between the task of a lawyer and an engineer and gave his theory of social engineering. The goal of this theory was to build such a structure of society where the satisfaction of wants of maximum was achieved with the minimum of friction and waste. Such a society according to Roscoe Pound would be an ‘efficient’ society. Realisation of such a social structure would require balancing of competing interests.
Roscoe Pound’s classification of interests are as follows:
Individual interest: These are claims or demands determined from the standpoint of individual’s life and concern. They are-
Interest of personality: This includes physical integrity, freedom of will, honour and reputation, privacy and freedom of conscience.
Interest in domestic relations: This includes relationships of parents, children, husbands and wives.
Interest of substance: This includes interests of property, freedom of association, freedom of industry and contract, continuity of employment, inheritance and testamentary succession.
Public interest: These interests are asserted by individuals from the standpoint of political life. They are:
Interests of the state as a juristic person: It includes integrity, freedom of action and honour of the state’s personality, claims of the politically organized society as a corporation to property acquired and held for corporate purposes.
Interests of the state as guardian of social interest.
Social interests: These are claims or demands thought of in terms of social life and generalized as claims of the social group. It is from the point of view of protecting the general interest of all members of the society. Social interests include-
Social interest in the general security: This includes general safety, peace and order, general health, security of acquisition and transaction.
Social interest in the security of social institutions such as domestic, religious, political and economic institutions.
Social interest in general morals like laws dealing with prostitution, gambling, bigamy, drunkenness.
Social interest in the conservation of social resources like the natural and human resource. This social interest clashes to some extent with the individual interest in dealing with one’s own property as on pleases.
Social interest in general progress. It has three aspects- economic, political and cultural.
Social interest in individual life. It involves self-assertion, opportunity and conditions of life. Society is interested in individual life because individuals are its building blocks.
Having given various interest recognized by law, Roscoe Pound applied himself to figure out to balance competing interests. He said that interests should be weighed on the same plane. According to him one cannot balance an individual interest against a social interest, since that very way of stating them may reflect a decision already made. Thus, all the interests should be transferred to the same place, most preferably to the social plane, which is the most general, for any meaningful comparison.
Q. Describe Austin’s “Command Theory of Law” under analytical school. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. According to Austin, Law is the command of sovereign that is backed by sanction. Austin has propagated that law is a command which imposes a duty and the failure to fulfill the duty is met with sanctions (punishment).
According to Austin Law has three main features:
It is a command.
It is given by a sovereign authority.
It has a sanction behind it.
Command is an expression of wish or desire of an intelligent person, directing another person to do or to forbear from doing some act, and the violation of this wish will be followed by evil consequences on the person so directed. Command requires the presence of two parties- the commander (political superior) and the commanded (political inferior). Sanction is the evil consequence that follows on the violation of a command.
In Austin's theory, sovereign is politically superior. He has defined sovereign as an authority that receives habitual obedience from the people but itself does not obey some other authority habitually. According to Austin, the sovereign is the source of all laws. Sanction should not also be confused with a reward that might be on offer if a given conduct is followed or refrained from. Reward confers a positive right whereas a sanction is a negative consequence.
According to Austin the sovereign does not have to obey anyone but the modern states have their powers limited by national and international laws and norms.
Q. Define the concept of Kelson’s ‘Pure Theory of Law’ under Analytical School. (Dec, 21 – 5 Marks)
or
Q. According to Kelsen, law is a ‘‘normative science’’. Explain. (June 23 – 4 marks)
Ans. Hans Kelson is known for his 'Pure Theory of Law'. Kelson believed that the contemporary study and theories of law were impure as they were drew upon from various other fields like religion and morality to explain legal concepts. Kelson, like Austin was a positivist, in that he focused his attention on what the law was and divested moral, ideal or ethical elements from law. He discarded the, notion of justice as an essential element of law because many laws, though not just, may still continue as law.
Kelson described law as a "normative science' as distinguished from natural sciences which are based on cause and effect, such as law of gravitation. The laws of natural science are capable of being accurately described, determined and discovered whereas the science of law is knowledge of what law ought to be. Kelson considered sanction as an essential element of law but he preferred to call it 'norm'. According to Kelson, 'law is a primary norm which stipulates sanction'.
According to Kelson, 'norm (sanction) is rules forbidding or prescribing certain behaviour'. He saw legal order as the hierarchy of norms having sanction, and jurisprudence was the study of these norms which comprised legal order. Kelson distinguished moral norm with legal norm and said that though moral norms are 'ought prepositions, a violation of it does not have any penal fallout. The 'ought’ in the legal norm refers to the sanction to be applied for violation of law.
According to Kelson, legal-normative meaning is assigned to certain actions and not to others depending on whether that event is accorded any legal-normative by any other legal norm. This second norm gains its validity from some other norm that is placed above it. The successive authorizations come to an end at the highest possible norm which was termed by Kelson as 'Grundnorm'. Thus, Kelson's pure theory of law is based on pyramidical structure of hierarchy of norms which derive their validity from the basic norm. Grundnorm or basic norm determines the content and gives validity to other norms derived from it. In his view the basic norm is the result of social, economic, political and other conditions and it is supposed to be valid by itself.
Q. In India a statute or law is valid because it derives its legal authority from being duly passed by the Parliament and receiving the accent of the President, the Parliament and the President, derive their authority from a norm i.e., the Constitution. From where does the Constitution derive its validity ? Explain. Which theory of law is based on a pyramidical structure of hierarchy of norms that derive their validity from the basic norm ? Elucidate. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans.
Validity of Laws in India
A law in India is considered valid if it is passed by the Parliament and approved by the President.
But the Parliament and President get their authority from the Constitution.
Validity of the Constitution – Grundnorm
When we ask where the Constitution gets its authority from, there is no answer.
So, according to Hans Kelsen’s Pure Theory of Law, the Constitution is the Grundnorm (or basic norm).
A Grundnorm is assumed to be valid by itself. It is not based on any higher rule.
Types of Norms in the Legal System
Grundnorm: The top-most norm. It gives power to all other laws.
Superior Norms: These are general laws made under the authority of the Grundnorm. They are below the Grundnorm but above subordinate laws.
Subordinate Norms: These are detailed or specific rules created to help enforce the superior norms. They get their power from the superior norms.
Hierarchy of Norms
Kelsen explained that law works in a pyramid structure:
At the top is the Grundnorm.
Below it are superior laws.
At the bottom are subordinate laws.
Each law or norm gets its validity from the one above it.
Law as a Normative Science
Kelsen called law a normative science, which deals with what ought to be done, not what actually happens.
This is different from natural sciences like physics, which are based on cause and effect.
Role of Sanctions in Law
Like legal thinker Austin, Kelsen believed sanction (punishment or consequence) is important in law.
But Kelsen used the word “norm” instead of “command”.
He said: Law is a norm that tells us what should be done, and what will happen if it's not done.
Meaning of Norm
A norm is a rule that either orders or forbids certain behavior.
A legal norm includes a sanction or penalty if it is broken.
Moral Norms vs Legal Norms
Moral norms also tell us what we ought to do.
But if you break a moral norm, there is no legal punishment.
If you break a legal norm, there is a sanction or legal consequence.
How Norms Get Legal Meaning
An action has legal meaning only if a legal rule recognizes it.
This rule gets its authority from another higher rule.
This chain of legal rules ends at the Grundnorm.
Grundnorm – Final Source of Law
The Grundnorm or basic norm is the final source of all legal authority.
It decides the content and gives power to all other laws.
It does not get its authority from any other norm.
Q. Examine how far the essentials of federal polity is incorporated in Indian Constitution. (June, 22 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The essential features of a Federal Polity or System are – dual Government, distribution of powers, supremacy of the Constitution, independence of Judiciary, written Constitution, and a rigid procedure for the amendment of the Constitution.
The political system introduced by our Constitution contain all the above essentials of a federal polity such as:
Multiple Levels of Government in India - In India, there are Governments at different levels, like Union and States.
Distribution of Legislative Powers – Seventh Schedule - Powers to make laws have been suitably distributed among them by way of various lists as per the Seventh Schedule.
Constitutional Boundaries for Law Making - Both Union and States have to follow the Constitutional provisions when they make laws.
Independent Judiciary and Dispute Resolution - The Judiciary is independent with regard to judicial matters and judiciary can test the validity of independently. The Supreme Court decides the disputes between the Union and the States, or the States inter se.
Supremacy of the Constitution - The Constitution is supreme and if it is to be amended, it is possible only by following the procedure provided in Article 368 of the Constitution itself.
From the above, it is clear that the Indian Constitution basically has federal features.
Q. Discuss the test laid down by the Supreme Court of India to determine the entity of “State”, whether it is ‘instrumentality or agency of State’. (Dec, 18 -5 Marks)
or
Q. Explain the test laid down by the Supreme Court of India for determining whether an entity is an instrumentality or agency of the state. (Dec 22 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Article 12 of the Constitution of India defines State and its scope includes the Government and Parliament of India; the Government and Legislature of each of the States; and all local or other authorities within the territory of India or under the control of the Government of India.
In the case of Ajay Hasia v. Khalid Mujib, AIR 1981 SC 481, the Supreme Court has enunciated the following test for determining whether an entity is an instrumentality or agency of the State:
Ownership of Share Capital by Government - If the entire share capital of the Corporation is held by the Government, it would go a long way towards indicating that the corporation is an instrumentality or agency of the Government.
Extent of Financial Assistance from the State - Where the financial assistance of the State is so much as to meet almost the entire expenditure of the corporation it would afford some indication of the corporation being impregnated with government character.
Monopoly Status Conferred or Protected by the State - Whether the corporation enjoys a monopoly status which is conferred or protected by the State.
Existence of Deep and Pervasive State Control - Existence of deep and pervasive State control may afford an indication that the corporation is a State agency or an instrumentality.
Public Importance and Governmental Nature of Functions - If the functions of the corporation are of public importance and closely related to government functions, it would be a relevant factor in classifying a corporation as an instrumentality or agency of government.
Transfer of Government Department to Corporation - If a department of government is transferred to a corporation, it would be a strong factor supporting an inference of the corporation being an instrumentality or agency of government.
Q. “Any law which is inconsistent with the fundamental rights is void ‘to the extent of inconsistency’ and it is not necessary to strike down the whole Act as invalid, if only a part is invalid.” Discuss. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Doctrine of Severability
Doctrine of Severability: A law becomes void only to the extent it is inconsistent with the Fundamental Rights under Article 13 of the Constitution.
Partial Invalidation: The entire law is not invalidated; only the inconsistent part is declared void.
Severability Condition: The invalid part must be severable from the valid part, and the remaining valid portion must be capable of giving effect to the legislature’s intent.
If Not Severable: If the valid and invalid parts cannot be separated, then the entire law may be declared void.
Judicial Clarification: Courts have clarified that the valid part will survive only if it can stand independently and fulfill the legislative purpose.
Case Law Support: In A.K. Gopalan v. State of Madras (AIR 1950 SC 27), the Supreme Court ruled that if a valid portion is severable, it should be maintained.
Interpretation of Article 13: It implies that striking down the whole Act is unnecessary if only a portion is invalid and the rest can function independently.
Q. Discuss the ‘Doctrine of Eclipse’ under the Constitution of India. (Dec, 20 – 5 Marks)
Ans. DOCTRINE OF ECLIPSE
Doctrine of Eclipse: Under Article 13 of the Constitution of India, a pre-Constitution law that is inconsistent with Fundamental Rights becomes inoperative, but not void ab initio.
Effect of Inconsistency: Such a law becomes dormant or eclipsed only to the extent of its inconsistency with Fundamental Rights.
Reactivation by Amendment: If the Constitution is amended and the inconsistency is removed, the eclipsed law becomes active and operative again.
First Case Application: The doctrine was first applied in Bhikaji Narain Dhakras v. State of M.P., AIR 1955 SC 781.
Case Facts: The C.P. and Berar Motor Vehicles Amendment Act, 1947 was valid when enacted but became inconsistent after the Constitution came into force, as it violated Article 19(1)(g).
Restoration via Amendment: The Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951 allowed the creation of State monopolies, thus removing the inconsistency.
Supreme Court's View: The Court held that the law was not wiped out, but merely eclipsed and revived after the constitutional amendment.
Key Observation: “The impugned law became, as it were, eclipsed... The amendment removed the shadow, making the law free from all infirmity.”
Article 14 of the Constitution of India says that state shall not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of laws within the territory of India.
Explain it. Refer the relevant Judgements. (June, 19 – 8 Marks)
Ans. Article 14
Article 14 of the Indian Constitution
It states that “The State shall not deny to any person equality
before the law or the equal protection of the laws within the territory
of India.”
Two Key Expressions in Article 14
Equality before the law: Borrowed from English Common Law; implies that no person is above the law, and all are equal before it.
Equal protection of the laws: Ensures that all persons are treated equally without favouritism or discrimination in the enjoyment of legal rights.
Article 14 Applies to All Persons
Not limited to citizens; includes foreigners and juristic persons (e.g., companies).
Example: Chiranjit Lal Chowdhury v. Union of India (AIR 1951 SC 41) confirmed that corporations are also entitled to this right.
Equality as a Basic Feature of the Constitution
Recognised as a part of the basic structure doctrine.
Supported by the case Indra Sawhney v. Union of India (AIR 2000 SC 498).
Doctrine of Classification
Article 14 does not mean uniform application of the same laws to everyone.
It allows for reasonable classification to treat persons differently based on intelligible differentia and rational nexus to the objective of the law.
Permissible Classification
The classification must not be arbitrary, artificial, or evasive.
It should be based on relevant differences between groups that justify differential treatment.
Judicial Interpretation
In State of Bihar v. Bihar State ‘Plus-2’ Lecturers Association (2008) 7 SCC 231, the Supreme Court reaffirmed:
Article 14 permits classification among persons or groups,
But prohibits discrimination among equals.
Essence of Article 14
Prohibits discrimination, not reasonable classification.
Equal treatment must be given to those who are similarly situated.
Q. ‘A’ a state in the Union of India made provisions for district-wise distribution of seats in state medical colleges on the basis of population of a district to the population of the state. Decide the validity of this classification with the help of relevant case law. (June, 22 – 5 Marks)
Ans. In the case of P. Rajandran, Supreme Court held that for a valid classification, there has to be a rational nexus between the classification made by the law and the object sought to be achieved. A provision for district - wise distribution of seats to the State Medical Colleges on the basis of population of a district to the population of the state was held to be void.
Q. ‘‘Article 16 of the Indian Constitution guarantees equal opportunity to all citizens of India in matters related to public employment. However, there are certain exceptions of the Article 16’’. Explain the reservation policy in India. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Article 16(1) and (2) of the Constitution of India lay down provisions for equal opportunity of employment in the public sector. However, there are certain exceptions provided in Article 16(3), 16(4), 16(4A), 16(4B), 16(5) & 16(6). These are as under:
Residence Requirement for State Employment – Article 16(3) - Parliament can make a law that in regard to a class or classes of employment or appointment to an office under the Government of a State on a Union Territory, under any local or other authority within the State or Union Territory, residence within that State or Union Territory prior to such employment or appointment shall be an essential qualification. [(Article 16(3)].
Reservation for Backward Classes – Article 16(4) - A provision can be made for the reservation of appointments or posts in favour of any backward class of citizens which in the opinion of the State is not adequately represented in the services under the State. [Article 16(4)].
Reservation in Promotions for SC/ST – Article 16(4A) - Parliament can make law for reservation in matters of promotion, with consequential seniority, to any class or classes of posts in the services under the State in favour of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes which, in the opinion of the State, are not adequately represented in the services under the State. [Article 16(4A)].
Carrying Forward Unfilled Reserved Vacancies – Article 16(4B) - The State can consider any unfilled vacancies of a year which are reserved for being filled up in that year in accordance with any provision for reservation made under clause (4) or clause (4A) as a separate class of vacancies to be filled up in any succeeding year or years and such class of vacancies shall not be considered together with the vacancies of the year in which they are being filled up for determining the ceiling of 50% reservation on total number of vacancies of that year. [Article 16(4B)].
Religious Qualification for Religious Institutions – Article 16(5) - A law shall not be invalid if it provides that the incumbent of an office in connection with the affair of any religious or denominational institution or any member of the governing body thereof shall be a person professing a particular religion or belonging to a particular denomination. (Article 16(5)].
Reservation for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS) – Article 16(6) - Parliament can make law for the reservation of appointments or posts in favour of any economically weaker sections of citizens other than the classes mentioned in clause (4), in addition to the existing reservation and subject to a maximum of ten per cent. of the posts in each category. [Article 16(6)].
Using the exceptions, the government, both at the central and state levels, have reserved government jobs for STs, SCs, OBCs, women and economically weaker section of the unreserved castes. These reservations are part of ‘affirmative action’ policies of the government.
Q. Article 19(1)(g) of the Constitution of India provides that all citizens shall have the right to practice any profession, or to carry on any occupation, trade or Business. Explain. (Dec, 20 – 8 Marks)
Ans. Article 19(1)(g): Freedom to Practise Any Profession or to Carry on Any Occupation, Trade or Business
1. Constitutional Provision
Article 19(1)(g) of the Constitution of India provides:
"All citizens shall have the right to practise any profession, or to carry on any occupation, trade or business."
2. Judicial Interpretation
Courts have focused on social control and social policy when interpreting this Article.
No rigid rules have been laid down for interpretation.
Courts interpret terms based on context and circumstances.
3. Meaning of Key Terms (Based on Case Law)
‘Trade’:
Includes buying and selling, barter, commerce.
Also includes skilled work.
Defined in The Management of Safdarjung Hospital v. K.S. Sethi (AIR 1970 SC 1407).
Has a wide scope.
‘Business’:
Wider in scope than ‘trade’.
Must be understood contextually in each case.
Determined using common sense.
‘Profession’:
Refers to occupations requiring intellectual skill, sometimes coupled with manual skill.
Examples: Medicine, Law, Teaching.
4. Reasonable Restrictions under Article 19(6)
Article 19(6) permits the State to impose reasonable restrictions on the freedom under 19(1)(g).
These restrictions are valid if made:
In the interests of the general public.
To prescribe qualifications for professions.
To allow State monopoly in any trade or business.
5. Specific Clauses under Article 19(6)
Clause (i):
The State may prescribe professional or technical qualifications required to practise a profession or carry on a trade/business.
Clause (ii):
The State or any corporation owned/controlled by it can carry on any trade, industry or service, to the exclusion of private citizens—either fully or partially.
6. Scope and Nature of Restrictions
The freedom is not absolute.
Reasonableness is key to the validity of restrictions.
While assessing reasonableness, the following are considered:
Nature of the business.
Conditions prevailing in the specific trade/occupation.
The term ‘restriction’ includes complete prohibition, if:
It serves public interest.
It passes the test of reasonableness.
Example: Elimination of private dealers may still be valid if justified.
Q. ‘Trade, commerce and intercourse throughout the territory of India shall be free.’’ Critically examine this statement with reference to Indian Constitution. (June 23 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Article 301 – Freedom of Trade, Commerce and Intercourse
Part XIII and Article 301:
Article 301 guarantees freedom of trade, commerce, and intercourse throughout India, subject to Articles 302 to 307.
This is in addition to the rights under Articles 14 and 19.
Objective of Article 301:
Ensures economic unity of India by preventing internal trade barriers.
Judicial Interpretation – Atiabari Tea Co. Case (AIR 1951 SC 232):
Only those laws which "directly and immediately" restrict trade fall under Article 301.
Laws which indirectly or incidentally affect trade are not within its scope.
Regulatory Laws:
Laws that facilitate trade are not considered restrictive, even if they regulate trade and commerce.
Scope of Article 301:
Applies to both inter-state and intra-state trade.
Does not apply to foreign trade or trade outside Indian territory.
Lawful Trade Only Protected:
Only lawful trading activities are protected under Article 301.
Gambling and prize competitions are not considered trade (State of Bombay v. RMDC, AIR 1957 SC 699).
Exceptions to the Freedom of Trade and Commerce under Article 301 (Articles 302–305)
The freedom guaranteed by Article 301 is not made absolute and is to be read subject to the following exceptions as provided in Articles 302-305:
Parliament to Impose Restriction in the Public Interest
According to Article 302, Parliament may, by law, impose such restrictions on the freedom of trade, commerce and intercourse as may be required in the public interest.
Parliament to make Preference or Discrimination
Parliament cannot by making any law give preference to one State over the other or make discrimination between the States except when it is declared by that law that it is necessary to do so for the purpose of dealing with a situation arising from scarcity of goods in any part of the territory of India [Article 303 (1) and (2)].
Power of the State Legislature
The Legislature of a State may by law:
impose on goods imported from other States or the Union territories any tax to which similar goods manufactured or produced in that State are subject, so, however, as not to discriminate between goods so imported and goods so manufactured or produced; and
Impose such reasonable restrictions on the freedom of trade, commerce or intercourse within the state as may be required in the public interest.
However, no bill or amendment for making a law falling in provision above can be introduced or moved in the Legislature of a State without the previous sanction of the President. [Article 304]
Saving of Existing Laws
The law which was already in force at the commencement of the Constitution shall not be affected by the provisions of Article 301 except in so far as the President may, by order, otherwise direct (Art 305).
Saving of Laws providing for State Monopoly
The laws which create State monopoly in any trade, etc. are saved from attack under Article 301, i.e., they are valid irrespective of the fact that they directly impede or restrict the freedom of trade and commerce.
Q. Explain the freedom of association under the Constitution of India. What reasonable restrictions have been imposed on this freedom under Article 19 of the Constitution of India ? (June, 19 – 5 Marks)
Ans. According to Article of 19(1) (c) of the Constitution of India, all citizens shall have the right to form associations or unions. The freedom of association includes freedom to hold meeting and to takeout processions without arms.
Right to form associations for unions is also guaranteed so that people are free to have the members entertaining similar views.
This right is also, however, subject to reasonable restrictions which the State may impose in the interests of:
The sovereignty and integrity of India, or
Public order, or
Morality.
A question not yet free from doubt is whether the fundamental right to form association also conveys the freedom to deny to form an association. In the case of Tikaramji v. Uttar Pradesh, AIR 1956 SC 676, the Supreme Court observed that assuming the right to form an association “implies a right not to form an association, it does not follow that the negative right must also be regarded as a fundamental right”.
What are the restrictions on right to freedom of speech and expression under Article 19 of the Constitution of India ? (Dec, 18 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Article 19(2) of the Constitution of India specifies the grounds on which the freedom of speech and expression may be restricted. It enables the Legislature to impose by law reasonable restrictions on the freedom of speech and expression under the following heads:
Sovereignty and integrity of India
Security of the State
Friendly relation with foreign States
Public Order
Decency or morality or
Contempt of Court
Defamation
Incitement to an offence
Q. “Article 20 of the Constitution of India guarantees protection against self- incrimination”. Explain briefly. (Dec, 18 – 4 Marks)
or
Q. Discuss the principle of protection against compulsion of self-incrimination embodies Article 20(3) of the Constitution of India with the help of judicial decisions. (June 23 – 4 marks)
Ans. According to Article 20(3) of the Constitution of India, no person accused of any offence shall be compelled to be a witness against himself. In other words, an accused cannot be compelled to state anything which goes against him. But it is to be noted that a person is entitled to this protection, only when all the three conditions are fulfilled:
that he must be accused of an offence;
that there must be a compulsion to be a witness; and
such compulsion should result in his giving evidence against himself
So, if the person was not an accused when he made a statement or the statement was not made as a witness or it was made by him without compulsion and does not result as a statement against himself, then the protection available under this provision does not extend to such person or to such statement.
The ‘right against self-incrimination’ protects persons who have been formally accused as well as those who are examined as suspects in criminal cases. It also extends to cover witnesses who apprehend that their answers could expose them to criminal charges in the ongoing investigation or even in cases other than the one being investigated. [Selvi v. State of Karnataka, AIR 2010 SC 1974].
Q. Mahendra is an accused in a high-profile murder case. The investigating authorities want to conduct a narco-analysis test without his consent to obtain evidence. Mahendra’s advocate argues that the use of this test violates his fundamental rights. With reference to Selvi v. State of Karnataka, AIR 2010 SC 1974, discuss as to whether the use of narco-analysis test on Mahendra, without his consent, constitutes a violation of his fundamental rights. Is this right available to all persons ? (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Article 20(3) – Protection Against Self-Incrimination
Article 20(3) of the Constitution of India:
States that no person accused of any offence shall be compelled to be a witness against himself.
This provides the right against self-incrimination.
Conditions for Protection:
Protection under Article 20(3) is available only when all three
conditions are fulfilled:
(i) The person must be accused of an offence.
(ii) There must be compulsion to be a witness.
(iii) The compulsion must result in giving evidence against oneself.
When Protection Does Not Apply:
If the person was not accused at the time of the statement, or
If the statement was made without compulsion, or
If it does not incriminate the person,
then Article 20(3) does not apply.
Extension of Protection:
The right protects both accused persons and suspects in criminal cases.
It also applies to witnesses who fear that their statements might lead to criminal charges against them.
Selvi v. State of Karnataka (AIR 2010 SC 1974):
The Supreme Court held that forcible narco-analysis, brain-mapping, or polygraph tests without consent violate Article 20(3).
Application in Mahendra’s Case:
The investigating authority’s attempt to conduct narco-analysis without Mahendra’s consent would be a violation of his fundamental right under Article 20(3).
Availability of Right:
This protection is available to all persons, whether citizens or non-citizens.
Q. State the justifiable grounds for Parliament and State Legislature to pass law of preventive detention and briefly explain safeguards against such preventive detention laws. (Dec 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Parliament has the power to make a law for preventive detention for reasons connected with defence, foreign affairs or the security of India. Parliament and State Legislatures are both entitled to pass a law of preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community.
Safeguards against Preventive Detention
Article 22 (amended by the 44th Constitution Amendment Act, 1978) contains following safeguards against preventive detention:
such a person cannot be detained for a longer period than three months unless:
An Advisory Board constituted of persons who are or have been or are qualified to be High Court judges has reported, before the expiration of the said period of three months that there is, in its opinion sufficient cause for such detention.
Parliament may by law prescribe the maximum period for which any person may any class or classes of cases be detained under any law providing for preventive detention and the procedure to be followed by an Advisory Board.
The authority ordering the detention of a person under the preventive detention law shall:
communicate to him, as soon as may be, the grounds on which the order for his detention has been made, and
afford him the earliest opportunity of making the representation against the order.
It may, however, be noted that while the grounds for making the order are to be supplied, the authority making such order is not bound to disclose those facts which it considers to be against the public interest.
Q. Vijay, an accused, committed an offence of dacoity in 2015. At that time dacoity was punishable with imprisonment of 10 years. In 2016 during his trial, a law was passed which made dacoity punishable with life imprisonment. Which penalty would be applicable on accused Vijay? Discuss the answer with reference to Article 20(1) of the Indian Constitution. (June, 21 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Article 20(1) – Protection Against Ex-Post Facto Laws
Article 20(1) of the Constitution of India:
No person shall be convicted of any offence except for the violation of a law in force at the time of the act.
No person shall be subjected to a penalty greater than that prescribed at the time of the offence.
Ex-Post Facto Law:
Refers to laws that punish acts retrospectively, i.e., acts that were not offences when committed.
Protection Against Retrospective Criminal Laws:
A person cannot be convicted under a law that retrospectively declares an act to be an offence.
Punishment for an offence cannot be increased with retrospective effect.
Illustration – Vijay’s Case:
In 2015, the punishment for dacoity was 10 years imprisonment.
Vijay committed dacoity in 2015.
A later law increasing punishment to life imprisonment cannot apply to Vijay, as retrospective increase in punishment is barred by Article 20(1).
Q. Discuss ‘the procedure established by law’ under Article 21 of the Constitution of India with decided case laws. (Dec, 18 – 8 Marks)
Ans.
Article 21 of the Constitution of India:
“No person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law.”
Meaning of 'Procedure Established by Law':
It refers to the procedure laid down by a statute or law made by the State.
Three requirements must be met:
(i) There must be a law justifying the
deprivation.
(ii) The law must be valid.
(iii) The procedure prescribed must be strictly
followed.
Judicial Interpretations
A.K. Gopalan v. State of Madras (AIR 1950 SC 27):
Initially interpreted that any legislated procedure was sufficient to deprive personal liberty.
Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India (AIR 1978 SC 49):
Overruled the earlier view.
Held that the procedure must also satisfy the tests of Article 14 (equality) and Article 19 (freedoms).
The procedure must be fair, just, and reasonable — not arbitrary, fanciful, or oppressive.
Extension in Later Cases: - In Bachan Singh v. State of Punjab (AIR 1980 SC 898), the Court reiterated that Article 21 allows deprivation of life or liberty only through a valid law and fair procedure.
Key Principle:
Right to life and personal liberty can only be curtailed by a valid, fair, just, and reasonable law, ensuring protection under Articles 14, 19, and 21 collectively.
Q. Briefly describe the Fundamental Rights against exploitation under Constitution of India. (Dec, 21 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Fundamental Rights against exploitation under the Constitution of India are provided in Article 23 and 24. They are described as under:
a) Article 23 of the Constitution of India:
Imposes a ban on traffic in human beings, begar, and other forms of forced labour.
Violation of this Article is punishable by law.
b) Meaning of Terms:
Traffic in human beings: Dealing in men, women, and children like goods (e.g., selling or exploiting them).
Begar: Compulsory or involuntary work without payment.
c) Fundamental Right Violation:
Any person forced to work without consent or without payment can file a complaint under Article 23.
Even forced labour with payment can be challenged if done against one’s will.
d) State-Imposed Compulsory Service:
The State may impose compulsory service for public purposes (e.g., military service, social service).
However, there must be no discrimination based on religion, race, caste, or class (as per Clause 2 of Article 23).
Historical Context – Zamindari System:
Under the old system, tenants were forced to serve landlords without payment, known as begar, which is now unconstitutional.
Modern Implications:
Citizens are free to choose employment.
Minimum wages must be paid as per government regulations.
Judicial Recognition – Gaurav Jain v. Union of India (AIR 1997 SC 3021):
The Supreme Court affirmed the rights of children of prostitutes to equality, dignity, protection, and rehabilitation, enabling them to integrate into mainstream society.
Article 24 prohibits the employment of children below the age of fourteen in any factory or mine. The Factories Act, 1948; The Mines Act, 1952; The Apprentices’ Act, 1961; and the Child & Adolescent Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986 are some of the important enactments in the statute book to protect the children from exploitation by unscrupulous employers. The Supreme Court has issued detailed guidelines as to child labour in M.C. Mehta v. State of T.N., AIR 1993 S.C. 699.
Q. “Under the Indian Constitution, Parliament is empowered to make law even on the subjects enumerated in the State List”. Discuss the power of Parliament to make Laws on State List. (June, 21 - 4 Marks)
Ans. Under the following circumstances the Parliament is authorised to make Laws on the subjects enumerated in the State List –
In the National Interest (Article 249) - Parliament can make a law with respect to a matter enumerated in the State List if the Council of States declares by a resolution supported by two-thirds of its members present and voting, that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that Parliament should make a law on that matter. By such declaration Parliament gets the authority to legislate on that matter for the whole or part of the country so long as the resolution of the Council of States remains in force. But such resolution shall remain in force for a period not exceeding one year.
During a proclamation of emergency (Article 250) - While a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, Article 250 of the Constitution of India removes restrictions on the legislative authority of the Union Legislature in relation to the subjects enumerated in the State List. Thus, during emergency, Parliament shall have power to make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India with respect to all matters in the State List.
Breakdown of Constitutional Machinery in a State (Article 356 and 357) - In case the Governor of a State reports to the President, or if he is otherwise satisfied that the Government of a State cannot be carried on according to the provisions of the Constitution, then he (President) can make a proclamation to that effect. By that proclamation, he can assume to himself all or any of the functions of the Government of the State and all or any of the powers vested in or exercisable by the Governor or anybody or authority in the State, and declare that the powers of Legislature of that State shall vest in Parliament.
On the request of two or more States (Article 252) - Article 252 of the Constitution enumerates the power of Parliament to legislate for state. The exercise of such power is conditional upon an agreement between two or more States requesting Parliament to legislate for them on a specified subject
Legislation for enforcing international agreements (Article 253) - Parliament has exclusive power with respect to foreign affairs and entering into treaties and agreements with foreign countries and implementing of treaties and agreements and conventions with foreign countries. But a treaty or agreement concluded with another country may require national implementation and for that purpose a law may be needed. To meet such difficulties, the Constitution authorises the Parliament to make law on any subject included in any list to implement:
any treaty, agreement or convention with any other country or countries, or
any decision made at any international conference, association or other body.
Q. Raj has been wrongfully detained in custody by Yogesh, a police officer. What remedy is available to Raj’s family in such a case under Indian Constitution ? Discuss. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Remedy Available to Raj’s Family under the Indian Constitution
1. Nature of the Wrong
Raj has been wrongfully detained by Yogesh, a police officer.
Such detention amounts to a violation of the fundamental right to personal liberty guaranteed under Article 21 of the Constitution of India.
2. Appropriate Constitutional Remedy – Writ of Habeas Corpus
The most effective remedy in cases of illegal detention is the writ of Habeas Corpus.
The term Habeas Corpus literally means “to have the body.”
This writ is an effective safeguard against arbitrary and unlawful detention.
3. Who Can File the Writ
The petition for Habeas Corpus may be filed by:
The detained person himself, or
Any person acting on his behalf, including family members, friends, or well-wishers.
Therefore, Raj’s family is legally competent to file the petition.
4. Constitutional Provisions
Article 32:
Provides the right to move the Supreme Court for enforcement of fundamental rights.
Article 226:
Empowers the High Courts to issue writs, including Habeas Corpus.
Upon a prima facie case, the Court issues a rule nisi directing the detaining authority to:
Produce Raj before the Court, and
Justify the grounds of detention.
5. Effect of the Writ
If the detention is found to be without legal justification:
The Court will order Raj’s immediate release.
Non-compliance with the writ:
Amounts to contempt of court under the Contempt of Courts Act.
An appeal may lie to the Supreme Court under Articles 132, 134, or 136.
6. Conclusion
Since Raj has been wrongfully detained by a police officer:
His family can file a writ of Habeas Corpus in the High Court or Supreme Court.
This writ serves as a constitutional protection of personal liberty and ensures that no person is deprived of liberty except according to procedure established by law.
So, Raj’s family can seek the issuance of a writ of Habeas Corpus under Articles 32 or 226 of the Constitution of India for his production before the Court and his release, as his detention by Yogesh is illegal
Q. Write a short note on writ of ‘Quo Warranto’. (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The writ of Quo Warranto enables enquiry into the legality of the claim which a person asserts, to an office or franchise and to oust him from such position if he is a usurper. The holder of the office has to show to the court under what authority he holds the office. It is issued when:
the office is public and of a substantive nature,
created by statute or by the Constitution itself, and
the respondent has asserted his claim to the office. It can be issued even though he has not assumed the charge of the office.
The fundamental basis of the proceeding of Quo Warranto is that the public has an interest to see that an unlawful claimant does not usurp a public office. It is a discretionary remedy which the court may grant or refuse.
Q. The Municipal Corporation of Indore has a legal obligation to provide clean drinking water to its residents as per the Madhya Pradesh Municipal Corporation Act, 1956. However, for the past six months, the residents of Ward 12 have been complaining about the lack of clean drinking water supply. Despite repeated complaints to the municipal authorities, no action has been taken to rectify the situation.
Patel, a resident of Ward 12, decides to take legal action. He wants to file a writ petition in the Madhya Pradesh High Court to compel the Municipal Corporation to fulfill its statutory duty of providing clean drinking water to the residents of Ward12. What type of writ Patel can file with the High Court in this case ? Discuss and give reasons for your conclusions. (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Writ of Mandamus
Meaning of Mandamus:
The word ‘Mandamus’ means “we command”.
It is a writ issued to direct a person, corporation, inferior court, or government to perform a public duty they are legally bound to do.
Purpose of the Writ:
Used to enforce public duties and ensure authorities act within their powers.
Unlike certiorari or prohibition (used when jurisdiction is wrongly exercised), mandamus is used when an authority fails to act.
Applicability:
Can be issued against any public authority including government officers, corporations, and tribunals.
Cannot be issued against the President or Governor (Article 361).
Not issued against private individuals, except when there's state collusion in violating a law.
Conditions for Issuance:
The petitioner must have a legal right to demand performance of a legal duty.
Cannot be issued if the duty involves discretion.
Alternative remedy must be exhausted unless fundamental rights are violated.
Constitutional Basis:
Article 226 (High Courts) and Article 32 (Supreme Court) empower courts to issue the writ of mandamus.
Judicial Support:
In State of Maharashtra v. M.P. Vashi (1995), the Court held that Directive Principles can also be enforced via mandamus in appropriate cases.
Case Example – Indore Municipal Corporation:
The Corporation failed to provide clean drinking water to Ward 12 residents, violating its statutory duty under the M.P. Municipal Corporation Act, 1956.
Mr. Patel can file a writ petition for mandamus to compel the Corporation to fulfil its obligation and protect the residents' right to clean water.
Q. Explain in brief the relationship between the statute of Limitation and Writs under the Constitution. (June 23 - 4 marks)
Ans.
Limitation and the Constitution of India – Key Points
Entry 13, List III – Constitution of India
Limitation is covered under Entry 13 of List III (Concurrent List).
Both Parliament and State Legislatures can make laws on limitation.
Legislature’s Power to Enact Limitation Laws
The Legislature can:
Prescribe time limits within which legal actions must be brought.
Shorten or extend existing limitation periods.
This is constitutional provided a reasonable time is given for enforcement of existing rights.
Prospective Application of Limitation Law
Statutes of Limitation apply prospectively to future causes of action.
They act as a shield, not a weapon of offence.
No Hindrance to Fundamental Rights under Article 32
The State cannot impose limitation on the right to approach the Supreme Court under Article 32.
Any such law could be challenged under Article 13(2) as unconstitutional.
Judicial Precedent: Tilokchand Motichand v. H.P. Munshi (AIR 1970 SC 898)
Reinforces that legislative actions cannot curb enforcement of Fundamental Rights.
If right to property is extinguished under Limitation Act (Section 27), no right remains to enforce under Article 32.
Limitation Act & Constitutional Remedies
Limitation Act does not expressly apply to writ petitions under Articles 32 or 226.
However, courts apply it by analogy and may deny relief if there is inordinate delay.
Judicial Precedent: State of M.P. v. Bhai Lal Bhai (AIR 1964 SC 1006)
When a writ remedy corresponds to a suit remedy (which has a limitation period), the court may apply similar limitation principles in writ cases.
Public Policy Against Stale Claims
Even if the right is not extinguished, courts may reject delayed claims on grounds of public policy.
Q. Rajasthan Legislature passed a law restricting the use of sound amplifiers. The law was challenged on the ground that it deals with a matter which falls in entry 81 of List-I under the Constitution of India which reads :
‘‘Post and telegraphs, telephones, wireless broadcasting and other like forms of communication’’ and therefore, the State Legislature was not competent to pass it. Examine the proposition in the light of ‘‘Pith and Substance Rule’’ referring the case law on this point. (Dec, 19 -5 Marks)
Ans. The Rule of Pith and Substance means that where a law in reality and substance falls within an item on which the legislature which enacted that law is competent to legislate, then such law shall not become invalid merely because it incidentally touches a matter outside the competence of legislature.
Acting on Entry 6 of List II of the Constitution of India which reads — Public Health and Sanitation, Rajasthan Legislature passed a law restricting the use of sound amplifiers. The law was challenged on the Schedule VII, entry 31 of List I of the Constitution of India deals with "Post and telegraphs, telephones, wireless broadcasting and other like forms of communication, and, therefore, the State Legislature was not competent to pass it.
The Supreme Court rejected this argument on the ground that the object of the law was to prohibit unnecessary noise affecting the health of public and not to make a law on broadcasting, etc. Therefore, the pith and substance of the law was – public health and not – broadcasting (G. Chawla v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1959 SC 544).
Q. Discuss the fundamental duties as enumerated in Article 51A of the Constitution of India. Can it be enforced through writs ? Give reasons. (June, 22 – 8 Marks)
Ans. Fundamental Duties under Article 51A of the Constitution of India
1. Introduction:
The Fundamental Duties were added to the Constitution by the 42nd Constitutional Amendment Act, 1976, upon the recommendation of the Swaran Singh Committee.
These duties are enshrined in Article 51A under Part IV-A of the Constitution.
They apply only to citizens of India and serve as a moral obligation to promote national spirit and discipline.
List of Fundamental Duties (Clauses a to j and k)
Every citizen of India shall:
(a) Abide by the Constitution and respect its ideals
and institutions, the National Flag and the National Anthem.
(b) Cherish and follow the noble ideals that inspired
our national struggle for freedom.
(c) Uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and
integrity of India.
(d) Defend the country and render national service when
called upon to do so.
(e) Promote harmony and spirit of common brotherhood
among all people of India and renounce practices derogatory to the
dignity of women.
(f) Value and preserve the rich heritage of our
composite culture.
(g) Protect and improve the natural environment
including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife and have compassion for
living creatures.
(h) Develop scientific temper, humanism and the spirit
of inquiry and reform.
(i) Safeguard public property and abjure
violence.
(j) Strive towards excellence in all spheres of
individual and collective activity.
(k) (Inserted by 86th Amendment Act, 2002): Provide
opportunities for education to child/ward between the age of 6 to 14
years.
Enforceability of Fundamental Duties
1. Not Enforceable by Writs:
Fundamental Duties are non-justiciable, i.e., they are not legally enforceable by courts through writs under Article 32 or Article 226.
No citizen can be penalised by law merely for not performing these duties unless a specific law provides for such enforcement.
2. Role in Judicial Interpretation:
Although non-enforceable, courts have referred to Fundamental Duties while interpreting laws or upholding constitutional validity.
Example: In AIIMS Students’ Union v. AIIMS (2001), the Supreme Court held that Fundamental Duties should not be overlooked and could be used to interpret and restrict Fundamental Rights in the interest of public order or morality.
3. Enforceability through Legislation:
Parliament or State Legislatures may enact laws to give effect to Fundamental Duties.
Example: The Prevention of Insults to National Honour Act, 1971 upholds duty (a).
Environment Protection Act, 1986 relates to duty (g).
Conclusion:
While Fundamental Duties are not enforceable by writs, they play a vital constitutional role in guiding citizens’ conduct and legislative intent. The State can make laws to enforce them, and the judiciary can interpret them in public interest while resolving constitutional disputes.
Q. In the latest decision, Supreme Court of India in the case Satender Kumar Anil vs. Central Bureau of Investigation and Ors (2022) took note of the continuous seeking bail after filing final report on a wrong interpretation of Section 170 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (Cr.P.C.) and thus made an endeavor to categorize the types of offenses to be used as guidelines for the future. It issued directions for the investigating agencies and also for the courts, however it cleared that these directions may be subject to State amendments. Is right to bail is on touchstone of Article 21 of Indian Constitution? State the direction issued under this case. (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. In the case of Satender Kumar Antil vs. Central Bureau of Investigation and Ors. (11.07.2022 - SC), taking note of the continuous supply of cases seeking bail after filing of the final report on a wrong interpretation of Section 170 of the Code of Criminal Procedure ("the Code"), an endeavour was made by Supreme Court to categorize the types of offenses to be used as guidelines for the future.
The Supreme Court inter alia said that “The principle that bail is the Rule and jail is the exception has been well recognised through the repetitive pronouncements of this Court. This again is on the touchstone of Article 21 of the Constitution of India.”
Further, in this case, the Supreme Court issued certain directions, however they may be subject to State Amendments. These directions are meant for the investigating agencies and also for the courts. The directions are as under:
The Government of India may consider the introduction of a separate enactment in the nature of a Bail Act so as to streamline the grant of bails.
The investigating agencies and their officers are duty-bound to comply with the mandate of Section 41 and 41A of the Code and the directions issued by this Court in Arnesh Kumar (supra). Any dereliction on their part has to be brought to the notice of the higher authorities by the court followed by appropriate action.
The courts will have to satisfy themselves on the compliance of Section 41 and 41A of the Code. Any non-compliance would entitle the Accused for grant of bail.
All the State Governments and the Union Territories are directed to facilitate standing orders for the procedure to be followed Under Section 41 and 41A of the Code while taking note of the order of the High Court of Delhi dated 07.02.2018 in Writ Petition (C) No. 7608 of 2018 and the standing order issued by the Delhi Police i.e. Standing Order No. 109 of 2020, to comply with the mandate of Section 41A of the Code.
There need not be any insistence of a bail application while considering the application Under Section 88, 170, 204 and 209 of the Code.
There needs to be a strict compliance of the mandate laid down in the judgment of this Court in Siddharth (supra).
The State and Central Governments will have to comply with the directions issued by this Court from time to time with respect to constitution of special courts. The High Court in consultation with the State Governments will have to undertake an exercise on the need for the special courts. The vacancies in the position of Presiding Officers of the special courts will have to be filled up expeditiously.
The High Courts are directed to undertake the exercise of finding out the undertrial prisoners who are not able to comply with the bail conditions. After doing so, appropriate action will have to be taken in light of Section 440 of the Code, facilitating the release.
While insisting upon sureties the mandate of Section 440 of the Code has to be kept in mind.
An exercise will have to be done in a similar manner to comply with the mandate of Section 436A of the Code both at the district judiciary level and the High Court as earlier directed by this Court in Bhim Singh (supra), followed by appropriate orders.
Bail applications ought to be disposed of within a period of two weeks except if the provisions mandate otherwise, with the exception being an intervening application. Applications for anticipatory bail are expected to be disposed of within a period of six weeks with the exception of any intervening application.
All State Governments, Union Territories and High Courts are directed to file affidavits/status reports within a period of four months.
In view of the above mentioned, it can be said that Right to Bail is on the touchstone of Article 21 of Indian Constitution.
Q. Indian Constitution is considered as federal Constitution. There is distribution of powers between Union and States regarding enactment of Laws. Both authorities are independent of each other.
Indian Constitution covers the legislative relationship between the Union and State. The Union legislature, i.e., Parliament has the power to make laws for the whole of the territory of India or any part thereof, and the state legislature have the power to make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of the respective State. In distributing the subject on which legislation can be made, the Indian Constitution draws three long lists of all the conceivable legislative subjects. These lists are contained in the 7th schedule to the Constitution. List I is named as the Union List. List II as the State List and III as the Concurrent list. Each list contains a number of entries in which the subjects of legislation have been separately and distinctly mentioned. Legislative function is done by the parliament or state legislature for their respective subjects through passing the bills. Legislature is empowered to make laws but it shall not make any law which takes away or abridges the fundamental rights. It shall be void to the extent to which it curtails any such right. Laws which were in force before the commencement of the Constitution are void to the extent to which they are inconsistent with the fundamental right. In reference to the above statements answer the following questions :
Rajasthan Government passed an Act restricting the use of sound amplifiers. The Act is challenged on the ground that it dealt with a matter which fell in entry of list I (Union list) which rcads ‘‘post and telegraphs, telephones, wireless broadcasting and other like forms of communication’’ therefore state cannot make law. Decide with applicable rule. (2 Marks)
Explain the term ‘‘judicial review’’ (2 Marks)
What do you understand by bill ? (2 Marks)
Procedure wise, what are the types of bills. (2 Marks)
What does the word ‘law’ include according to Article 13 of the Indian Constitution ? (2 Marks) (June, 24)
Ans. (i) Rule of Pith and Substance - The facts of the given situation are similar to the case of G. Chawla v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1959 SC 544. The Rajasthan Legislature passed a law restricting the use of sound amplifiers. The law was challenged on the ground that it dealt with a matter which fell in entry 31 of List I which reads: “Post and telegraphs, telephones, wireless broadcasting and other like forms of communication”, and, therefore, the State Legislature was not competent to pass it. The Supreme Court rejected this argument on the ground that the object of the law was to prohibit unnecessary noise affecting the health of public and not to make a law on broadcasting, etc. Therefore, the pith and substance of the law was “public health” and not “broadcasting”.
Therefore, in the given situation, the pith and substance rule can be applied. According to this rule, where a law in reality and substance falls within an entry on which the legislature which enacted that law is competent to legislate, then such law shall not become invalid merely because it incidentally touches a matter outside the competence of legislature.
Ordinary Bills
Money and Financial Bills
Ordinance Replacing Bill and
Constitution Amendment Bills.
Definition of Law - The word ‘law’ according to the definition given in Article 13 of the Constitution includes - “any Ordinance, order, bye-law, rule, regulation, notification, custom or usage having in the territory of India, the force of law.”
Q. The distribution of powers is an essential feature of federalism. The object for which a federal State is formed involves a division of authority between the National Government and the separate States. The tendency of federalism to limit the actions of the Government and to split up the strength of the States, is specially noticeable, because it forms the essential distinction between a federal system and a unitary system of Government. A Federal Constitution establishes the dual polity with the Union at the Centre and the States at a periphery, each endowed with sovereign powers to be exercised in the field assigned to them respectively by the Constitution. That one is not subordinate to the other in its own field, the authority of one is to co-ordinate with that of the other. In fact, the basic principle of federalism is that the legislative, executive and financial authority is divided between the Centre and States, not by any law passed by the Centre but by the Constitution itself. This is what Indian Constitution does.
The Constitution of India makes two-fold distribution of legislative powers – (I) with respect to territory; and (2) with respect to subject matter.
As regards territory, Article 245(1) provides that subject to the provisions of this Constitution, Parliament may make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India. According to clause (2) of Article 245, a law made by Parliament shall not be deemed to be invalid on the ground that it has extra-territorial operation, i.e., takes effect outside the territory of India.
Our Constitution-makers have followed the Canadian scheme opting for a strong Centre. However, they added one more List—the Concurrent List. The Government of India Act, 1935, introduced a scheme of three-fold enumeration, viz., Federal, Provincial and Concurrent.
The present Constitution adopts the method followed by the Government of India Act, 1935, and divides the powers between the Union and the States in three Lists— Union List, the State List and the Concurrent List.
Article 246 is related to subject-matter of law-making power of Parliament and State Legislatures. Parliament has exclusive power to make laws with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List-I in the Seventh Schedule. Parliament, subject to clause (I) and Legislature to any State, have power to make laws with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List-III in the Seventh Schedule. Subject to clauses (1) and (2), the Legislature of any State has exclusive power to make laws for such State or any part thereof with respect to any of the matters enumerated in List II in the Seventh Schedule. However, our Constitution makes a few exceptions to this general rule by authorising Parliament to make law even on the subjects enumerated in the State List.
As it is seen that the powers between the Centre and States are divided and they cannot make laws outside their allotted subjects. It is also true that a scientific division is not possible and questions constantly arise whether a particular subject falls in the sphere of one or the other government. This duty in the federal Constitution is vested in the Supreme Court of India. The Supreme Court has evolved various principles of interpretation in order to determine the respective power of the Union and the States under the three Lists.
In reference to the above statements answer the following questions :
‘It is almost a universal rule in all the Constitutions, where distribution of legislative powers is provided, that in the concurrent field the Central law prevails, if it conflicts with a State law.’ However, our Constitution recognizes an exception to this general or universal rule. Discuss. (2 marks)
A newspaper was published and printed at Bangalore in Karnataka State. It contained crossword puzzles and engaged in prize competitions. It had wide circulation in the State of Maharashtra and most of its activities such as the standing invitations, the filling up of the forms and the payment of money took place within that State. The State of Maharashtra imposed a tax on the newspaper. The publishers challenged the validity of the law on the ground that it was invalid in so far as it covered a subject matter falling beyond the territory of that State, because the paper was published in another State. Discuss the validity of the actions of the State of Maharashtra referring to the case law. (2 marks)
On a particular item included in the State List, the States of Haryana and Rajasthan requested the Parliament to make laws for them on that particular subject. Discuss the legality of this statement referring to the relevant Article of the Constitution of India. What happens, if any of the consenting States later makes a law on that particular subject. (2 marks)
Discuss the principle of harmonious construction in the interpretation of legislative lists under the Indian Constitution. (2 marks)
If it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that Parliament should make a law on a matter enumerated in the State List, can Parliament do so? Explain. (2 marks) (June, 25)
Ans.
Exception to the Doctrine of Repugnancy - Article 254(2) of the Constitution of India provides an exception to the general rule of repugnancy in the Concurrent List. It states that where a law made by the Legislature of a State with respect to one of the matters enumerated in the Concurrent List contains any provision repugnant to the provisions of an earlier law made by Parliament or an existing law with respect to that matter, then, the law so made by the Legislature of such State shall, if it has been reserved for the consideration of the President and has received his assent, prevail in that State.
However, nothing in this clause shall prevent Parliament from enacting at any time any law with respect to the same matter including a law adding to, amending, varying or repealing the law so made by the Legislature of the State.
Doctrine of Territorial Nexus and Extraterritorial Operation of State Laws – A State Legislature may make laws that have extraterritorial operation only if there exists a “territorial nexus” between the State and the subject matter of the legislation. That is, if there is sufficient nexus or connection between the State and the subject matter of the law which falls beyond the territory of the State, the law will be valid. The sufficiency of the nexus is to be seen on the basis of the test laid down by the Supreme Court in the State of Bombay v. R.M.D.C., A.I.R.1957 S.C. 699, according to which two conditions, must be fulfilled:
the connection must be real and not illusory; and
the liability sought to be imposed by that law must be pertinent to that connection.
If both the conditions are fulfilled by a law simultaneously then only it is valid otherwise not.
In the given situation, applying the doctrine laid down in State of Bombay v. R.M.D.C. (AIR 1957 SC 699), the Maharashtra law is valid as the majority of the newspaper’s activities such as revenue generation and participation in competitions took place within Maharashtra, thereby establishing a sufficient territorial nexus.
Parliament’s Power to Legislate for States by Consent (Article 252) - Article 252 of the Constitution of India enumerates the Power of Parliament to legislate for two or more States by consent and adoption of such legislation by any other State. This Article provides that, if two or more States are desirous that on any particular item included in the State List there should be a common legislation applicable to all such States then they can make a request to Parliament to make such law on that particular subject.
Such request shall be made by passing a resolution in the legislatures of the State concerned. If request is made in that form, then Parliament can make law on that subject as regards those States. The law so made may be adopted by other States also, by passing resolutions in their legislatures.
According to Article 252(2), any Act so passed by Parliament may be amended or repealed by an Act of Parliament passed or adopted in like manner but shall not, as respects any State to which it applies, be amended or repealed by an Act of the Legislature of that State.
Therefore, if a consenting State subsequently enacts a conflicting law on the same subject, such a State law would not be valid to the extent of inconsistency with the law made by the parliament.
Doctrine of Harmonious Construction in Distribution of Legislative Powers – The position in the Indian Constitution is different from other Federal Constitutions in respect of distribution of legislative powers. There is no clear-cut division of powers between the Union and States. Thus, in case of conflict, the judiciary has to make reconciliation attempts between the conflicting entries. Different entries in the different lists are to be interpreted in such a way that a conflict between them is avoided and each of them is given effect.
It must be accepted that the Constitution does not want to create conflict and make any entry nugatory. Therefore, whenever there appears a conflict between the two entries in two different lists, it is the court’s duty to reconcile entries and to bring harmony between them, so that each of them is given effect and, for that purpose the scope and meaning of one may be restricted so as to give meaning to the other also. This can be achieved by applying the principle of harmonious construction in such cases.
Parliament’s Power to Legislate on State List in National Interest (Article 249) - According to Article 249 of the Constitution of India, Parliament can make a law with respect to a matter enumerated in the State List if the Council of States declares by a resolution supported by two-thirds of its members present and voting, that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that Parliament should make a law on that matter. By such declaration Parliament gets the authority to legislate on that matter for the whole or part of the country so long as the resolution of the Council of States remains in force. But such resolution shall remain in force for a period not exceeding one year. However, a fresh resolution can be passed at the end of one year to give extended lease to the law of Parliament and that way the law of Parliament can be continued to remain in force for any number of years.
The laws passed by Parliament under the provision cease to have effect automatically after 6 months of the expiry of the resolution period. Beyond that date, such Parliamentary law becomes inoperative except as regards the thing done or omitted to be done before the expiry of that law.
Q. In the interpretation of a statute a Judge must not alter the material of which it is woven, but he can and should iron out the creases. Comment. (Dec 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Interpretation of a Statute by a Judge
Interpretation, Not Innovation:
A judge must not rewrite or change the substance (“material”) of a statute, but can interpret it to remove ambiguity or inconsistency (“iron out the creases”).
Language is Not Perfect:
The English language lacks mathematical precision, and statutory drafting cannot foresee every possible situation.
Hence, minor defects or ambiguities may appear in legislative texts.
Role of the Judge:
A judge cannot merely blame the draftsman; instead, they must constructively find the legislative intent.
This involves reading not just the words, but also understanding the social context and mischief to be remedied.
Doctrine of Purposive Construction:
Judges should interpret the law in a way that advances its purpose and gives effect to the intended remedy, without overstepping into the domain of law-making.
Metaphorical Meaning:
The metaphor means that a judge respects the statute’s framework but smooths out flaws to uphold justice and legislative intent.
Q. Explain the object of interpretation. What is the function of the court in interpretation? (June 23 – 4 marks)
Ans. Object of Interpretation
Primary Aim:
The object of interpretation is to discover the intention of the author of a written document, typically the legislature in the case of statutes.
Interpretation of Written Documents:
As per Halsbury’s Laws of England, a written document is considered a declaration of the author’s mind.
The interpretation must be as close as possible to the actual and apparent intention of the author, within the limits permitted by law.
Understanding Legislative Intent:
The words of a statute are interpreted to understand the intention of the legislature.
This is done through the natural and grammatical meaning of the words used.
Salmond’s View:
Salmond defines interpretation as the process by which courts ascertain the legislative meaning through the authoritative language of the statute.
Functions of the Courts in Interpretation
Ascertainment of Meaning:
The Court’s function is to determine what the parties or legislature meant by the words used, not what they intended but failed to express.
No Substitution of Presumed Intention:
Courts must not guess or presume the intention of the parties or legislature.
Only the expressed meaning of the words should be given effect, as it is taken to be equivalent to the actual intention.
Application of Rules of Construction:
Ordinary rules of interpretation must be followed, even if this sometimes defeats the real intention.
This ensures greater certainty and consistency in the administration of law.
Q. Explain Heydon’s rule of Interpretation of Statute. (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Heydon’s rule of Interpretation of Statutes
In Heydon’s Case, in [1584], it was resolved by the Barons of the Exchequer that for the sure and true interpretation of all statutes in general (be they penal or beneficial, restrictive or enlarging of the Common Law) four things are to be discerned and considered:
What was the Common Law before the making of the Act;
What was the mischief and defect for which the Common Law did not provide;
What remedy the Parliament had resolved and appointed to cure the disease of the Commonwealth; and
The true reason of the remedy.
Although judges are unlikely to propound formally in their judgments the four questions in Heydon’s Case, consideration of the “mischief” or “object” of the enactment is common and will often provide the solution to a problem of interpretation. Therefore, when the material words are capable of bearing two or more constructions, the most firmly established rule for construction of such words is the rule laid down in Heydon’s case which has “now attained the status of a classic”. The rule directs that the Courts must adopt that construction which “shall suppress the mischief and advance the remedy”. But this does not mean that a construction should be adopted which ignores the plain natural meaning of the words or disregard the context and the collection in which they occur.
Q. Express mention of one thing implies the exclusion of another. Discuss under the interpretation of statutes. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Expressio Unis Est Exclusio Alterius
Meaning of the Maxim:
The rule implies that the express mention of one thing in a statute means that what is not mentioned is excluded.
General Words Must Be Broadly Construed:
Despite the maxim, general words in a statute should be given their natural and wide meaning, unless there is a clear reason in the statute to limit them.
Caution in Applying the Maxim:
Many provisions are included ex abundanti cautela (out of abundant caution), so the absence of mention does not always mean intentional exclusion.
Possible Drafting Oversights:
Incomplete expression (expressio) may occur by accident.
Omission (exclusio) may result from inadvertence, not from a deliberate legislative intention.
Avoid Injustice or Inconsistency -
The maxim should not be applied if it leads to inconsistency, inequity, or injustice.
Inapplicability to Clear Language:
If the language of the statute is plain and unambiguous, the maxim cannot be used to infer exclusions.
Case reference: Parbhani Transport Co-operative Society Ltd. v. Regional Transport Authority, AIR 1960 SC 801.
Q. Describe the ‘‘Rule of Reasonable Construction’’ under the Interpretation of Statutes. (Dec, 19 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Rule of Reasonable Construction
Basic Principle – Ut Res Magis Valeat Quam Pereat:
Words of a statute should be interpreted so as to give effect to the statute rather than render it nugatory or meaningless.
Interpretation must make sense and align with common sense and natural meaning of the words.
Duty of the Court:
The Court must aim to give effect to the intention of the legislature.
Literal interpretation may be departed from if it defeats the purpose of the law, especially in penal statutes aimed at suppressing a mischief.
Departing from Literal or Dictionary Meaning:
Courts may deviate from dictionary meanings if such meanings defeat the object of the Act.
The adopted interpretation should advance the remedy and suppress the mischief, without resorting to conjecture or guesswork.
Avoiding Absurd or Unjust Results:
If literal interpretation leads to:
Contradiction of legislative intent, or
Inconvenience, absurdity, hardship, or injustice,
the Court may modify the meaning or even the sentence structure to reflect true intent.
Case reference: Tirath Singh v. Bachittar Singh, AIR 1955 SC 830.
Construction Must Align with Legislative Policy:
Courts should adopt a construction that reflects the policy and object of the legislation.
Case reference: Kanwar Singh v. Delhi Administration, AIR 1965 SC 871.
Q. Explain the ‘‘Rule of Beneficial Construction’’. (June, 19 – 4 marks)
Ans: Beneficial Construction
Meaning and Purpose:
Beneficial construction means giving the widest and most liberal interpretation to a statute to fulfill its objective.
When multiple interpretations are possible, the one that provides relief and protects benefits intended by the law should be adopted.
Legislative Intent:
The statute must be construed in a manner that realizes the purpose and intention of the legislature.
The aim is to suppress the mischief and advance the remedy provided by the statute.
Focus on Social Justice:
Beneficial construction has been instrumental in interpreting socio-economic laws aimed at promoting justice and welfare.
Support for Backward Classes:
This approach has encouraged legislation in favor of socially and economically backward classes in India, ensuring they receive the intended benefits.
Q. The rule of Ejusdem generis must be applied with great caution. Critically examine the merits and demerits of this rule. (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Ejusdem Generis, literally means “of the same kind or species”.
Ejusdem generis rule is that, where there are general words following particular and specific words, the general words following particular and specific words must be confined to things of the same kind as those specified, unless there is a clear manifestation of a contrary purpose. It is merely a rule of construction to aid the Courts to find out the true intention of the Legislature (Jage Ram v. State of Haryana, A.I.R. 1971 S.C. 1033). To apply the rule the following conditions must exist:
The statute contains an enumeration by specific words,
The members of the enumeration constitute a class,
The class is not exhausted by the enumeration,
A general term follows the enumeration,
There is a distinct genus which comprises more than one species, and
There is no clearly manifested intent that the general term be given a broader meaning that the doctrine requires. (See Thakura Singh v. Revenue Minister, AIR 1965 J & K 102)
In short, the rule of ejusdem generis must be applied with great caution because, it implies a departure from the natural meaning of words, in order to give them a meaning or supposed intention of the legislature. The rule must be controlled by the fundamental rule that statutes must be construed so as to carry out the object sought to be accomplished. The rule requires that specific words are all of one genus, in which case, the general words may be presumed to be restricted to that genus.
Q. What is presumption ? When is it needed and not needed for interpretation ? (Dec 22 – 8 Marks)
or
Q. If the intention of the legislature is not clear, there are number of presumptions. Explain any four presumptions. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The expression “presumption” in interpretation would mean that while interpreting a statute or any provision thereof; the courts must deem certain things to be true and correct. In other words, the court must proceed to interpret with the conception of correctness of certain things. Presumptions are guidelines used by the courts in process of interpretation. However, they are only used if there are any ambiguities in language but sometimes even if there are no ambiguities it can be used by the judges.
Where the meaning of the statute is clear, there is no need for presumptions. But if the intention of the legislature is not clear, there are number of presumptions. These are:
a) Precision in Language - The words in a statute are presumed to be used precisely and not loosely or casually.
b) Protection of Vested Rights - Vested rights (those existing at the time a statute is enacted) are not taken away without express words, necessary implication, or just compensation.
c) Presumption of Mens Rea in Criminal Law - There is a strong presumption that a criminal statute requires the presence of mens rea (guilty mind) before liability is imposed.
d) State Not Bound Unless Expressly Stated -The State is not affected by a statute unless the statute explicitly mentions the State as being bound.
e) Harmony with International Law - A statute is presumed to be consistent with International Law. If ambiguity exists, the interpretation that aligns with international law is preferred, though courts cannot strike down a law for violating international norms.
f) Legislature Knows Existing Law - It is presumed that the legislature is aware of the state of the law when enacting new legislation.
g) No Implied Repeal of Existing Law - The legislature is not presumed to alter existing laws unless it does so explicitly or by necessary implication.
h) Legislature Aware of Judicial and Executive Practice - The legislature is assumed to have knowledge of the practices of both the judiciary and the executive while enacting laws.
i) Implied Power to Fulfil Statutory Duties - Where a statute imposes a duty, it also implicitly confers the powers necessary to perform that duty effectively.
j) Legislature Does Not Make Mistakes - It is presumed that the legislature makes no mistakes. Courts will not alter even an obvious error unless correcting a clear drafting mistake where legislative intent is evident.
k) Law Avoids Futility - The law does not compel a person to do something that is futile or fruitless. Legal provisions should not lead to meaningless or ineffective outcomes.
l) Scope and Operation of Legal Fictions - Legal fictions are presumed facts known to be untrue but treated as true for the purpose of achieving justice. Courts assume all underlying facts necessary for the fiction to operate effectively.
m) Delegation of Powers and Duties Together - When powers and duties are interconnected, their delegation is presumed to include both, as they cannot be separated meaningfully.
n) Doctrine of Natural Justice - Courts presume that the legislature, while granting drastic powers, intends those powers to be exercised fairly, in accordance with the principles of natural justice.
Q. Explain the ‘mischief rule’ under the Interpretation of Statutes. (Dec, 18 – 4 marks)
Ans. Mischief Rule was enunciated by the Barons of the Exchequer “that for the sure and true interpretation of all statutes in general (be they penal or beneficial, restrictive or enlarging of the Common Law) four things are to be discerned and considered. They are
What was the Common Law before the making of the Act;
What was the mischief and defect for which the Common Law did not provide;
What remedy the Parliament had resolved and appointed to cure the disease of the Commonwealth; and
The true reason of the remedy.
The consideration of the “mischief” or “object” of the enactment is common and will often provide the solution to a problem of interpretation. The rule directs that the Courts must adopt that construction which “shall suppress the mischief and advance the remedy”. But this does not mean that a construction should be adopted which ignores the plain natural meaning of the words or disregard the context and the collection in which they occur.
Q. What principle of statutory interpretation shall be applied by the Courts when there is conflict between General provision and Special provision? (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans: Generalia Specialibus Non Derogant
Meaning of the Maxim:
The Latin maxim "Generalia specialibus non derogant" means general provisions do not override or detract from special provisions.
General vs. Special Provisions:
When a specific provision exists on a subject, it prevails over a general provision even if both appear in the same statute.
Application of the Rule:
Courts must apply the rule that special provisions override general ones to ensure that specific intent of the legislature is preserved.
Duty to Harmonize:
Courts should avoid conflicts between provisions.
If two provisions appear to conflict, courts must try to harmonize them rather than let one defeat the other.
Reconciliation of Provisions:
A provision in one section of a statute should not be used to defeat another unless reconciliation is truly impossible.
Rule of Implied Exception:
This maxim is also called the rule of implied exception, i.e., the specific provision acts as an exception to the general one.
Q. Where in an enactment, there are two provisions which cannot be reconciled, they should be so interpreted that, if possible, the effect may be given to both. Explain this statement. (June 23 - 4 marks)
Ans. Rule of Harmonius Construction
Meaning of the Rule:
When two provisions in a statute appear to be in conflict and cannot be reconciled easily, courts must interpret them in such a way that both can be given effect.
This approach is known as the rule of harmonious construction.
Objective of the Rule:
The purpose is to avoid inconsistency or repugnancy within a section or between different sections of the same Act.
Courts should read the statute as a whole and try to interpret provisions in a manner that maintains the consistency of the entire enactment.
Judicial Duty:
It is the duty of the courts to avoid any “head-on clash” between two provisions.
Wherever possible, courts must construct provisions to harmonise, rather than conflict.
Supporting Case Law:
In Raj Krishna v. Binod Kanungo, A.I.R. 1954 S.C. 202 at 203, the Supreme Court emphasized the importance of interpreting potentially conflicting provisions harmoniously to give effect to both.
Application under the Constitution:
The Supreme Court applied this rule in the case of Venkataramana Devaru v. State of Mysore, A.I.R. 1958 S.C. 255.
Conflict: Article 25(2)(b) vs Article 26(b) of the Constitution.
Article 25(2)(b): Allows the State to make laws for social welfare and reform, including throwing open Hindu religious institutions to all classes.
Article 26(b): Gives religious denominations the right to manage their own religious affairs.
Judgment: The Court held that Article 26(b) is subject to Article 25(2)(b), thus giving effect to both provisions harmoniously.
Q. Explain the role of ‘Preamble’ as internal aid in interpretation of statute. Though the preamble cannot be used to defect the enacting clause of a statute, it has been treated to be a key for the interpretation of the statute. Examine. (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Role and Importance of the Preamble in a Statute
Conflicting Historical Views:
In Mills v. Wilkins (1794) 6 Mad. 62, Lord Hold stated that:
"The preamble is not part of the statute."
It merely expresses the motives or inducements behind enacting the law.
In contrast, another view held that:
The preamble is the key to understanding the intention of the legislature and the mischief meant to be remedied.
Modern Rule of Interpretation:
If the enacting part of the statute is clear and unambiguous, the preamble cannot override, control, or restrict it.
However, if the enacting provisions are ambiguous, the preamble can be used to:
Explain,
Elucidate, and
Aid in interpretation.
Case reference: Raj Mal v. Harnam Singh, (1928) 9 Lah. 260.
Judicial Observation in UK Law:
In Powell v. Kempton Park Race Course Co. (1899) AC 143, 157, Lord Halsbury laid down two principles:
A preamble can provide useful insight into the object of the statute.
But, if the enactment is clear and precise, the preamble cannot limit or override it.
Indian Judicial View:
In Kashi Prasad v. State, AIR 1967 All. 173 (Allahabad High Court):
It was held that the preamble cannot defeat enacting provisions,
But it can still act as a guide to interpretation.
Supreme Court’s View:
In Kamalpura Kochunni v. State of Madras, AIR 1960 SC 1080:
The preamble can be legitimately referred to in cases of ambiguity in the statute.
It helps in determining the true scope and meaning of words used in the Act.
Q. Describe the role of ‘interpretation or definition clause’ in statutes. (Dec, 21 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Definitions in Statutes
Purpose of Definition Clauses:
Statutes often contain a definition section to avoid repeating lengthy descriptions throughout the Act.
It clarifies the scope and meaning of specific terms used in the statute.
Borrowing from Earlier Acts:
Sometimes, definitions in a statute are borrowed from earlier Acts.
Such borrowed definitions may not appear in the definition section of the new Act but may be found in other provisions of the earlier legislation.
Effect of Definitions:
When a word is defined in the interpretation or definition clause, prima facie (at first sight), that meaning applies throughout the statute.
The definition generally governs the entire statute unless a contrary intention appears.
Types of Definitions:
Restrictive (Exhaustive) Definitions:
When a word is defined to "mean" something specific:
It is restrictive in nature.
The meaning is exhaustive — it excludes all other meanings.
Example: “X means A, B, and C” → Only A, B, and C are included.
Extensive (Inclusive) Definitions:
When a word is defined to "include" certain elements:
It is extensive in nature.
The definition is not exhaustive — it adds to the ordinary meaning.
Example: “X includes A and B” → X may also cover other things besides A and B.
Combined Definitions – "Means and Includes":
When a word is defined as “means and includes”:
The definition is exhaustive, despite the use of "includes".
It combines a restrictive base with clarifying extensions.
Legal Fiction – "Deemed to Include":
Definitions like "shall be deemed to include" create a legal fiction.
They treat something as included even if it normally isn’t.
This form is also extensive and is used to extend coverage artificially.
Case reference: Balkrishan v. M. Bhai, AIR 1999 MP 86.
Repetition for Emphasis:
The phrase “When a word has been defined…that definition governs…” is reiterated to emphasize the general rule of interpretation.
Q. Discuss the importance of ‘Illustrations’ for interpretation of statutes. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Illustrations and Explanations in a Statute
Illustrations – Nature and Purpose:
Illustrations are part of the statute, and they serve to clarify the intention of the legislature.
They are helpful tools for understanding the application of the section.
However, they cannot override, expand, or restrict the language or scope of the main section.
Key Point: The enacting language of the section prevails over any illustration.
Limitations of Illustrations:
Illustrations are not legally operative.
They cannot modify, curtail, or enlarge the ambit of the statutory provision.
Their use is explanatory, not authoritative.
Explanations – Purpose and Effect:
An explanation is appended to a section to clarify the meaning of certain words or provisions within the section.
It becomes a part of the statutory provision and has legal force.
Interpretation of Explanations:
The meaning of an explanation depends on its express language.
No presumed intention or theory about its purpose should be adopted unless it flows from the language itself.
Case reference: Lalla Ballanmal v. Ahmad Shah, 1918 P.C. 249.
Harmonious Reading:
An explanation should be read in a way that harmonizes with the main section.
It should clarify ambiguities, not widen the scope of the section.
Cautionary Explanations:
Sometimes, explanations are added ex abundanti cautela (out of abundant caution).
Their purpose is to remove unnecessary doubts or allay groundless apprehensions.
Q. What are ‘External Aids’ in the interpretation of statutes? Briefly describe any two external aids in the interpretation of statutes. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. External Aids in Statutory Interpretation
Definition and Relevance:
External aids are resources outside the Act (unlike preamble or provisions, which are intrinsic aids) used to interpret statutes when the language is ambiguous or unclear.
If the statutory language is clear and unambiguous, external aids are not permitted, even if they include sources of codification.
Types of Acceptable External Aids:
When ambiguity exists, courts may consider:
Prior events leading to the Bill,
Legislative history including Select Committee reports,
Events during the Bill's passage until final enactment,
Background material to understand legislative intent.
Judicial Position in India:
Though the Supreme Court of India follows the English rule of excluding Parliamentary history, it has used it on several occasions to resolve interpretation issues.
Select Committee reports may be consulted to understand the context of the law.
Use of Dictionaries and Foreign Judgments:
If a word is not defined in the statute, standard dictionaries may be referred to for its ordinary meaning.
Courts may also use foreign decisions from countries with similar jurisprudence and on statutes in pari materia (similar subject matter).
Few external aids in the interpretation of statutes are:
Q. Discuss the aim and objects of the General Clauses Act,
1897. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The General Clauses Act, 1897 is a consolidating
statute that combines the provisions of the General Clauses Acts of 1868
and 1887. Its primary aim is to provide a uniform framework for the
interpretation of words and legal principles used in Central Acts and
Regulations. The key aims and objectives are as follows:
Aims of the Act:
To provide a single statute for defining general provisions related to the interpretation of laws.
To assist in interpretation of Central Acts and Regulations where specific definitions are absent.
To avoid ambiguity and ensure clarity in the application and enforcement of legislation.
To offer general principles that guide the construction of statutory language across different enactments.
Objects of the Act:
To shorten the language of Central Acts by avoiding repetition of definitions.
To maintain uniformity of expression in Central Acts through commonly used defined terms.
To lay down convenient rules for the construction and interpretation of statutory provisions.
To guard against omissions by incorporating general clauses that apply uniformly to all Central Acts unless the context or subject indicates otherwise.
This Act plays a crucial role in statutory interpretation and is applicable to all Central Acts and Regulations made after its commencement, unless the context indicates otherwise.
Q. If the date of enactment is not specified under the legislation, when does it come into force? Cite the relevant provision of the General Clauses Act, 1897. (June 23 - 4 marks)
Ans. Section 5 of the General Clauses Act, 1897 provides the provisions relating to coming into operation of enactments. It states:
Where any Central Act is not expressed to come into operation on a particular day, then it shall come into operation on the day on which it receives the assent,—
in the case of a Central Act made before the commencement of the Constitution, of the Governor-General, and
in the case of an Act of Parliament, of the President.
Further, unless the contrary is expressed, a Central Act or Regulation shall be construed as coming into operation immediately on the expiration of the day preceding its commencement. If the date of enactment is not specified under the legislation, it comes into force in accordance with Section 5 of General Clauses Act, 1897.
Q. Where any Central Legislation or any regulation enacted after the commencement of the General Clauses Act, 1897 repeals any Act, what shall not be affected by such repeal? (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks)
or
Q. Discuss the effect of repeal under Section 6 of General Clauses Act, 1897. (Dec 22 – 5 Marks)
Ans. “Effect of Repeal” [Section 6]: Where any Central legislation or any regulation made after the commencement of this Act repeals any Act made or yet to be made, unless another purpose exists, the repeal shall not:
Revive anything not enforced or prevailed during the period at which repeal is effected or;
Affect the previous operation of any enactment so repealed or anything duly done or suffered thereunder; or
Affect any right, privilege, obligation or liability acquired, accrued or incurred under any enactment so repealed; or
Affect any penalty, forfeiture or punishment incurred in respect of any offence committed against any enactment so repealed; or
Affect any inquiry, litigation or remedy with regard to such claim, privilege, debt or responsibility or any inquiry, litigation or remedy may be initiated, continued or insisted.
In State of Uttar Pradesh v. Hirendra Pal Singh, (2011), 5 SCC 305, SC held that whenever an Act is repealed, it must be considered as if it had never existed. Object of repeal is to obliterate the Act from statutory books, except for certain purposes as provided under Section 6 of the Act.
Q. Discuss the effect of repeal under the General Clauses Act, 1897. The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita (BNS), 2023, which came into effect on July 1, 2024, repealed the Indian Penal Code (IPC), 1860, as the primary criminal law in India. What is the legal consequence of offences committed under the IPC, before July 1, 2024 ? (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. “Effect of Repeal” [Section 6]: Where any Central legislation or any regulation made after the commencement of this Act repeals any Act made or yet to be made, unless another purpose exists, the repeal shall not:
Revive anything not enforced or prevailed during the period at which repeal is effected or;
Affect the previous operation of any enactment so repealed or anything duly done or suffered thereunder; or
Affect any right, privilege, obligation or liability acquired, accrued or incurred under any enactment so repealed; or
Affect any penalty, forfeiture or punishment incurred in respect of any offence committed against any enactment so repealed; or
Affect any inquiry, litigation or remedy with regard to such claim, privilege, debt or responsibility or any inquiry, litigation or remedy may be initiated, continued or insisted.
and any such investigation, legal proceeding or remedy may be instituted, continued or enforced, and any such penalty, forfeiture or punishment may be imposed as if the repealing Act or Regulation had not been passed.
The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita (BNS) 2023, which came into effect on July 1, 2024, has repealed the Indian Penal Code (IPC), 1860 as the primary criminal law in India. For any offence committed before July 1, 2024, the provisions of the Indian Penal Code shall apply.
Q. Explain the provisions applicable to making of rules or bye-laws after previous publication under Section 23 of General Clauses Act. (Dec 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 23 of the General Clauses Act provides that where, by any Central Act or Regulation, a power to make rules or bye-laws is expressed to be given subject to the condition of the rules or bye-laws being made after previous publication, then the following provisions shall apply, namely,-
Draft Publication Before Making Rules or Bye-laws - the authority having power to make the rules or bye-laws shall, before making them, publish a draft of the proposed rules or bye-laws for the information of persons likely to be affected thereby,
Manner of Publication - the publication shall be made in such manner as that authority deems to be sufficient, or, if the condition with respect to previous publication so requires, in such manner as the government concerned prescribes;
Notice Specifying Date for Consideration - there shall be published with the draft a notice specifying a date on or after which the draft will be taken into consideration;
Consideration of Objections or Suggestions - the authority having power to make the rules or bye-laws, and, where the rules, or bye- laws are to be made with the sanction, approval or concurrence of another authority, that authority also, shall consider any objection or suggestion which may be received by the authority having power to make the rules or bye-laws from any person with respect to the draft before the date so specified;
Conclusive Proof of Validity through Official Gazette Publication - the publication in the Official Gazette of a rule or bye-law purporting to have been made in exercise of a power to make rules or bye-laws after previous publication shall be conclusive proof that the rule or bye-law has been duly made.
Q. Explain the provisions as to offences punishable under two or more enactments under Section 26 of the General Clauses Act, 1897. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. “Provision as to offence punishable under two or more enactments” [Section 26]: Where an act or omission constitutes an offence under two or more enactments, then the offender shall be liable to be prosecuted and punished under either or any of those enactments, but shall not be punished twice for the same offence.
Double Jeopardy - Article 20(2) of the Constitution states that no person shall be prosecuted and punished for the same offence more than once.
According to the Supreme Court, a plain reading of section 26 shows that there is no bar to the trial or conviction of an offender under two enactments, but there is only a bar to the punishment of the offender twice for the same offence. In other words, the section provides that where an act or omission constitutes an offence under two enactments, the offender may be prosecuted and punished under either or both the enactments but shall not be liable to be punished twice for the same offence.
Q. Explain the ‘Rule of Harmonious Construction’ for interpretation under General Clause Act, 1897. (Dec.18, 4 Marks)
Ans. The Rule of Harmonious Construction is a fundamental principle of statutory and constitutional interpretation. It aims to resolve apparent conflicts between different provisions of a statute or Constitution. The key points are:
Resolving Apparent Conflicts:
When two provisions of a statute appear to be in conflict, they should be interpreted in a way that gives effect to both, rather than rendering one redundant or inoperative.
Avoiding Redundancy:
A construction that makes one provision meaningless or ineffective should not be adopted unless it is absolutely unavoidable.
Purposive Interpretation:
The rule aligns with a broad or purposive approach, ensuring that the intention behind the law is fulfilled while maintaining internal consistency.
Constitutional Harmony:
In constitutional interpretation, no article should be read in isolation. Every provision must be read in harmony with the rest of the Constitution to preserve the overall scheme and purpose.
Unity of Legal Framework:
The principle ensures that the law is interpreted as a cohesive whole and avoids fragmentation or contradictions within the legal system.
Q. Briefly explain the ‘Purposive Rule of Interpretation’ under the General Clauses Act, 1897. (Dec, 19 – 4 marks)
Ans. Rule of Beneficial Construction or Mischieve Rule or Purporsive Construction or Heydon’s Rule:
The Rule of Beneficial Construction, also known as the Mischief Rule or Purposive Construction, was laid down in Heydon’s Case (1584). This rule focuses on interpreting statutes in a way that remedies the "mischief" or defect in the previous law. The key points are:
Multiple Interpretations:
Where statutory language is capable of more than one interpretation, this rule helps in choosing the interpretation that best achieves the purpose of the Act.
Four Considerations (from Heydon’s Case):
The court must consider:
(a) What was the law before the Act was passed?
(b) What was the mischief or defect in that law?
(c) What remedy has the legislature provided?
(d) What is the reason for the remedy?
Objective of the Rule:
Courts should adopt that interpretation which suppresses the mischief and advances the remedy intended by the legislature.
Extended Meaning Allowed:
If the ordinary meaning of the words does not fully achieve the legislative intent, a broader meaning may be applied — provided the words are fairly susceptible to it.
Larger Sense Over Literal Meaning:
Where the circumstances justify, courts may interpret the phraseology in a larger sense than the ordinary meaning to fulfill the object of the statute.
Application in Public Welfare Laws:
For laws aimed at public safety or welfare (e.g., Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923), courts should interpret the provisions liberally to ensure the law’s beneficial objectives are met.
Guiding Principle:
Statutes that require something to be done should be interpreted in a manner that ensures their effective and fair implementation in line with the legislative intent.
Example, a statute which requires notice of action for anything done, are to be construed as including an omission of an act which ought to be done as well as the commission of a wrongful act. Where a statute requires something to be done by a person, it would generally be sufficient compliance with it if the thing is done by another person on his behalf and by his authority, for it would be presumed that the statute does not intend to prevent the application of the general principle of law: ‘qui facit per alium facit per se’ (he who acts though another is deemed to act in person).This would be so unless there is something in either the language or the object of the statute which shows that personal act alone was intended.
Q. Shikha is accused of committing fraud by submitting false documents to obtain a loan from a bank. Her actions constitute an offence under both the Indian Penal Code (IPC) and the Banking Regulation Act. The prosecution initiates legal proceedings against Shikha under both enactments. Explain whether Shikha can be punished twice for the same offense under the IPC and the Banking Regulation Act, with regards to the provisions of the General Clauses Act, 1897 ? What are the provisions mentioned in the Act with regards to the computation of time ? (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 26 – Provision as to Offences Punishable under Two or More Enactments:
Same Act as Offence under Multiple Laws:
If an act or omission constitutes an offence under two or more enactments, the offender can be prosecuted under either or any of those enactments.
Bar on Double Punishment:
The offender shall not be punished twice for the same offence, even if prosecuted under multiple enactments.
Supreme Court Clarification (Baliah v. Rangachari, AIR 1969 SC 701):
The court held that there is no bar on trial or conviction under multiple laws, but there is a bar on double punishment for the same offence.
Example – Shikha’s Case:
Shikha can be prosecuted under both the IPC and the Banking Regulation Act, but she cannot be punished twice for the same offence under both laws.
Section 10 – Computation of Time:
Acts to be Done on Certain Day or Within Prescribed Time:
When a Central Act or Regulation directs an act to be done on a specific day or within a time limit.
Office or Court Closed on Last Day:
If the day prescribed for doing the act or the last day of the prescribed period falls on a day when the office or court is closed.
Extension to Next Working Day:
The act or proceeding shall be deemed to be done in due time if performed on the next day the office or court opens.
This ensures both protection against double punishment and fairness in procedural compliance where deadlines fall on holidays.
Q. Administrative law is the by-product of ever increasing functions of the Governments. Now, States have no longer policies limited to maintaining internal order and external threats. Examine. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Growth and Origin of Administrative Law
Expansion of Government Functions:
Administrative law emerged as a by-product of the increasing functions of the government beyond just maintaining law and order or protecting from external threats.
From Police State to Welfare State:
The state is no longer confined to its traditional role of a 'police state'. It is evolving into a welfare state aimed at overall social and economic development.
Rise in Political Consciousness:
With rising awareness among citizens, people now expect the state to do more than just offer traditional services like security and justice.
Social and Economic Development:
The state has undertaken the responsibility to improve the living conditions of people, particularly in sectors like health, education, employment, and environmental protection.
Complex Problems Need Expanded Administration:
Development creates new challenges (e.g., pollution, inequality, unemployment) that can only be tackled through an expanded administrative system.
Shift from Private to Public Role:
Many functions earlier managed by private enterprises have now been taken over by the state, requiring administrative machinery and legal frameworks.
Need for Regulation and Control:
The increasing scope and complexity of government activities necessitate rules, procedures, and institutions, which are governed by administrative law.
Administrative Law as a Framework:
Therefore, administrative law has evolved as a means to regulate, control, and guide the ever-growing administrative machinery of the modern state.
Q. Do you consider that there is no antithesis between effective government and controlling the exercise of administrative powers? (Dec 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans: Purpose and Importance of Administrative Law
Ensures Legality of Governmental Actions:
Administrative law ensures that governmental powers are exercised according to law, legal principles, and rules of reason and justice.
Protection of Individual Rights:
A core objective is to protect individuals from misuse or abuse of administrative power.
Redressal Mechanism:
When an individual is aggrieved by administrative action, administrative law provides a way to seek redressal or justice.
Harmony Between Governance and Control:
There is no conflict between having an effective government and controlling administrative powers—both can and must coexist.
Wide Exercise of Administrative Powers:
Administrative powers are exercised by thousands of officials, impacting the lives of millions of people daily.
People-Centric Governance:
Administrative efficiency alone is not sufficient—the interests and rights of the people must be central to all administrative functions.
Dual Potential of Administrative Power:
If used properly, administrative powers can promote welfare and development.
If abused, they can lead to despotism and a totalitarian regime.
Q. What are the principal sources of Administrative Law in India ? Explain in brief. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks) (Dec, 24 -5 Marks) (New Syllabus)
Ans. There are four principal sources of administrative law in India:
Constitution of India : It is the primary source of administrative law. Article 73 of the Constitution provides that the executive power of the Union shall extend to matters with respect to which the Parliament has power to make laws. Similar powers are provided to States under Article 162. Indian Constitution has not recognized the doctrine of separation of powers in its absolute rigidity.
Acts/ Statutes : Acts passed by the central and state governments for the maintenance of peace and order, tax collection, economic and social growth empower the administrative organs to carry on various tasks necessary for it. These Acts list the responsibilities of the administration, limit their power in certain respects and provide for grievance redressal mechanism for the people affected by the administrative action.
Ordinances, Administrative directions, Notifications and Circulars : Ordinances are issued when there are unforeseen developments and the legislature is not in session and therefore cannot make laws. Ordinances allow the administration to take necessary steps to deal with such developments. Administrative directions, notifications and circulars are issued by the executive in the exercise of power granted under various Acts.
Judicial decisions : Judiciary is the final arbiter in case of any dispute between various wings of government or between the citizen and the administration. In India, we have the supremacy of Constitution and the Supreme Court is vested with the authority to interpret it. The courts through their various decisions on the exercise of power by the administration, the liability of the government in case of breach of contract or tortious acts of Governments servants lay down administrative laws which guide their future conduct.
Q. Rule of law was developed by British Jurist A.V. Dicey, which he gave in his book ‘‘Rule of Law’’. Discuss. (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Rule of Law was developed by British Jurist A.V. Dicey. He derived this term from French Principle ‘La principle de legalite’ which means the principle of legality. It states that the government should be governed by Rule of Law instead of Rule of Individual. Any dictator, monarch or one particular person should not govern the functioning of any nation. Each country should follow legality of law.
Three major principles given by Dicey in his book “Rule of Law” are:
Supremacy of law: It means that ordinary or regular laws shall remain supreme. Supremacy here means absolute and pre-dominance of regular laws as against arbitrary or wide discretionary powers.
Equality before the law: According to Dicey, all classes must be equally subject to the ordinary law of the land as administered by the ordinary law courts. He states that there should be equality between people. According to Dicey, all classes must be equally subject to the ordinary law of the land as administered by the ordinary law courts. It provides that all are equal before law and everyone will be subjected to the same law.
The predominance of a legal spirit: Legal Spirit refers to the judicial precedents upon any dispute raised by any individual. The judgment given in any case will be the legal spirit of that particular case. It basically refers to the law as set by the precedents that have evolved over time.
Q. The biggest check over administrative action is the power of judicial review. Elaborate. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans: Judicial Review as a Check on Administrative Action
Judicial Review: Definition
Judicial review is the power of the Courts to declare acts of the legislature and executive void if they violate provisions of the Constitution.
Scope of Judicial Review
It applies to:
Legislative actions
Executive/administrative actions
Authority of Highest Court
Judicial review is primarily exercised by the highest court in a jurisdiction (e.g., Supreme Court in India) to invalidate unconstitutional acts of any government agency.
Scrutiny of Executive Actions
Courts examine whether an executive act is within the scope of authority/power conferred by law or the Constitution.
Doctrine of Ultra Vires
If the act is found to be ultra vires (i.e., beyond the legal power or authority), it is declared void by the Court.
Discretionary Powers and Judicial Caution
Courts are not against granting discretionary powers to the executive.
However, they expect proper guidelines to be laid down for the exercise of such powers.
Court's Role in Preventing Abuse
Judicial review becomes active when:
Discretionary powers are unguided or uncontrolled, or
There is misuse or abuse of such discretion.
Objective of Judicial Review
The ultimate aim is to ensure constitutional governance, protect citizens' rights, and prevent arbitrary or unlawful actions by administrative authorities.
Q. Examine the necessity of administrative discretion. (June, 22 -4 Marks)
Ans. Necessity of Administrative Discretion
Inevitable for Government Functioning:
It is impractical to frame rules for every possible situation in governance. Hence, officials must exercise discretion to deal with varying circumstances.
Need for Flexibility:
Administration today is complex and technical, requiring expertise, adaptability, and practical judgment, which rigid rules cannot offer.
Freedom to Choose Best Alternatives:
Discretion enables officials to select the most suitable course of action from various alternatives, ensuring effective and situation-specific responses.
Quick Modification of Unsuitable Rules:
If a rule proves to be ineffective, the administration can amend or replace it promptly, avoiding unnecessary procedural delays.
Checks on Abuse of Discretion:
While discretion is essential, it must be exercised legally and reasonably. A system of judicial review and legal safeguards is needed to prevent arbitrariness and misuse.
Q. Under what circumstances the decision exercised by administrative authorities are treated as abuse of discretion ? Explain any four. (Dec, 19 -4 Marks)
Ans. The decision exercised by administrative authorities are treated as abuse of discretion in the following circumstances:
Mala fides : If the discretionary power is exercised by the authority with bad faith or dishonest intention, the action is quashed by the court. Malafide exercise of discretionary power is always bad and taken as abuse of discretion.
Irrelevant considerations : If a statute confers power for one purpose, its use for a different purpose is not regarded as a valid exercise of power and is likely to be quashed by the courts. If the administrative authority takes into account factors, circumstances or events wholly irrelevant or extraneous to the purpose mentioned in the statute, then the administrative action is vitiated.
Leaving out relevant considerations : The administrative authority exercising the discretionary power is required to take into account all the relevant facts. If it leaves out relevant consideration, its action will be invalid.
Arbitrary orders : The order made should be based on facts and cogent reasoning and not on the whims and fancies of the adjudicatory authority.
Improper purpose : The discretionary power is required to be used for the purpose for which it has been given. If it is given for one purpose and used for another purpose it will amount to abuse of power.
Colourable exercise of power : Where the discretionary power is exercised by the authority on which it has been conferred ostensibly for the purpose for which it has been given but in reality for some other purpose, it is taken as colourable exercise of the discretionary power and it is declared invalid.
Non-compliance with procedural requirements and principles of natural justice: If the procedural requirement laid down in the statute is mandatory and it is not complied, the exercise of power will be bad. Whether the procedural requirement is mandatory or directory is decided by the court. Principles of natural justice are also required to be observed.
Exceeding jurisdiction : The authority is required to exercise the power within the limits or the statute. Consequently, if the authority exceeds this limit, its action will be held to be ultra vires and, therefore, void.
Q. ‘No law can clothe administrative action with a complete finality even if the law says so, for the courts always examine the ambit and even the mode of its exercise to check its conformity with fundamental rights.’ In the light of the statement discuss the judicial review at the stage of exercise of administrative discretion. (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. Ans. The courts in India control the exercise of administrative discretion, which can be grouped under two broad heads:
Authority has not exercised its discretion properly- ‘abuse of discretion’.
Authority is deemed not to have exercised its discretion at all- ‘non-application of mind’.
Abuse of Discretion
Mala fides : If the discretionary power is exercised by the authority with bad faith or dishonest intention, the action is quashed by the court. Malafide exercise of discretionary power is always bad and taken as abuse of discretion.
Irrelevant considerations : If a statute confers power for one purpose, its use for a different purpose is not regarded as a valid exercise of power and is likely to be quashed by the courts. If the administrative authority takes into account factors, circumstances or events wholly irrelevant or extraneous to the purpose mentioned in the statute, then the administrative action is vitiated.
Leaving out relevant considerations : The administrative authority exercising the discretionary power is required to take into account all the relevant facts. If it leaves out relevant consideration, its action will be invalid.
Arbitrary orders : The order made should be based on facts and cogent reasoning and not on the whims and fancies of the adjudicatory authority.
Improper purpose : The discretionary power is required to be used for the purpose for which it has been given. If it is given for one purpose and used for another purpose it will amount to abuse of power.
Colourable exercise of power : Where the discretionary power is exercised by the authority on which it has been conferred ostensibly for the purpose for which it has been given but in reality for some other purpose, it is taken as colourable exercise of the discretionary power and it is declared invalid.
Non-compliance with procedural requirements and principles of natural justice: If the procedural requirement laid down in the statute is mandatory and it is not complied, the exercise of power will be bad. Whether the procedural requirement is mandatory or directory is decided by the court. Principles of natural justice are also required to be observed.
Exceeding jurisdiction : The authority is required to exercise the power within the limits or the statute. Consequently, if the authority exceeds this limit, its action will be held to be ultra vires and, therefore, void.
Non-application of mind
Acting under dictation: Where the authority exercises its discretionary power under the instructions/dictation from superior authority, in such condition in substance the power is not exercised by it but by the other authority. Such decision or action is bad.
Self-restriction: The authority entrusted with discretionary power is required to exercise it after considering the individual cases and should not impose fetters on it discretion by adopting fixed rule of policy to be applied rigidly to all cases coming before it. Such decision or action will be bad.
Acting mechanically and without due care: It will render the decision bad in law.
Q. Explain the rule of ‘nemo judex in causa sua’ under Administrative Law. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Rule against bias (nemo judex in causa sua): According to this rule no person should be made a judge in his own cause. Bias means an operative prejudice whether conscious or unconscious in relation to a party or issue. It is a presumption that a person cannot take an objective decision in a case in which he has an interest. The rule against bias has two main aspects- one, that the judge must not have any direct personal stake in the matter at hand and two, there must not be any real likelihood of bias.
Bias can be the following types:
Pecuniary Bias
Personal Bias
Subject matter Bias
Q. Explain in brief doctrine of ‘Nemo Judex in Causa Sua’. (June, 19 -4 Marks)
or
Q. ‘‘A judge is supposed to be indifferent to the parties to the controversy. He cannot act as a judge of a case in which he himself has some interest either pecuniary or otherwise as it affords the strongest proof against neutrality.’’ Elucidate. (June 23 - 4 marks)
Ans. Nemo Judex in Causa Sua is Rule against bias. According to the rule against bias, no person should be made a judge in his own cause. Bias means an operative prejudice whether conscious or unconscious in relation to a party or issue. It is a presumption that a person cannot take an objective decision in a case in which he has an interest.
The rule against bias has following two main aspects:
that the judge must not have any direct personal stake in the matter at hand.
there must not be any real likelihood of bias.
Bias can be of the following three types:
Pecuniary bias : The judicial approach is unanimous on the point that any financial interest of the adjudicatory authority in the matter, howsoever small, would vitiate the adjudication. Thus a pecuniary interest, howsoever insufficient, will disqualify a person from acting as a Judge.
Personal bias : There are number of situations which may create a personal bias in the Judge’s mind against one party in dispute before him. He may be friend of the party, or related to him through family, professional or business ties. The judge might also be hostile to one of the parties to a case. All these situations create bias either in favour of or against the party and will operate as a disqualification for a person to act as a Judge.
Subject matter bias : A judge may have a bias in the subject matter, which means that he himself is a party, or has some direct connection with the litigation. To disqualify on the ground of bias there must be intimate and direct connection between adjudicator and the issues in dispute. To vitiate the decision on the ground of bias as for the subject matter there must be real likelihood of bias.
Q. A pharmaceutical company, Moon Pharma Ltd., filed a patent infringement lawsuit against a small Biotech startup, Deep Ltd. The case was heard by Judge M, who held significant shares in the Moon Pharma Ltd. Judge M ruled in favour of Moon Pharma Ltd. Should Judge M have abstained himself from the case on the basis of principle of Natural Justice ? Elaborate. (Dec, 24 - 5 marks each)
Ans. Rule against bias (nemo judex in causa sua)
According to this rule no person should be made a judge in his own cause. Bias means an operative prejudice whether conscious or unconscious in relation to a party or issue. It is a presumption that a person cannot take an objective decision in a case in which he has an interest. The rule against bias has two main aspects- one, that the judge must not have any direct personal stake in the matter at hand and two, there must not be any real likelihood of bias.
Bias can be of the following three types:
Pecuniary bias: The judicial approach is unanimous on the point that any financial interest of the adjudicatory authority in the matter. Howsoever small, would vitiate the adjudication. Thus, a pecuniary interest, howsoever insufficient, will disqualify a person from acting as a Judge.
Personal bias: There are number of situations which may create a personal bias in the Judge’s mind against one party in dispute before him. He may be friend of the party, or related to him through family, professional or business ties. The judge might also be hostile to one of the parties to a case. All these situations create bias either in favour of or against the party and will operate as a disqualification for a person to act as a Judge.
Subject matter bias: A judge may have a bias in the subject matter, which means that he himself is a party, or has some direct connection with the litigation. To disqualify on the ground of bias there must be intimate and direct connection between adjudicator and the issues in dispute.
The judicial approach is unanimous on the point that any financial interest of the adjudicatory authority in the matter, however small, would vitiate the adjudication. Thus, a pecuniary interest, however insignificant, will disqualify a person from acting as a judge.
Judge M’s significant financial interest in Moon Pharma Ltd. creates a clear conflict of interest, violating the principle of nemo judex in causa sua and compromising judicial impartiality. Therefore, Judge M should have abstained himself from the case on the basis of the principle of Natural Justice.
Q. Explain in brief ‘Audi Alterum Partem Rule’ under the Administrative law. (Dec, 18 – 4 marks)
Ans. The rule of audi alteram partem is the rule of fair hearing . The principle of natural justice is audi alteram partem (hear the other side) i.e. no one should be condemned unheard. It requires that both sides should be heard before passing the order. This rule implies that a person against whom an order to his prejudice is passed should be given information as to the charges against him and should be given an opportunity to submit his explanation thereto.
Following are the ingredients of the rule of fair hearing:
Right to notice : Hearing starts with the notice by the authority concerned to the affected person.
Right to present case and evidence
Right to rebut adverse evidence
Disclosure of evidence
Reasoned decision: When the adjudicatory bodies give reasons in support of their decisions, the decisions are treated as reasoned decision.
Q. “The court have always insisted that the administrative agencies must follow minimum of fair procedure, i.e., Principal of Natural Justice”. Under what circumstances can the right to a fair hearing and the rule against bias be lawfully excluded ? (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Though the normal rule is that a person who is affected by administrative action is entitled to claim natural justice, that requirement may be excluded under certain exceptional circumstances as mentioned below:
Statutory Exclusion : The principle of natural justice may be excluded by the statutory provision. Where the statute expressly provides for the observance of the principles of natural justice, the provision is treated as mandatory and the authority is bound by it. Where the statute is silent as to the observance of the principle of natural justice, such silence is taken to imply the observance thereto.
Emergency : In exceptional cases of urgency or emergency where prompt and preventive action is required the principles of natural justice need not be observed. However, the determination of the situation requiring the exclusion of the rules of natural justice by the administrative authorities is not final and the court may review such determination.
Interim disciplinary action : The rules of natural justice are not attracted in the case of interim disciplinary action.
Academic evaluation : Where a student is removed from an educational institution on the grounds of unsatisfactory academic performance, the requirement of pre-decisional hearing is excluded.
Impracticability : Where the authority deals with a large number of person it is not practicable to give all of them opportunity of being heard and therefore in such condition the court does not insist on the observance of the rules of natural justice.
Q. What do you mean by Judicial Precedents? Also read the following statements. Determine and explain what kind of precedent it is:
‘Vishaka guidelines’ were stipulated by the Supreme Court of India, in Vishaka and others v. State of Rajasthan case in 1997, regarding prevention of sexual harassment at workplace. They acted as precedent for many cases during 1997-2013 until Protection of Women from Sexual Harassment Act, 2013 was enacted.
The decision of one High Court may not be binding on other High Court. But the decisions can give a principle which may be helpful for the other High Court. The other High Court may or may not follow the principle of the decision.
(Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. Judicial Precedent means the guidance or authority of past decisions of the courts for future cases. Only such decisions which lay down some new rule or principle are called judicial precedents.
In the given situation, it is 'Original precedent' because 'Vishaka guidelines' created and applied a new rule of law regarding prevention of sexual harassment at workplace. It was law for future because its guidelines were applied in future similar cases.
In the given situation, it is Persuasive Precedent. A persuasive precedent is one which the judges are not obliged to follow but which they will take into consideration and to which they will attach great weight as it seems to them to deserve. For example, in certain circumstances the decision of one High Court may not binding on other High Court but the decisions can give a principle which may be helpful for the other High Court. So these types of decisions will have persuasive value.
Q. Discuss the main feature of Statutory Corporation under Administrative Law. (June, 21 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The main features of Statutory Corporations are as under:
It is incorporated under a Special Act of Parliament or State Legislative Assembly.
It is an autonomous body and is free from government control in respect of its internal management. However, it is accountable to the Parliament or the state legislature.
It has a separate legal existence.
It is managed by the Board of Directors, which is composed of individuals who are trained and experienced in business management. The members of the Board of Directors are nominated by the Government.
It is supposed to be self sustained in financial matters. However, in case of necessity it may obtain a loan and/or seek assistance from the government.
The employees of these enterprises are recruited as per their own requirements by following the terms and conditions of recruitment decided by the Board.
Q. ‘‘To constitute a tort, there must be a wrongful act and legal damages’’. Explain. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. A tort consists of some act or omission done by the defendant whereby he has without just cause or excuse caused some harm to plaintiff. To constitute a tort, there must be:
Wrongful act : The act complained of, should under the circumstances, be legally wrongful as regards the party complaining. In other words, it should prejudicially affect any of the above mentioned interests, and protected by law. Thus, every person whose legal rights, e.g., right of reputation, right of bodily safety and freedom, and right to property are violated without legal excuse, has a right of action against the person who violated them, whether loss results from such violation or not.
Legal damages : It is not every damage that is a damage in the eyes of the law. It must be a damage which the law recognizes as such. In other words, there should be legal injury or invasion of the legal right. In the absence of an infringement of a legal right, an action does not lie. Also, where there is infringement of a legal right, an action lies even though no damage may have been caused. As was stated in Ashby v. White, (1703) 2 Ld. Raym. 938 legal damage is neither identical with actual damage nor is it necessarily pecuniary.
Two maxims, namely: (i) Damnum sine injuria, and (ii) injuria sine damnum, explain this proposition.
Damnum sine injuria
Damnum means harm, loss or damage in respect of money, comfort, health, etc. Injuria means infringement of a right conferred by law on the plaintiff. The maxim means that in a given case, a man may have suffered damage and yet have no action in tort, because the damage is not to an interest protected by the law of torts. Therefore, causing damage, however substantial to another person is not actionable in law unless there is also a violation of a legal right of the plaintiff. Common examples are, where the damage results from an act done in the exercise of legal rights. Thus, if I own a shop and you open a shop in the neighborhood, as a result of which I lose some customers and my profits decline, I cannot sue you for the loss in profits, because you are exercising your legal right. [Gloucester Grammer School case, (1410) Y.B. Hill. 11 Hen, IV to 27, pp. 21,36].
Injuria sine damnum
It means injury without damage, i.e., where there is no resultant damage yet it is an injury or wrong in tort, i.e., where there is infringement of a legal right not resulting in harm but plaintiff can still sue in tort. Some rights or interests are so important that their violation is an actionable tort without proof of damage. Thus when there is an invasion of an “absolute” private right of an individual, there is an injuria and the plaintiff’s action will succeed even if there is no Damnum or damages. An absolute right is one, the violation of which is actionable per se, i.e., without the proof of any damage. Injuria sine damnum covers such cases and action lies when the right is violated even though no damage has occurred. Thus the act of trespassing upon another’s land is actionable even though it has not caused the plaintiff even the slightest harm.
Q. Explain with suitable examples that legal damage is neither identical with actual damage nor is it necessarily pecuniary. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. It is not every damage that is a damage in the eye of law. It must be a damage which the law recognizes or invasion of the legal right. In the absence of an infringement of a legal right an action does not lie. Also, where there is infringement of a legal right, an action lies even though no damage may have causes. Therefore, legal damage is neither identical with actual damage not is it necessarily pecuniary.
Two maxims explain this proposition.
Damnum Sine Injuria - This maxim means, a man may have suffered damage and yet have no action in tort, because the damage is not to an interest protected by the law of torts.
Eg. if I own a shop and you open a shop in the neighbourhood, as a result of which I lose some customers and my profits fall off, I cannot sue you for the lose in profits, because you are exercising your legal right.
Injuria Sine Damnum - According to this maxim, where there is no damage resulted yet it is an injury or wrong in tort, i.e. where there is infringement of a legal right not resulting in harm but plaintiff can still sue in tort.
Eg. The act of the act of trespassing upon another's land is actionable even though it has not caused the plaintiff even the slightest harm.
Q. Distinguish between ‘Damnum Sine Injuria’ and ‘Injuria Sine Damnum’ under the law relating to Torts. (Dec, 18 – 4 Marks)
or
Q. Explain the Latin maxims ‘damnum sine injuria’ and ‘injuria sine damnum’. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Damnum sine Injuria - Damnum means harm, loss or damage in respect of money, comfort, health, etc. Injuria means infringement of a right conferred by law on the plaintiff. The maxim means that in a given case, a man may have suffered damage and yet have no action in tort, because the damage is not to an interest protected by the law of torts. Therefore, causing damage, however substantial to another person is not actionable in law unless there is also a violation of a legal right of the plaintiff.
Injuria Sine Damnum - Injuria Sine Damnum means injury without damage, i.e., where there is no damage resulted yet it is an injury or wrong in tort, i.e. where there is infringement of a legal right not resulting in harm but plaintiff can still sue in tort. Some rights or interests are so important that their violation is an actionable tort without proof of damage. Thus when there is an invasion of an “absolute” private right of an individual, there is an injuria and the plaintiff’s action will succeed even if there is no Damnum or damages. An absolute right is one, the violation of which is actionable per se, i.e., without the proof of any damage. Injuria sine damnum covers such cases and action lies when the right is violated even though no damage has occurred.
Q. Water supply to A’s mill was disrupted due to B’s digging of his well. This resulted in the cutting of the water supply to the A’s mill, due to which it was shut down. A filed a suit for damages against B in a court of law. Decide and give reasons for your conclusions. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The given situation comes in the bracket of Damnum Sine Injuria. Damnum means harm, loss or damage in respect of money, comfort, health, etc. Injuria means infringement of a right conferred by law on the plaintiff. The maxim means that in a given case, a man may have suffered damage and yet have no action in tort, because the damage is not to an interest protected by the law of torts. Therefore, causing damage, however substantial to another person is not actionable in law unless there is also a violation of a legal right of the plaintiff.
In Gloucester Grammar School Case, defendant after leaving Plaintiff’s School where he worked as a teacher, started his own school. Being a teacher of standing, many students of Plaintiff’s school left and enrolled themselves into the defendant’s school. The plaintiff filed a suit for monetary damages incurred by his own. The court held that the defendant is not liable because competition is no ground of action even though monetary loss is caused.
In case of Chasemore v. Richards, 1859, water supply to Plaintiff’s mill was disrupted due to defendant’s digging of his well. This resulted in cutting of water supply to plaintiff’s mill due to which it was shut down. Court held defendant not liable because although monetary losses were incurred there was no violation of legal right.
In view of the above mentioned principle and case laws, it can be said that B is not liable to pay because although monetary might have been incurred but there was no violation of legal right.
Q. Discuss the ‘Rule of Strict Liability’ under the Law of Torts. (Dec, 18 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Under the Rule of Strict Liability the defendant is liable even though the harm to the plaintiff occurred without intention or negligence on the defendant’s part. In other words, the defendant is held liable without fault. These cases fall under the following categories:
Liability for Inevitable Accident – Such liability arises in cases where damage is done by the escape of dangerous substances brought or kept by anyone upon his land.
Liability for Inevitable Mistake – Such cases are where a person interferes with the property or reputation of another.
Vicarious Liability for Wrongs committed by others – Responsibility in such cases is imputed by law on grounds of social policy or expediency. These case involve liability of master for the acts of his servant.
The Rule of Strict Liability was laid down in the case of Ryland v. Fletcher (1868) L.R. 3 H.L. 330. It has been explained that two conditions are necessary in order to apply the rule i.e.
Little Escape may cause danger - Escape from a place of which the defendant has occupation or over which he has a control to a place which is outside his occupation or control or something likely to do mischief if it escapes; and
Non-natural use of Land : The defendant is liable if he makes a non-natural use of land.
If either of these conditions is absent, the rule of strict liability will not apply.
Q. Explain the exceptions to the rule of strict liability under Law of Torts. (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The exceptions to the rule of strict liability under Law of Torts are as under:
Things not essentially dangerous which is not unusual for a person to have on his own land, such as water pipe installations in buildings, the working of mines and minerals on land, the lighting of fire in a fire-place of a house, and necessary wiring for supplying electric light, fall under the category of “natural use” of land.
Where the plaintiff has consented to the accumulation of the dangerous thing on the defendant’s land, the liability under the rule of Strict Liability in Ryland v. Flethcher does not arise. Such a consent is implied where the source of danger is for the ‘common benefit’ of both.
If the harm has been caused due to the act of a stranger, who is neither defendant’s servant nor agent nor the defendant has any control over him, the defendant will not be liable.
Sometimes, public bodies storing water, gas, electricity and the like are by statute, exempted from liability so long as they have taken reasonable care.
If an escape is caused, through natural causes and without human intervention circumstances which no human foresight can provide against and of which human prudence is not bound to recognize the possibility, there is then said to exist the defence of Act of God.
Damage by escape due to the plaintiff’s own default was considered to be good
Q. Discussing the case of Rylands Vs. Fletcher, state the rule of strict or absolute liability. Reyansh owns a large, well-maintained dog, which is kept in a secure kennel in Reyansh’s backyard. The kennel has a gate which is generally locked and a high fence to ensure that the dog does not escape. One day, Vedant, a neighbour, climbs over the fence and opens the kennel gate, allowing the dog to run free. The dog then bites Kartik, another neighbour, who was walking by. Kartik files a suit for damages against Reyansh under the law of torts. Is Reyansh liable for damages under the rule of strict liability ? (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Strict or Absolute Liability: In some torts, the defendant is liable even though the harm to the plaintiff occurred without intention or negligence on the defendant’s part.
The Rule in Rylands v. Fletcher (1868) L.R. 3 H.L. 330 is that a man acts at his peril and is the insurer of the safety of his neighbour against accidental harm. Such duty is absolute because it is independent of negligence on the part of the defendant or his servants.
The facts of this case were as follows: B, a mill owner employed independent contractors, who were apparently competent to construct a reservoir on his land to provide water for his mill. There were old disused mining shafts under the site of the reservoir which the contractors failed to observe because they were filled with earth. The contractorstherefore, did not block them. When the water was filled in the reservoir, it bursts through the shafts and flooded the plaintiff’s coal mines on the adjoining land. It was found as a fact that B did not know of the shafts and had not been negligent, though the independent contractors, had been, B was held liable.
It was held in this case that the true rule of law is that the person, who for his own purposes brings on his lands and collects and keeps there anything likely to do mischief if it escapes, must keep it at his peril and if, he does not do so is, prima facie answerable for all the damage which is the natural consequence of its escape.
The case of Rylands v. Fletcher establishes a rule of strict liability for those who keep dangerous things on their property that escape and cause damage. However, there are several exceptions to this rule, one of which is the “act of a third party”.
Accordingly, “If the harm has been caused due to the act of a stranger, who is neither defendant’s
servant nor agent nor the defendant has any control over him, the defendant will not be liable.”
In Box v. Jubh (1879) 4 Ex. D. 76, the overflow from the defendant’s reservoir was caused by the blocking of a drain by stranger, the defendant was held not liable. But if the act of the stranger, is or can be foreseen by the defendant and the damage can be prevented, the defendant must, by due care prevent the damage. Failure on his part to avoid such damage will make him liable. This means that if the escape and resulting damage are caused by the unforeseeable and deliberate actions of a third party, the property owner may not be held liable.
In the given situation, Vedant intentionally climbed over the fence and opened the kennel gate, allowing the dog to run free. This action was not something that Reyansh could have reasonably anticipated or prevented. Therefore, Reyansh may not be held liable for the damages to Kartik because the escape and subsequent injury were caused by Vedant i.e., the third party.
Q. Critically examine the applicability of liability rule in the tort applied in cases of enterprises engaged in a hazardous industry in India. (June, 22 – 8 Marks)
Ans. The Supreme Court has discussed the applicability of the rule of Rylands v. Fletcher [UKHL 1, (18b8) LR 3HL 330] in the case of M.C. Mehta v. Union of India and Others (1987) 1. Comp. L.J. p. 99 S.C. while determining the principles on which the liability of an enterprise engaged in a hazardous or inherently dangerous industry depended if an accident occurred in such industry.
“We have to evolve new principle and lay down new norms which would adequately deal with the new problems which arise in a highly industrialized economy. We cannot allow our judicial thinking to be constricted by reference to the law as it prevails in England or for the matter of that, in any other foreign country”.
On the question of the nature of liability for a hazardous enterprise the court while noting that the above rule as developed in England recognizes certain limitations and responsibilities recorded it’s final view as follows:
“We are of the view that an enterprise which is engaged in a hazardous or inherently dangerous industry which poses a potential threat to the health and safety of the persons working in the factory and residing in the surrounding areas, owes an absolute and non- delegable duty to the community to ensure that no harm results to anyone on account of hazardous or inherently dangerous nature of the activity which it has undertaken. The enterprise must be held to be under an obligation to provide that the hazardous or inherently dangerous activity in which it is engaged, must be conducted with the highest standards of safety; and if any harm results on account of such activity, the enterprise must be absolutely liable to compensate for such harm; and it should be no answer to the enterprise to say that it had taken all reasonable care and that the harm occurred without negligence on its part.”
Thus, while imposing absolute liability for manufacture of hazardous substances, the Supreme Court intended that the requirement of non-natural use or the aspect of escape of a dangerous substance, commonly regarded as essential for liability under Rylands v. Fletcher, need not be proved in India.
Q. The managing clerk of a firm of solicitors, while acting in the ordinary course of business committed fraud, against a lady client by fraudulently inducing her to sign documents transferring her property to him. He had done so without the knowledge of his Principal. Explain whether the Principal will be liable ? (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Qui facit per alium facit per se - he who acts through another is acting himself, so that the act of the agent is the act of the principal. When an agent commits a tort in the ordinary course of his duties as an agent, the principal is liable for the same. In Lloyd v. Grace, Smith & Co. (1912) A.C. 716, the managing clerk of a firm of solicitors, while acting in the ordinary course of business committed fraud, against a lady client by fraudulently inducing her to sign documents transferring her property to him. He had done so without the knowledge of his principal who was liable because the fraud was committed in the course of employment.
The House of Lords in this case held that, by allowing the managing clerk to deal with clients, the firm had given him ostensible authority to conduct certain types of business. Therefore the firm was liable for the fraud.
Normally, the tortfeasor is liable for his tort. But in some cases a person may be
held liable for the tort committed by another. A master is vicariously liable for the tort of his servant, principal for the tort of his agent and partners for the tort of a partner. This is known as vicarious liability in tort.
Q. Discuss the position of vicarious liability of an employer for an independent contractor. What are the conditions when an employer is liable and when he is not liable? (June 23 – 5 Marks)
Ans. An employer is vicariously liable for the torts of his servants committed in the course of their employment, but he is not liable for the torts of those who are his independent contractors.
An independent contractor is one who works for another but who is not controlled by that other in his conduct in the performance of that work. These definitions show that a person is a servant where the employer “retains the control of the actual performance” of the work.
When Employer is Liable for the acts of Independent Contractor
The employer is not liable merely because an independent contractor commits a tort in the course of his employment; the employer is liable only if he himself is deemed to have committed a tort. This may happen in one of the following three ways:
When employer authorizes him to commit a tort.
In torts of strict liability.
Negligence of independent contractor.
When Employer is not Liable for the acts of an Independent Contractor
An employer is not liable for the tort of an independent contractor if he has taken care in the appointment of the contractor. In Philips v. Britania Hygienic Laundry Co. (1923), the owner of lorry was held not liable when a third-party’s vehicle was damaged, in consequence of the negligent repair of his lorry by a garage proprietor.
Q. Anil and Amit are two partners of a firm. Anil, while ordinarily dealing with another firm, bribed that firm’s clerk to divulge secret relating to the other firm where that clerk was working. In this case, who shall be liable—whether both the Partners i.e. Anil and Amit or only Anil ? Explain. (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Tort committed by a partner in the ordinary course of the business of the firm, all the other partners are liable therefore to the same extent as the guilty partner. The liability of the partners is joint and several.
In the case of Hamlyn vs.Houston & Co. (1903) 1 K.B. 81, one of the two partners bribed the plaintiff's clerk and induced him to divulge secrets relating to his employer's business. It was held that both the partners were liable for the tort committed by only one of them.
Q. The defendants were a partnership firm consisting of two partners, Ramesh and Mahesh. Ramesh was taking care of the functioning of the firm and Mahesh was a sleeping partner. Ramesh acting within the scope of his authority, bribed the clerk of the plaintiff’s company and induced him to commit a breach of contract with the plaintiff and divulge some of the secret important information of the plaintiff’s company. The plaintiff suffered losses. This act of Ramesh was done without Mahesh’s knowledge. Plaintiff sued both the partners. Discuss whether the plaintiff would succeed. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. For the tort committed by a partner in the ordinary course of the business of the firm, all the other partners are liable therefore to the same extent as the guilty partner. The liability of the partners is joint and several. This case involves vicarious liability arising out of the special relationship between partners. Partners are agent of a partnership firm. The principles of agency govern the relationship between partners as well as between partners and partnership firm. So far as the liability for the torts or negligence committed by the partners is concerned a firm is liable for the same, provided such negligence or tort is committed in the ordinary course of the business of the firm.
It is noteworthy that each partner is an agent at one hand and at the same time is a principal of all other partners. His deeds in the ordinary course of firm’s business bind other partners and simultaneously make the firm liable for his deed.
In this case Ramesh was acting within the scope of his authority and in the ordinary course of firm’s business, where he bribed the clerk of the plaintiff’s company and induced him to commit a breach of contract with the plaintiff and divulge some of the secret important information of the plaintiff’s company. Thus, both the partners may be held liable for the said wrongful act of Ramesh.
In view of the above, it can be said that plaintiff may succeed.
Q. Explain the liability of master for the act of his servant under the law of torts. (Dec, 21 – 5 Marks)
Ans. A master is liable for the tort committed by his servant while acting in the course of his employment. The servant, of course, is also liable; their liability is joint and several.
In such cases -
liability of a person is independent of his own wrongful intention or negligence
liability is joint as well as several
In case of vicarious liability, the liability arises because of the relationship between the principal and the wrongdoer but in case of absolute or strict liability, the liability arises out of the wrong itself.
A master is liable not only for the acts which have been committed by the servant, but also for acts done by him which are not specifically authorized, in the course of his employment. The basis of the rule has been variously stated: on the maxim Respondeat Superior (Let the principal be liable) or on the maxim Qui facit per alium facit per se (he who does an act through another is deemed to do it himself). The master is liable even though the servant acted against the express instructions, for the benefit of his master, so long as the servant acted in the course of employment.
Q. John who had his account in a private bank went to bank to deposit the cash. While he was entering into the bank alongside cash box of the bank was also being carried inside, the security guard in a haste ended up firing John thereby killing him. Mrs. Maria, wife of Mr. John claims that bank is vicariously accountable for the incidence, but the bank argues that it had not given the permission to employee to fire. Is the argument of bank correct? Decide. (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. General principles of vicarious liability are based on two maxims as follows:
'Qui facit per alium facit per se', which means, "One who does an act through another is deemed in law to do it himself".
'Respondeat superior' which means, "Let the principal be liable" / "let the superior be responsible" for their subordinate.
Vicarious liability is a form of strict, secondary liability. Such liability arises in relationships such as of master and servant, where master shall be liable for the act of the servant done in course of employment. An act is said to be in course of employment if:
The master has directly authorized the act to the servant;
The act done is authorized act done wrongly.
The wrong doing of an authorized act will make the master liable. The facts in the instant case are, however, very clear that the incident in question took place when the cash box was being brought into the bank premises and the deceased was also entering the bank premises. If the security guard committed an error in perceiving the act of the deceased as a threat to the cash box as an impediment of protection of the property of the bank from a possible danger from any third party, the act of the security guard causing death of deceased was in the course of the employment of the security guard and, therefore, it is not possible to accept the defence pleaded by the bank that it is not vicariously liable.
Q. Swaraj an employer of ABC Company Ltd., appointed Rakesh as an independent contractor. Discuss under what circumstances Swaraj would be liable for the fault of Rakesh. (Dec, 18 – 5 Marks)
Ans. A master/employer is liable for the tort committed by his servant while acting in the course of his employment. The servant, of course, is also liable; their liability is joint and several. This is known as vicarious liability. The relationship of an individual with that of his/ her independent contractor is not that of master-servant.
The employer is not liable merely because an independent contractor commits a tort in the course of his employment. The employer is liable only if he himself is deemed to have committed a tort. This may happen in one of the following three ways:
When employer authorizes him to commit a tort.
In torts of strict liability
Negligence of independent contractor.
In the present case, Swaraj would be liable for the fault of Rakesh in the above mentioned circumstances.
Q. Discuss the vicarious or tortious liability of state for the act of his servant. Refer relevant Judgements. (June, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. When a case of Government liability in tort comes before the courts, the question is whether the particular Government activity, which gave rise to the tort, was the sovereign function or non-sovereign function. If it is a sovereign function it could claim immunity from the tortuous liability, otherwise not. Generally, the activities of commercial nature or those which can be carried out by the private individual are termed as non-sovereign functions.
The first important case involving the tortious liability of the State was raised in the pre-independence era P. and O. Steam Navigation v. Secretary of State for India (5 Bom HCR App 1). The question referred to the Supreme Court was whether the Secretary of State for India is liable for the damages caused by the negligence of the servants in the service of the Government. The Supreme Court answered the question in the affirmative. The Court pointed out the principle of law that the Secretary of State for India in Council is liable for the damages occasioned by the negligence of Government servants, if the negligence is such as would render an ordinary employer liable. According to the principle laid down in this case the Secretary of State can be liable only for acts of non-sovereign nature, liability will not accrue for sovereign acts. The Court admitted the distinction between the sovereign and non-sovereign functions of the government and said that here was a great and clear distinction between acts done in exercise of what are termed sovereign powers, and acts done in the conduct of undertakings which might be carried on by private individuals without having such powers delegated to them.
Q. Distinguish between Battery and Assault as enumerated under the Law of Torts. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Any direct application of force to the person of another individual without his consent or lawful justification is a wrong of battery. To constitute a tort of battery, therefore, two things are necessary:
use of force, however, trivial it may be without the plaintiff’s consent, and
without any lawful justification.
Even though the force used is very trivial and does not cause any harm, the wrong is committed. Thus, even to touch a person in anger or without any lawful justification is battery.
Assault is any act of the defendant which directly causes the plaintiff immediately to apprehend a contact. Thus, when the defendant by his act creates an apprehension in the mind of the plaintiff that he is going to commit battery against him, the tort of assault is committed. The law of assault is substantially the same as that of battery except that apprehension of contact, not the contact itself has to be established. Usually when there is a battery, there will also be assault, but not for instance, when a person is hit from behind. To point a loaded gun at the plaintiff, or to shake first under his nose, or to curse him in a threatening manner, or to aim a blow at him which is intercepted, or to surround him with a display of force is to assault him clearly if the defendant by his act intends to commit a battery and the plaintiff apprehends it, is an assault.
Q. Describe the concept of False Imprisonment under Law of Torts. Cite case law in support of your answer. (Dec, 21 – 5 Marks)
Ans. False imprisonment consists in the imposition of a total restraint for some period, however short, upon the liberty of another, without sufficient lawful justification.
It means unauthorized restraint on a person's body. What happens in false imprisonment is that a person is confined within certain limits so that he cannot move about and so his personal liberty is infringed. It is a serious violation of a person's right and liberty whether being confined within the four walls or by being prevented from leaving place where he is. If a man is restrained, by a threat of force from leaving his own house or an open field there is false imprisonment.
In Sunil Batra v. Delhi Administration AIR 1980 SC 1579, the Supreme Court while interpreting section 56 of the Prisons Act, 1894, observed that there is an implied duty on the jail superintendent to give reasons for putting bar fetters on a prisoner to avoid invalidity of that provision under Article 21 of the Constitution. Thus the Supreme Court laid the foundation of a sound administrative process requiring the adjudicatory authorities to substantiate their order with reasons.
Q. Discuss briefly ‘‘Malicious Prosecution’’ and its essential elements under the law relating to Torts. (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Malicious prosecution consists in instigating judicial proceedings (usually criminal) against another, maliciously and without reasonable and probable cause, which terminate in favour of that other and which results in damage to his reputation, personal freedom or property.
The following are the essential elements of this tort:
There must have been a prosecution of the plaintiff by the defendant.
There must have been want of reasonable and probable cause for that prosecution.
The defendant must have acted maliciously (i.e. with an improper motive and not to further the end of justice).
The plaintiff must have suffered damages as a result of the prosecution.
The prosecution must have terminated in favour of the plaintiff.
Q. Ravi had a longstanding grudge against Govind. Out of spite, Ravi had falsely accused Govind of theft. Based on Ravi’s false report, criminal proceedings were initiated against Govind. During the trial, the court found that the allegations were baseless and subsequently acquitted Govind. After the acquittal, what remedy does Govind have against Ravi under the law of tort ? Discuss in detail. (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Malicious prosecution consists in instigating judicial proceedings (usually criminal) against another, maliciously and without reasonable and probable cause, which terminate in favour of that other and which results in damage to his reputation, personal freedom or property.
The following are the essential elements of this tort:
There must have been a prosecution of the plaintiff by the defendant.
There must have been want of reasonable and probable cause for that prosecution.
The defendant must have acted maliciously (i.e. with an improper motive and not to further the end of justice).
The plaintiff must have suffered damages as a result of the prosecution.
The prosecution must have terminated in favour of the plaintiff.
To be actionable, the proceedings must have been instigated actually by the defendant. If he merely states the fact as he believes them to a policeman or a magistrate, he is not responsible for any proceedings which might ensue as a result of action by such policeman or magistrate on his own initiative.
In the given situation, Ravi falsely accused Govind out of spite and that the court found the allegations baseless and acquitted Govind. Therefore, Govind can seek a remedy against Ravi under the law of tort by filing a suit for malicious prosecution under the law of tort.
Q. What remedies can be sought under the Law of Torts ? (Dec, 18 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Under the Law of Torts remedies can be in the form of Judicial Remedies and Extra Judicial Remedies.
Judicial Remedies
Three types of judicial remedies are available to the plaintiff in an action for tort namely:
Damages,
Injunction, and
Specific Restitution of Property.
Extra Judicial Remedies
In certain cases it is lawful to redress one’s injuries by means of self-help without recourse to the court. These remedies are:
Self Defence
Prevention of Trespass
Re-entry on Land
Re-caption of Goods
Abatement of Nuisance
Distress Damage feasant
Q. State the remedies available in tort other than an action for unliquidated damages. (Dec 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The main remedy for a tort is an action for unliquidated damages, although some other remedies like Injunction, Specific Restitution and Self Help are also available.
Injunction, may be obtained in addition to damages or specific restitution may be claimed in an action for the detention of a chattel. Self-help is a remedy of which the injured party can avail himself without going to a law court. It does not apply to all torts and perhaps the best example of these to which it does apply is trespass to land. For example, if “A” finds a drunken stranger in his room who has no business to be there in it, and is thus a trespass, he (A) is entitled to get rid of him, if possible without force but if that be not possible with such force as the circumstances of the case may warrant
Q. Discuss any four Extra Judicial Remedies under Law of Torts. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Extra Judicial remedies under Law of torts are available in certain cases. It is lawful to redress one’s injuries by means of self-help without recourse to the court; these are as under:
Self Defence - It is lawful for any person to use reasonable forces to protect himself, or any other person against any unlawful use of force.
Prevention of Trespass - An occupier of land or any person with his authority may use reasonable force to prevent trespassers entering or to eject them but the force should be reasonable for the purpose.
Re-entry on Land - A person wrongfully disposed of land may retake possession of land if he can do so in a peaceful and reasonable manner.
Re-caption of Goods - It is neither a crime nor a tort for a person entitled to possession of a chattel to take it either peacefully or by the use of a reasonable force from one who has wrongly taken it or wrongfully detained it.
Abatement of Nuisance - The occupier of land may lawfully abate (i.e. terminate by his own act), any nuisance injuriously affecting it. Thus, he may cut overhanging branches as spreading roots from his neighbour’s trees, but (i) upon giving notice; (ii) by choosing the least mischievous method; (iii) avoiding unnecessary damage.
Distress Damage Feasant - An occupier may lawfully seize any cattle or any chattel which are unlawfully on his land doing damage there and detain them until compensation is paid for the damage. The right is known as that of distress damage feasant-to distrain things which are doing damage.
Q. The liability of the Government can either be contractual or tortious. The Constitution of India allows the central and the state government to enter into contracts under Article 299 of the Constitution of India.
Article 299 (2) of the Constitution makes it clear that neither the President nor the Governor shall be personally liable in respect of any contract or assurance made or executed for the purposes of the Constitution or for the purposes of any enactment relating to the Government of India. Subject to the provision of Article 299(1), the other provisions of the general law of contract apply even to the Government contract. According to Section 70 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, where a person lawfully does anything for another person or delivers anything to him such other person enjoys the benefit thereof, the latter is bound to make compensation to the former in respect of or to restore, the thing so done or delivered.
It may happen that a public servant may be negligent in exercise of his government duty. It may be difficult to recover compensation from him. From the point of the aggrieved person, compensation is more important than punishment.
Q. In reference to the above statements, answer the following questions :
A contract with the Government of Union or State will be valid and binding only if certain conditions are followed. Explain. (3 marks)
State the effects of a valid contract with Government. (2 marks)
Will Government be liable to pay compensation, if the requirement of Section 70 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 are fulfilled ? Explain. (2 marks)
Is the state vicariously liable for the wrongful acts of its servants ? Explain. (3 marks) (June, 24)
Ans.
A contract with the Government of the Union or State will be valid and binding only if the following conditions are followed:
The contract with the Government must be made in the name of the President or the Governor, as the case may be.
The contract must be executed on behalf of the President or the Governor of the State as the case may be. The word executed indicates that a contract with the Government will be valid only when it is in writing.
A person duly authorised by the President or the Governor of the State, as the case may be, must execute the contract.
As soon as the contract is executed with the Government in accordance with Article 299 of the Constitution of India, the whole law of contract as contained in the Indian Contract Act, 1872 comes into operation. In India, the remedy for the breach of a contract with Government is simply a suit for damages.
Further, writ of mandamus can be issued for the enforcement of contractual obligations (Gujarat State Financial Corporation v. Lotus Hotels, 1983 3 SCC 379).
Section 70 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 enables a person who actually supplies goods or renders some services not intending to do gratuitously, to claim compensation from the person who enjoys the benefit of the supply made or services rendered. Section 70 is not based on any subsisting contract between the parties but is based on quasi-contract. If the requirements of Section 70 are fulfilled even the Government becomes liable to pay compensation for the work actually done or services rendered by the State.
Like all other employers the State should also be made vicariously liable for the wrongful acts of its servants. The Court in India are conscious about increasing cases of excesses and negligence on the part of the administration resulting in the negation of personal liberty. Hence, they are coming forward with pronouncement holding the Government liable for damages even in those cases where the plea of sovereign function could have negatived the governmental liability.
In view of the above, it can be said that state is also vicariously liable for the wrongful acts of its servants.
Q. How ‘Decree’ is defined under Section 2(2) of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908 and mention essentials of a Decree. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. “Decree” is defined in Section 2(2) of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908 as
the formal expression of an adjudication which, so far as regards the Court expressing it;
conclusively;
determines the rights of the parties;
with regard to all or any of the matters in controversy; (v) in the suit and may be either preliminary (i.e. when further proceedings have to be taken before disposal of the suit) or final.
But decree does not include:
any adjudication from which an appeal lies as an appeal from an Order, or
any order of dismissal for default.
Essentials of a decree are:
There must be a formal expression of adjudication.
There must be a conclusive determination of the rights of the parties.
The determination must be with regard to or any of the matters in controversy in the suit.
The adjudication should have been given in the suit.
What do you understand by ‘set off’ and ‘counter-claim’ under the Civil Procedure Code, 1908 ? What is the effect of set-off ? (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks)
Order VIII, Rule 6 of Civil Procedure Code, 1908 deals with set-off which is a reciprocal acquittal of debts between the plaintiff and defendant. It has the effect of extinguishing the plaintiff's claim to the extent of the amount claimed by the defendant as a counter claim.
Under Order VIII , Rule 6 of Civil Procedure Code, 1908 where in a suit for the recovery of money the defendant claims to set off against the plaintiff’s demand any ascertained sum of money legally recoverable by him from the plaintiff not exceeding the pecuniary jurisdiction of the Court and where both parties fill the same character as in the plaintiff is suit, the defendant may, at the first hearing of the suit, but not afterwards unless permitted by the Court, present a written statement containing the particulars of the debt sought to be set-off.
A defendant in a suit may, in addition to his right of pleading a set-off under Rule 6, set up by way of counterclaim against the claim of the plaintiff, any right or claim in respect of a cause of action accruing to the defendant against the plaintiff either before or after the filling of the suit but before the defendant has delivered his defence or before the time limited for delivering his defence has expired, whether such counter claim is in the nature of claim for damages or not. Such counter-claim must be within the pecuniary jurisdiction of the Court. (Order VIII, Rule 6A).
The written statement shall have the same effect as a plaint in a cross-suit so as to enable the Court to pronounce a final judgement in respect both of the original claim and of the set-off, but this shall not affect the lien, upon the amount decreed, of any pleader in respect of the costs payable to him under the decree.
Q. X filed a suit to recover possession of a movable property against Y. During the hearing, X alleged that Y may dispose of the property to his benefit. If you are a presiding officer of a court how you will decide the case ? Give reasons for your conclusions. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. As the presiding officer of the court, I would carefully consider X’s suit to recover possession of the movable property against Y, along with the allegation that Y may dispose of the property to his benefit. In such cases, the issuance of a temporary injunction or stay order can be crucial to prevent the alleged wrongful disposal of the property.
It is necessary to refer to the following points:
The case of Dalpat Kumar and Ors. vs. Prahlad Singh and Ors. (16.12.1991 - SC) : AIR 1993 SC 276
In this case, Court held that three main requirements are to be satisfied while granting a temporary injunction:
There should be a Prima facie case
If an injunction is not granted, it would lead to irreparable loss and,
Balance of convenience.
It was stated by the Court that:
“Satisfaction that there is a prima facie case by itself is not sufficient to grant the injunction. The Court further has to satisfy that non-interference by the Court would result in “irreparable injury” to the party seeking relief and that there is no other remedy available to the party except one to grant the injunction and he needs protection from the consequences of apprehended injury or dispossession. The third condition also is that “the balance of convenience” must be in favor of granting an injunction.
Provision relating to Power to order interim sale
As per Rule 6 of Order XXXIX, the Court may, on the application of any party to a suit, order the sale, by any person named in such order, and in such manner and on such terms as it thinks fit, of any movable property, being the subject-matter of such suit, or attached before judgment in such suit, which is subject to speedy and natural delay, or which for any other just and sufficient cause, it may be desirable to have sold at once.
After analyzing the facts and circumstances of the case, I am likely to give necessary relief as per the above mentioned discussion.
Distinguish between review and revision under the Civil Procedure Code 1908. (June, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The right of review has been conferred by Section 114 and Order 47 Rule 1 of the Civil Procedure Code 1908. It provides that any person considering himself aggrieved by a decree or order may apply for a review of judgement to the court which passed the decree or made the order on any of the grounds as mentioned in Order 47 Rule 1, namely—
discovery by the applicant of new and important matter or evidence which, after the exercise of due diligence, was not within his knowledge or could not be produced by him at the time when the decree was passed or order made, or
on account of some mistake or error apparent on the face of the record, or
for any other sufficient reason,
and the Court may make such order thereon as it thinks fit.
Whereas Section 115 of the Civil Procedure Code 1908 deals with revision. The High Court may call for the record of any case which has been decided by any Court subordinate to such High Court and in which no appeal lies thereto, and if such subordinate Court appears—
to have exercised a jurisdiction not vested in it by law, or
to have failed to exercise a jurisdiction so vested, or
to have acted in the exercise of its jurisdiction illegally or with material irregularity, the High Court may make such order as it thinks fit.
Provided that the High Court shall not vary or reverse any order made or any order deciding an issue in the course of a suit or proceeding except where the order, if it had been made in favour of the party applying for revision would have finally disposed of the suit or other proceedings.
| Review vs. Revision | |
|---|---|
| Review | Revision |
|
|
Any court, which passed the decree or made order, can review the case. |
The High Court can only do revision of any case which has been decided by any court subordinate to it. |
The review can be made only on an application by an aggrieved party. |
Revisional powers can be exercised by the High Court on an application or even suo motu (of its own motion). |
The order granting the review is appealable. |
An order passed in the exercise of revisional jurisdiction is not appealable. |
Review can be made even when an appeal lies to the High Court. |
Revisional power can be exercised by the High Court only in a case where no appeal lies to the High Court. |
The grounds for review are:
|
The Conditions: (a) A case must have been decided; (b) the Court which has decided the case must be a Court subordinate to the High Court; (c) The order should not be an appeaiable one; (d) The subordinate court must have – (i) exercised jurisdiction not vested in it by law; or (ii) failed to exercise jurisdiction vested in it, or (iii) acted in the exercise of its jurisdiction illegally or with material Irregularity |
The Civil Court has power to grant temporary injunction, but for obtaining the same the plaintiff is required to satisfy the Court. Explain in brief. (June, 19 – 4 Marks) or
Q. It is well settled law that for grant of temporary injunction, three factors have to be satisfied, which are prima facie case, balance of convenience and irreparable loss. Discuss. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Temporary injunction - The Court may grant temporary injunction for the purpose of staying and preventing the wasting, damaging, alienation or sale or removal or disposition of the property or dispossession of the plaintiff, or otherwise causing injury to the plaintiff in relation to any property in dispute in the suit; where it is proved by affidavit or otherwise:
that any property in dispute in a suit is in danger of being wasted, damaged or alienated by any party to the suit, or wrongfully sold in execution of a decree, or
that the defendant threatens, or intends to remove or dispose of his property with a view to defrauding his creditors, or
that the defendant threatens to dispossess the plaintiff or otherwise cause injury to the plaintiff in relation to any property in dispute in the suit.
It would be necessary for the plaintiff to satisfy the Court that he has a prima facie case in the sense that even a superficial look at the facts of the case will show that the plaintiff’s case has some merit. Further, the balance of convenience should also lie in favour of the plaintiff. For example, in a suit for eviction of a tenant from a rented premises, the balance of convenience would lie in favour of the tenant who is occupying the property. Moreover, the plaintiff will also have to satisfy the Court that substantial and irreparable harm or injury would be suffered by him if such temporary injunction (till the disposal of the suit) is not granted and that such loss or damage or harm cannot be compensated by damages.
Q. Discuss the doctrine of ‘Res Sub Judice’ under Section 10 of Civil Procedure Code, 1908. (Dec, 18 – 5 marks)
Ans: Section 10 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908 provides that no Court shall proceed with the trial of any suit in which the matter in issue is also directly and substantially in issue in a previously instituted suit between the same parties or between parties under whom they or any of them claim, litigating under the same title, where such suit is pending in the same or any other Court in India having jurisdiction to grant the relief claimed, or in any Court beyond the limits of India established or continued by the Central Government and having like jurisdiction, or before the Supreme Court. Doctrine of Res Sub Judice restricts or bar under Section 10 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908.
However, the pendency of a suit in a foreign court does not preclude the Courts in India from trying a suit founded on the same cause of action.
To prevent Courts of concurrent jurisdiction from simultaneously trying two parallel suits in respect of same matter in issue, Section 10 is enacted. The purpose is also to avoid conflict of decision. It is really intended to give effect to the rule of res judicata. The institution of second suit is not barred by Section 10. It merely says that the trial cannot be proceeded with.
Q. Discuss the provision of Civil Procedure Code, 1908 which prevents multiplicity of suits in respect of same cause of action. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908, deals with the doctrine of Res Judicata that is, bar or restraint on repetition of litigation of the same issues. It is a pragmatic principle accepted and provided in law that there must be a limit or end to litigation on the same issues. The doctrine underlines the general principle that no one shall be twice vexed for the same cause.
For the applicability of the principle of res judicata embodied in Section 11, the following requirements are necessary:
The matter directly and substantially in issue in former suit shall also be directly and substantially in issue in latter suit.
The issue or the suit itself is heard and finally decided, then it operates as res judicata.
Such former suit and the latter are between the same parties or litigation under the same title or persons claiming under parties above.
Q. Explain the difference if any, in between ‘Res Judicata’ and ‘Res Sub-Judice’. (June, 19 – 4 marks)
Ans. The Rule of Res Sub Judice relates to a matter which is pending judicial enquiry while Res Judicata relates to a matter adjudicated upon or a matter on which judgement has been pronounced. Res Sub Judice bars the trial of a suit in which the matter directly or substantially is pending adjudication in a previous suit, whereas rule of res judicata bars the trial of a suit of an issue in which the matter directly and substantially in issue has already been adjudicated upon in a previous suit between the same parties under the same title.
Res Judicata arises out of considerations of public policy viz., that there should be an end to litigation on the same matter. Res-Judicata presumes conclusively the truth of the former decision and ousts the jurisdiction of the Court to try the case. It is however essential that the matter directly and substantially in issue must be the same as in the former suit and not matters collaterally or incidentally in issue.
Q. Whether in case of consent and compromise decree in between parties, principle of Res Judicata shall apply ? Discuss. (June, 21 – 4 Marks) or
Which are the cases relating to property that can be instituted under Section 16 of Civil Procedure Code, 1908 ? State the limitations, if any.
Ans. A consent or compromise decree is not a decision by Court. It is an acceptance of something to which the parties had agreed. The Court does not decide anything. The compromise decree merely has the seat of the Court on the agreement of the parties. As such, the principle of res judicata does not generally apply to a consent or compromise decree. But when the court on the facts proved comes to a conclusion that the parties intended that the consent decree should have the effect of deciding the question finally, the principle of res judicata may apply to it.
Section 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 deals with the doctrine of Res Judicata. The doctrine underlines the general principle that no one shall be twice vexed for the same cause, however, it does not apply in case of Consent and Compromise between parties, but depends on the Court, subject to the facts of the case.
Q. A filed a suit against B in 2019, claiming that B had wrongfully evicted him from a property. The court in its judgment in 2021, ruled in favor of B, stating that the eviction was lawful and dismissed A’s claim. In 2023, A files a new suit against B on the same grounds, seeking to reopen the case. B argues that the new suit is barred under the Civil Procedure Code, 1908. Discuss. What are the requirements necessary for the applicability of the principles of res judicata ? (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 deals with the doctrine of res judicata. According to this provision, no Court shall try any suit or issue in which the matter has been directly and substantially in issue in a former suit (i.e., suit previously decided) either between the same parties, or between parties under whom they or any of them claim, litigating under the same title in a Court competent to try such subsequent suit or the suit in which such issue has been subsequently raised and finally decided by such Court. It is a pragmatic principle accepted and provided in law that there must be a limit or end to litigation on the same issues.
In the given situation, A filed a suit against B in 2019 claiming that B had wrongfully evicted him from a property. The court in its judgment in 2021, decided in B’s favour, stating that the eviction was lawful and dismissed A’s claim. In 2023, A files a new suit against B on the same grounds, seeking to reopen the case. In the given situation, the principle of res judicata prevents re-opening of the case based on the same grounds, as it was already adjudicated by the court. Therefore, B’s argument is valid. The new suit filed by A in 2023, based on the same cause of action, is barred by the doctrine of res judicata.
The doctrine of res judicata underlines the general principle that no one shall be twice vexed for the same cause (S.B. Temple v. V.V.B. Charyulu, (1971) 1 SCJ 215).
It prevents two different decrees on the same subject. Section 11 says that once a res is judicata, it shall not be adjudged again. The principle applies to suits in Section 11 of the Code; but even where Section 11 does not apply, the principle of res judicata has been applied by Courts for the purpose of giving finality to litigation. For the applicability of the principle of res judicata embodied in Section 11, the following requirements are necessary:
The matter directly and substantially in issue in former suit shall also be directly and substantially in issue in later suit. The expression “directly and substantially in issue” means an issue alleged by one party and denied or admitted by the other either expressly or by necessary implications.
The former suit has been decided - former suit means which is decided earlier.
The said issue has been heard and finally decided.
Such former suit and the latter are between the same parties or litigation under the same title or persons claiming under parties above.
In short, this principle applies where an issue which has been raised in a subsequent suit was directly and substantially in issue in a former suit between the same parties and was heard and decided finally.
Q. Discuss the provisions relating to place of suing under section 16 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. According to section 16 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, subject to the pecuniary or other limitations prescribed by any law, the following suits (relating to property) shall be instituted in the Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the property is situated:
for recovery of immovable property with or without rent or profits;
for partition of immovable property;
for foreclosure, sale or redemption in the case of a mortgage of or charge upon immovable property;
for the determination of any other right to or interest in immovable property;
for compensation for wrong to immovable property;
for the recovery of movable property actually under distraint or attachment.
Further, It has been provided by a proviso that where relief could be obtained through personal obedience of the defendant such suit to obtain relief for compensation or respecting immovable property can be instituted either in a local Court within whose local limits of jurisdiction the property is situated or in the Court within whose local limits of jurisdiction the defendant voluntarily resides or carries on business or personally works for gain.
Q. Elaborate the provisions of Civil Procedure Code, 1908 regarding suits by or against minors and what will be the impact after minor attains the age of majority? (Dec, 20 – 8 Marks)
Ans. A minor is a person (i) who has not completed the age of 18 years and (ii) for whom or his/her property a guardian has been appointed by a Court, or whose property is under a Court of Wards, the age of majority is completed at the age of 21 years.
Every suit by a minor shall be instituted in his name by a person who in such suit shall be called the next friend of the minor. The next friend should be a person who is of sound mind and has attained majority. However, the interest of such person is not adverse to that of the minor and that he is not in the case of a next friend, a defendant for the suit. (O.32, Rules 1 and 4 of Civil Procedure Code ).
Where the suit is instituted without a next friend, the defendant may apply to have the plaint taken off the file, with costs to be paid by the pleader or other person by whom it was presented. (O.32, R.2).
Where the defendant is a minor the Court, on being satisfied of the fact of his minority, shall appoint a proper person to be guardian for the suit for such minor [O.32, R.3(1)].
An order for the appointment of a guardian for the suit may be obtained upon application in the name and on behalf of the minor or by the plaintiff [O.32, R.3(2)]
A person appointed as guardian for the suit for a minor shall, unless his appointment is terminated by retirement, removal or death, continues as such throughout all proceeding arising out of the suit including proceedings in any appellate or revisional court and any proceedings in the execution of a decree. [O.32, R.3(5)].
When minor attains majority - When the minor plaintiff attains majority he may elect to proceed with the suit or application or elect to abandon it. If he elects the former course, he shall apply for an order discharging the next friend and for leave to proceed in his own name and the title of the suit will be corrected. If he elects to abandon the suit or application, he shall, if a sole plaintiff or sole applicant apply for an order to dismiss the suit on repayment of the costs incurred by the defendant or opposite party etc.
Q. Ram filed a suit for recovery of certain sum against Raj who was a minor. Later, an ex-parte decree was passed against Raj. In execution of decree, the house of Raj was sold to Prabhu and sale certificate was also issued in favour of Prabhu. However, Raj continued living in the house and later on died, leaving no legal heir, and the property by escheat, passed to the State. Prabhu filed for possession of the house. Discuss the legality of Prabhu’s claim to the possession of the house. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. A minor is a person (i) who has not completed the age of 18 years and (ii) for whom or his/her property a guardian has been appointed by a Court, or whose property is under a Court of Wards, the age of majority is completed at the age of 21 years.
Every suit by a minor shall be instituted in his name by a person who in such suit shall be called the next friend of the minor. The next friend should be a person who is of sound mind and has attained majority. However, the interest of such person is not adverse to that of the minor and that he is not in the case of a next friend, a defendant for the suit. (O.32, Rules 1 and 4 of Civil Procedure Code ).
Where the suit is instituted without a next friend, the defendant may apply to have the plaint taken off the file, with costs to be paid by the pleader or other person by whom it was presented. (O.32, R.2).
Where the defendant is a minor the Court, on being satisfied of the fact of his minority, shall appoint a proper person to be guardian for the suit for such minor [O.32, R.3(1)].
An order for the appointment of a guardian for the suit may be obtained upon application in the name and on behalf of the minor or by the plaintiff [O.32, R.3(2)]
A person appointed as guardian for the suit for a minor shall, unless his appointment is terminated by retirement, removal or death, continues as such throughout all proceeding arising out of the suit including proceedings in any appellate or revisional court and any proceedings in the execution of a decree. [O.32, R.3(5)].
When minor attains majority - When the minor plaintiff attains majority he may elect to proceed with the suit or application or elect to abandon it. If he elects the former course, he shall apply for an order discharging the next friend and for leave to proceed in his own name and the title of the suit will be corrected. If he elects to abandon the suit or application, he shall, if a sole plaintiff or sole applicant apply for an order to dismiss the suit on repayment of the costs incurred by the defendant or opposite party etc.
In this case, the decree was passed in contravention of Order XXXII of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908. Raj was a minor at the time when the suit was instituted as well as when the house was sold in execution of the decree. It is well-settled that a decree passed against a minor without the appointment of a guardian is null and void, being passed without jurisdiction. As there was no guardian ad litem appointed for Raj, the decree stands vitiated and unenforceable in law.
Consequently, no valid title could pass to Prabhu under a void decree. Therefore, Prabhu’s claim for possession of the house is not legally tenable.
Q. ‘Explain provisions of summary procedure’ including leave to defend under Civil Procedure Code. (June, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Order 37 of the Civil Procedure Code provides for a summary procedure in respect of certain suits. The object is to prevent unreasonable obstruction by a defendant. A procedure by way of summary suit applies to suits upon bill of exchange, hundies or promissory notes, when the plaintiff desires to proceed under the provisions of Order 37.
The rules for summary procedure are applicable to the High Courts, City Civil Courts and Small Courts and such other Courts.
Leave to defend
Order 37 Rule 3 of the Civil Procedure Code prescribe the mode of service of summons etc. and leave to defend. The defendant is not entitled to defend the suit unless he enters an appearance within 10 days from the service of summons.
Such leave to defend may be granted unconditional or upon such term as the Court or the Judge may think fit. However, such leave shall not be granted where:
the Court is satisfied that the facts disclosed by the defendant do not indicate that he has a substantial defence or that the defences are frivolous or veracious, and
the part of the amount claimed by the plaintiff and admitted by the defendant to be due from him is not deposited by him in the Court.
On the hearing of such summons for judgement, the plaintiff shall be entitled to judgement provided the defendant has not applied for leave to defend or if such application has been made and is refused or where the defendant is permitted to defend but he fails to give the required security within the prescribed time or to carry out such other precautions as may have been directed by the Court.
After decree, the Court may, under special circumstances set-aside the decree and if necessary stay or set aside execution, and may give leave to the defendant to appear and to defend the suit. (Order 37 Rule 4)
Q. Discuss the remedies available to the defendant when an ex-parte decree is passed against him. (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. In a civil case, a defendant has four remedies available if an ex-parte decree is passed against him:
He may file an appeal against the ex-parte decree under Section 96 of the Civil Procedure Code.
He may file an application for review of the judgement. (Order 47, Rule 1 of the Civil Procedure Code)
He may apply for setting aside the ex-parte decree.
A suit can also be filed to set aside an ex-parte decree obtained by fraud but no suit shall lie for non-service of summons.
Q. Explain substituted mode of service of summons and its effect. (Dec 22 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Order V, Rule 20 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908 deals with the provision relating to substituted service and its effects. The requirements relating to the said rule is as under:
When can be issued: Where the Court is satisfied that there is reason to believe that the defendant is keeping out of the way for the purpose of avoiding service, or that for any other reason the summons cannot be served in the ordinary way, the Court shall order the summons to be served by substituted service.
Modes of substituted service:
By affixing a copy thereof in some conspicuous place in the Court-house, and also upon some conspicuous part of the house (if any) in which the defendant is known to have last resided or carried on business or personally worked for gain, or in such other manner as the Court thinks fit.
By an advertisement in a newspaper, the newspaper shall be a daily newspaper circulating in the locality in which the defendant is last known to have actually and voluntarily resided, carried on business or personally worked for gain.
Effect of substituted service : Service substituted by order of the Court shall be as effectual as if it had been made on the defendant personally. Where service is substituted by order of the Court, the Court shall fix such time for the appearance of the defendant as the case may require.
Q. Explain the limitations under Civil Procedure Code that every suit shall be instituted in a court within the local limit of whose jurisdiction the defendant actually resides or carries on business. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. According to Section 20(a) of Civil Procedure Code, 1908, subject to the limitations aforesaid i.e. Section 15, 16, 17, 18 and 19, every suit shall be instituted in a Court within the local limits of whose Jurisdiction the defendant, or each of the defendants where there are more than one, at the time of the commencement of the suit, actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain. The provisions relating to limitation are explained as under:
Section 15 - Court in which suits to be instituted : Every suit shall be instituted in the Court of the lowest grade competent to try it.
Section 16 - Suits to be instituted where subject-matter situate : Subject to the pecuniary or other limitations prescribed by any law, suits
for the recovery of immovable property with or without rent or profits,
for the partition of immovable property,
for foreclosure, sale or redemption in the case of a mortgage of or charge upon immovable property,
or the determination of any other right to or interest in immovable property,
for compensation for wrong to immovable property,
for the recovery of movable property actually under distraint or attachment, shall be instituted in the Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the property is situate.
However, a suit to obtain relief respecting, or compensation for wrong to, immovable property held by or on behalf of the defendant may, where the relief sought can be entirely obtained through his personal obedience, be instituted either in the Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the property is situate, or in the Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the defendant actually and voluntarily resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain.
Section 17 - Suits for immovable property situate within jurisdiction of different Courts : Where a suit is to obtain relief respecting, or compensation for wrong to, immovable property situate within the jurisdiction of different Courts, the suit may be instituted in any Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction any portion of the property is situate: However, in respect of the value of the subject-matter of the suit, the entire claim is cognizable by such Court.
Section 18 - Place of Institution of suit where local limits of jurisdiction of Courts are uncertain : Where it is alleged to be uncertain within the local limits of the jurisdiction of which of two or more Courts, any immovable property is situate, any one of those Courts may, if satisfied that there is ground for the alleged uncertainty, record a statement to that effect and thereupon proceed to entertain and dispose of any suit relating to that property, and its decree in the suit shall have the same effect as if the property were situate within the local limits of its jurisdiction:
However, that the suit is one with respect to which the Court is competent as regards the nature and value of the suit to exercise jurisdiction.
Where a statement has not been recorded under section 18(1), and an objection is taken before an Appellate or Revisional Court that a decree or order in a suit relating to such property was made by a Court not having jurisdiction where the property is situate, the Appellate or Revisional Court shall not allow the objection unless in its opinion there was, at the time of the institution of the suit, no reasonable ground for uncertainty as to the court having jurisdiction with respect thereto and there has been a consequent failure of justice
Section 19 - Suits for compensation for wrongs to person or movables : Where a suit is for compensation for wrong done to the person or to movable property, if the wrong was done within the local limits of the jurisdiction of one Court and the defendant resides, or carries on business, or personally works for gain, within the local limits of the jurisdiction of another Court, the suit may be instituted at the option of the plaintiff in either of the said Courts.
Q. Distinguish between Ratio decidendi and Obiter dicta. What are the rules governing binding force of judicial precedents? Discuss. (June 23 - 4 marks)
Ans. Distinguish between Ratio Decidendi & Obiter Dicta
| Basis of Distinction | Ratio Decidendi | Obiter Dicta |
|---|---|---|
| Meaning | The reasons for the court’s ruling are known as the ratio decidendi. | The obiter dicta is a standard remark that may aid in comprehending the circumstances that led to the court’s conclusion. |
| Purpose | The ratio is the judge’s decision on a legal issue, not simply a recitation of the law. | Obiter dicta are legal ideas or observations expressed by judges that have no bearing on the result of the case. |
| Enforceability | The ratio decidendi has binding authority. | Obiter dicta are not legally enforceable. |
| Role | Ratio decidendi is a norm of law that the judge openly or implicitly treats as an essential step in reaching the decision. | Obiter dicta is a rule of law, stance taken by a judge that was not explicitly or implicitly considered as a required step in obtaining his judgment. |
The decisions of High Court are binding on all the subordinate courts and tribunals within its jurisdiction. The decisions of one High Court have only a persuasive value in a court which is within the jurisdiction of another High Court. But if such decision is in conflict with any decision of the High Court within whose jurisdiction that court is situated, it has no value and the decision of that High Court is binding on the court. In case of any conflict between the two decisions of co-equal Benches, generally the later decision is to be followed.
In a High Court, a single judge constitutes the smallest Bench. A Bench of two judges is known as Division Bench. Three or more judges constitute a Full Bench. A decision of such a Bench is binding on a Smaller Bench. One Bench of the same High Court cannot take a view contrary to the decision already given by another co- ordinate Bench of that High Court. Decision of a Division Bench is binding on a single judge of the same High Court. Thus, a decision by a Bench of the High Court should be followed by other Benches unless they have reason to differ from it, in which case the proper course is to refer the question for decision by a Full Bench.
The High Courts are the Courts of co-ordinate jurisdiction. Therefore, the decision of one High Court is not binding on the other High Courts and have persuasive value only.
The Supreme Court is the highest court and its decisions are binding on all courts and other judicial tribunals of the country. Article 141 of the Constitution makes it clear that the law declared by the Supreme Court shall be binding on all courts within the territory of India.
However, it does not mean that every statement in a judgement of the Supreme Court has the binding effect. Only the statement of ratio of the judgement is having the binding force.
Q. ‘‘Reference and Review are various remedies provided under the Civil Procedure Code, 1908 to cater to different situations.’’ Explain. (June 23 - 4 marks)
Ans. The main aim of CPC is to facilitate justice and seek an end to the litigation rather than provide any form of punishment and penalties. Reference and Review are remedies provided under Civil Procedure Code, 1908 to cater different situation. These situations are as under:
Reference
Section 113 provides that subject to such conditions and limitations as may be prescribed, any Court may state a case and refer the same for the opinion of the High Court, and the High Court may make such order thereon as it thinks fit.
Reference is made to the High court when it has reasonable doubt during any suit, appeal, execution proceeding etc. It is referring a case to High court on a question of law.
The underlying object for this provision is to enable subordinate court to obtain, in non-appealable cases, the opinion of High court in the absence of a question of law and there by avoid the commission of an error which could not be remedied later on. Such provision also ensures that the validity of a legislative provision (Act, Ordinance or regulation) should be interpreted and decided by the highest court in the state and there wouldn't remain any chance of misrepresentation. Reference should be made before passing of the judgment in the court.
Review
The right of review has been conferred by Section 114 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1908. It provides that any person considering himself aggrieved by a decree or order may apply for a review of judgement to the court which passed the decree or made the order on any of the grounds as mentioned in Order 47 Rule 1, namely:
discovery by the applicant of new and important matter or evidence which, after the exercise of due diligence, was not within his knowledge or could not be produced by him at the time when the decree was passed or order made, or
on account of some mistake or error apparent on the face of the record, or
for any other sufficient reason, and
The Court may make such order thereon as it thinks fit. Review is the process of judicial re-examination of a case by the same court and by the same judge who has passed the judgment or order. The procedure of review has been embedded in the legal system to correct and prevent miscarriage of Justice.
Q. Differentiate between rule of res judicata and res subjudice. (June 23 - 4 marks)
Ans. Differentiation between rule of res judicata and res subjudice:
Res judicata means a matter is already decided and cannot be heard again. Res judicata prevents a second trial of the formerly settled disputes. Whereas res subjudice applies to the pending suit. It bars parallel proceedings. Res subjudice prevents parallel proceedings on the same matter.
Res judicata is covered under Section 11 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 whereas Res subjudice is covered under Section 10 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908.
In Res judicata the suit had been decided by the competent court. The issue must be the same in subsequent and former suits. The suit must be filed between the same parties. The court must have jurisdiction. The former and subsequent suits have the same title. While in Res subjudice, there must be two suits and one must have already commenced. The matter in issue is the same. The suit was filed in a competent court. The suit must be pending in court. The title of the suit and the parties are the same.
Aim of Res judicata is to end the litigation proceedings. While Res subjudice aims to prohibit parallel proceedings between the same parties.
Q. Referring to Civil Procedure Code, 1908, answer the following:
Can a case triable by Special Judge as provided under Criminal Law Amendment Act, 1952 be transferred to High Court? Discuss.
Discuss the jurisdiction of Courts depending upon their powers.
(Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. (a) In the case A.R. Antulay vs. R.S. Nayak and Ors. (29.04.1988 - SC) : 1988 AIR 1531, the issue was whether the a case triable by Special Judge as provided under Criminal Law Amendment Act, 1952 could be transferred to High Court or not. It was held that Court by its directions cannot confer jurisdiction to High Court of Bombay to try any case by itself for which it does not possess such jurisdiction.
The power to create or enlarge jurisdiction is legislative in character, so also the power to confer a right of appeal or to take away a right of appeal. Parliament alone can do it by law and no Court, whether superior or inferior or both combined can enlarge the jurisdiction of a Court or divest a person of his rights of revision and appeal. Thus, a Court by its discretion cannot confer jurisdiction to High Court to try any case by itself for which it does not possess such jurisdiction.
(b) The jurisdiction of Courts depending upon their powers are as under:
Original Jurisdiction - A court tries and decides suits filed before it.
Appellate jurisdiction - A court hears appeals against decisions or decrees passed by sub- ordinate Courts.
Criminal and Appellate jurisdiction - the Supreme Court, the High Courts and the District Courts have both original and appellate jurisdictions in various matters.
A territorial limit of jurisdiction for each court is fixed by the Government. Section 6 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 deals with Pecuniary jurisdiction. Section 9 of Civil Procedure Code states that the Courts shall have jurisdiction to try all suits of a civil nature excepting suits of which their cognizance is either expressly or impliedly barred.
Q. ‘In civil suits sometimes Court allows the defendants claims to set-off against the plaintiff demand any ascertained sum of money legally recoverable by him from plaintiff.’ In light of the statement discuss whether in India distinction between Legal and Equitable set-off is recognized? (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. Rule 6 of Order VIII of Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 deals with set-off which is a reciprocal acquittal of debts between the plaintiff and defendant. It has the effect of extinguishing the plaintiff’s claim to the extent of the amount claimed by the defendant as a counter claim.
In the case of Jitendra Kumar Khan and Ors. vs. The Peerless General Finance and Investment Company Limited and Ors. (07.08.2013 - SC) : 2013 ALL SCR 3259, it has been decided that Equitable set-off is different than the legal set-off; that it is independent of the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure; that the mutual debts and credits or cross-demands must have arisen out of the same transaction or to be connected in the nature and circumstances; that such a plea is raised not as a matter of right; and that it is the discretion of the court to entertain and allow such a plea or not. In view of the above discussion, it can be said that in India distinction between Legal and Equitable set-off is recognised.
Q. Define ‘Complaint’ under the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. “Complaint” means any allegation made orally or in writing to a Magistrate, with a view to his taking action under this Sanhita, that some person, whether known or unknown, has committed an offence, but does not include a police report.
🔹 A report made by a police officer in a case which discloses, after investigation, the commission of a non-cognizable offence shall be deemed to be a complaint, and the police officer shall be deemed to be the complainant
Q. Distinguish between cognizable and non-cognizable offence under the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023. (June, 19 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Statutory Definitions
Cognizable offence – Section 2(g), BNSS, 2023
Non-cognizable offence – Section 2(n), BNSS, 2023
| Basis | Cognizable Offence | Non-Cognizable Offence |
|---|---|---|
| Meaning | An offence for which a police officer may arrest without warrant | An offence for which police cannot arrest without warrant |
| Police investigation | Police can investigate without prior permission of Magistrate | Police cannot investigate without Magistrate’s order |
| Registration of information | FIR must be registered (Section 173 BNSS) | Information entered in register; informant referred to Magistrate (Section 174 BNSS) |
| Seriousness | Generally serious offences affecting society at large | Generally less serious offences |
| Cognizance by Magistrate | Magistrate may take cognizance on police report or complaint | Magistrate generally takes cognizance on complaint |
| Examples | Murder, rape, robbery | Defamation, simple hurt |
Q. Section 35 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 enumerates the different categories of cases in which a police officer may arrest a person without an order from a Magistrate and without a warrant. Explain any five Categories of such cases. (Dec, 20 – 5 Marks) or
Enumerate any four categories of cases in which a police officer may arrest a person without an order from magistrate and without a warrant under Section 35 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023. (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 35 – When Police May Arrest Without Warrant
(1) Situations Where Arrest Can Be Made Without Warrant or Magistrate's Order
A police officer may arrest a person without a warrant or magistrate’s order in the following cases:
(a) Commission of Cognizable Offence in Presence
When a person commits a cognizable offence in the presence of a police officer.
(b) Reasonable Complaint or Suspicion for Offences up to 7 Years
When there is a reasonable complaint, credible information, or reasonable suspicion that a person has committed a cognizable offence punishable with imprisonment up to 7 years, if the following conditions are met:
(i) The officer has reason to believe based on such information that the person committed the offence.
(ii) The officer is satisfied that the arrest is necessary for any of these reasons:
(a) To prevent further offences;
(b) For proper investigation;
(c) To prevent disappearance or tampering of evidence;
(d) To stop inducement/threats to witnesses;
(e) To ensure the person appears before court when required.
👉 In such cases, the officer must record reasons in writing for the arrest.
👉 If arrest is not required, officer must record reasons in writing for not making the arrest.
(c) Serious Offences Punishable with Over 7 Years or Death
When credible information suggests the person committed a cognizable offence punishable with over 7 years or death penalty, and the officer has reason to believe the same.
(d) Proclaimed Offender
The person has been proclaimed as an offender under this Sanhita or by a State Government order.
(e) Possession of Stolen Property
The person is found in possession of suspected stolen property and is reasonably suspected of having committed an offence related to it.
(f) Obstruction or Escape
The person obstructs police in duty or has escaped or tries to escape from custody.
(g) Deserter from Armed Forces
The person is reasonably suspected of being a deserter from the Indian Armed Forces.
(h) Offence Committed Outside India
The person is suspected of being involved in an offence committed abroad, which would be an offence in India and is liable to be arrested under extradition laws.
(i) Breach by Released Convict
The person, being a released convict, violates rules made under Section 394(5).
(j) Requisition by Another Police Officer
Another police officer has requested arrest, specifying:
The identity of the person, and
The offence or reason for arrest.
👉 Provided the person could have been lawfully arrested by the requesting officer.
(2) Arrest in Non-Cognizable Offences
A person cannot be arrested for a non-cognizable offence (or based on suspicion/complaint of such) without a warrant or Magistrate’s order, subject to Section 39.
(3) Issuing a Notice Instead of Arrest
If arrest is not required under subsection (1), the officer shall issue a notice to the person suspected of a cognizable offence, requiring them to appear before the officer or another location.
(4) Duty to Comply with Notice
It is the duty of the person to comply with the notice.
(5) No Arrest If Notice Complied With
If the person complies and continues to comply with the notice, they shall not be arrested for that offence, unless the officer records reasons showing that arrest is necessary.
(6) Arrest on Failure to Comply or Identify
If the person:
Fails to comply with the notice, or
Is unwilling to identify himself,
👉 The officer may arrest him for the offence mentioned in the
notice, subject to court orders.
(7) Special Protection for Infirm and Senior Citizens
No arrest shall be made without prior approval of a Deputy Superintendent of Police (or above) if:
The offence is punishable with imprisonment less than 3 years, and
The person is infirm or above 60 years of age.
Q. What is meant by a summons under the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS), 2023 ? Discuss the provisions relating to the service of summons on corporate bodies, firms, and societies. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. According to Section 63 of Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS), 2023, every summons issued by a Court under BNSS shall be-
in writing, in duplicate, signed by the presiding officer of such Court or by such other officer as the High Court may, from time to time, by rule direct, and shall bear the seal of the Court; or
in an encrypted or any other form of electronic communication and shall bear the image of the seal of the Court or digital signature.
Further as per section 64, every summons shall be served by a police officer, or subject to such rules as the State Government may make in this behalf, by an officer of the Court issuing it or other public servant. However, by virtue of section 66, where the person summoned cannot, by the exercise of due diligence, be found, the summons may be served by leaving one of the duplicates for him with some adult member of his family residing with him, and the person with whom the summons is so left shall, if so required by the serving officer, sign a receipt therefor on the back of the other duplicate.
Section 65 of BNSS provides the provisions relating to Service of summons on corporate bodies, firms, and societies. Service of a summons on a company or corporation may be effected by serving it on the Director, Manager, Secretary or other officer of the company or corporation, or by letter sent by registered post addressed to the Director, Manager, Secretary or other officer of the company or corporation in India, in which case the service shall be deemed to have been effected when the letter would arrive in ordinary course of post.
In this section, “company” means a body corporate and “corporation” means an incorporated company or other body corporate registered under the Companies Act, 2013 or a society registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860.
Service of a summons on a firm or other association of individuals may be effected by serving it on any partner of such firm or association, or by letter sent by registered post addressed to such partner, in which case the service shall be deemed to have been effected when the letter would arrive in ordinary course of post.
Q. Explain the procedure given in Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS), 2023 for publication of proclamation regarding absconding persons. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 84 of BNSS, 2023 - If a
Court believes (with or without evidence) that a person
against whom a warrant is issued has absconded
or is in hiding, making it impossible to execute the warrant,
the Court may:
(i) Issue a written proclamation requiring the person
to appear.
(ii) Specify a place and time for appearance, which
must be at least 30 days from the date of
proclamation.
Describe in brief the cases in which a Search Warrant can be issued under Section 96 in the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS), 2023. (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 96 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS), 2023, outlines the circumstances under which a court may issue a search warrant. Specifically, it states that if the court has reason to believe that:
A person, upon whom a summons or requisition has been or might be served, will not produce the required document or item;
The document or item is not known to be in anyone's possession; or
A general search or inspection would serve the purposes of an inquiry, trial, or other proceeding under the Sanhita,
But Such warrant shall not be issued for searching a document, parcel or other thing in the custody of the postal or telegraph authority, by a Magistrate other than a District Magistrate or Chief Judicial Magistrate, nor would such warrant be issued so as to affect Sections 129 and 130 of the BSA 2023 or the Bankers’ Book Evidence Act, 1891.
Q. Discuss the provisions relating to information to the police and their power to investigate in cognizable and non-cognizable cases under the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023. (Dec, 19 – 8 Marks)
Ans. Information in cognizable cases and investigation of such cases.
Information to Police and Power to Investigate under BNSS, 2023
Statutory Provisions
Section 173 – Information in cognizable cases (FIR)
Section 174 – Information in non-cognizable cases
Section 175 – Police power to investigate cognizable cases
Section 176 – Police power to investigate non-cognizable cases
1. Information in Cognizable Cases (Section 173 BNSS)
Every information relating to the commission of a cognizable offence, if given orally, shall be reduced to writing, read over to the informant and signed by him.
Information may also be given electronically; it shall be signed within three days.
A copy of the FIR shall be given free of cost to the informant.
Zero FIR is permitted—information must be recorded irrespective of territorial jurisdiction and later transferred.
Refusal to record information must be communicated, and the informant may approach senior police officers.
2. Information in Non-Cognizable Cases (Section 174 BNSS)
Information relating to a non-cognizable offence shall be entered in a register by the police officer.
The informant shall be referred to the Magistrate.
Police cannot investigate such cases without prior order of a Magistrate having jurisdiction.
3. Power to Investigate Cognizable Cases (Section 175 BNSS)
Police may investigate without the order of a Magistrate.
For offences punishable with imprisonment less than three years, prior permission of a senior officer may be required as prescribed.
Police have full authority to:
Visit the scene of offence
Ascertain facts and circumstances
Discover and arrest the offender
Investigation must be fair, impartial and time-bound as per BNSS safeguards.
4. Power to Investigate Non-Cognizable Cases (Section 176 BNSS)
Police can investigate only after receiving a Magistrate’s order.
Once permitted, police may exercise the same investigative powers as in cognizable cases except the power of arrest without warrant.
Conclusion
BNSS, 2023 ensures a balanced mechanism by:
Making registration of information in cognizable offences mandatory, and
Protecting citizens in non-cognizable offences by requiring judicial oversight before investigation.
These provisions strengthen accountability, transparency and procedural fairness in criminal investigations.
Q. Discuss in brief the power of the court to try offences under Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 and any other law as laid down in Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023. (June, 22 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 6 BNSS, 2023 lays down the competent courts for trial of offences under:
Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (BNS), and
Any other law for the time being in force
1. Trial of Offences under BNS, 2023
Offences under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 shall be tried by:
The High Court, or
The Court of Session, or
Any other court specified in the First Schedule to BNSS
The court competent to try a particular offence depends upon:
The nature of the offence, and
The punishment prescribed under BNS.
2. Trial of Offences under Other Laws
Offences under any other law shall be tried:
By the court specified in such special or local law, or
If no court is specified, then by the court mentioned in the First Schedule to BNSS
3. Overriding Principle
The power of courts to try offences is subject to any special provision contained in:
The BNSS, or
The special or local law creating the offence
Thus, special laws prevail over general provisions of BNSS.
Conclusion
Section 6 of BNSS, 2023 provides a clear framework for jurisdiction of criminal courts, ensuring that:
Offences under BNS are tried by courts as per BNSS Schedule, and
Offences under special laws are tried by courts expressly empowered under those laws.
Q. What are the remedies under Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023, where a warrant remains unexecuted? (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. PROCLAMATION AND ATTACHMENT
Where a warrant remains unexecuted, the BNSS, 2023 provides for two remedies:
|
|
|---|---|
|
|
|
|
Q. Discuss the grounds under which the Court at the time of passing sentence on accused person, order him to execute a bond for keeping peace to such period and when such a bond so executed shall become void? (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. Section 124 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023
Grounds on Which Court May Order Execution of Bond
When passing sentence or making an order of acquittal, a Court of Session or Magistrate of the First Class may direct the accused to execute a bond for keeping the peace, if the person is convicted of any of the following offences:
Offences involving breach of peace, or
Offences involving disturbance of public tranquillity, or
Offences involving doing any wrongful act which may cause breach of peace, or
Abetment of any of the above offences
The Court must record reasons in writing for passing such an order.
Nature of Bond
Bond may be with or without sureties
Bond is to ensure that the accused keeps peace and is of good behaviour
Period for Which Bond Can Be Ordered
The bond can be ordered for a period not exceeding three years
The period starts from the date of the order
When Does Such Bond Become Void?
A bond executed under Section 124 BNSS, 2023 becomes void in the following situations:
On expiry of the period for which the bond was executed
On death of the person who executed the bond
If the conviction or order is set aside by a higher court
If the bond is cancelled or discharged by a competent court
If during the bond period the person commits breach of peace, the bond may be forfeited, and appropriate legal consequences will follow.
Conclusion
Section 124 BNSS empowers criminal courts to take preventive measures at the sentencing stage itself, ensuring that persons convicted of peace-disturbing offences do not pose a continuing threat to public tranquillity.
Q. The classical view of that ‘no mens rea, no crime’ has long been eroded. Elaborate. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. Where a statute imposes liability, the presence or absence of a guilty mind is irrelevant. The classical view of that 'no mens rea, no crime' has long been eroded and several laws in India and abroad, especially regarding economic crimes and departmental penalties, have created severe punishment even where the offences have been defined to exclude mens rea. Many laws passed in the interest of public safety and social welfare imposes absolute liability. This is so in matters concerning public health, food, drugs, etc. There is absolute liability (mens rea is not essential) in the licensing of shops, hotels, restaurants and chemists establishments. The same is true of cases under the Motor Vehicles Act and the Arms Act, offences against the State like waging of war, sedition etc.
Q. In which offences can a case be tried summarily under Section 283 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023 (BNSS)? (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Meaning - Summary trial is a speedy trial by dispensing with formalities or delay in proceedings. By summary cases is meant a case which can be tried and disposed of at once. Generally, it will apply to such offences not punishable with imprisonment for a term exceeding 2 years.
Section 283 (1) of the BNSS sets out the provisions for summary trials.
It states: Notwithstanding anything contained in BNSS –
any Chief Judicial Magistrate;
Magistrate of the first class,
shall try in a summary way all or any of the following offences: –
theft, under sub-section (2) of section 303, section 305 or section 306 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 where the value of the property stolen does not exceed twenty thousand rupees;
receiving or retaining stolen property, under sub-section (2) of section 317 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023, where the value of the property does not exceed twenty thousand rupees;
assisting in the concealment or disposal of stolen property under sub-section (5) of section 317 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023, where the value of such property does not exceed twenty thousand rupees;
offences under sub-sections (2) and (3) of section 331 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023;
insult with intent to provoke a breach of the peace, under section 352, and criminal intimidation, under sub-sections (2) and (3) of section 351 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023;
abetment of any of the foregoing offences;
an attempt to commit any of the foregoing offences, when such attempt is an offence;
any offence constituted by an act in respect of which a complaint may be made under section 20 of the Cattle-trespass Act, 1871.
Trial in a Summary Way (Section 283(2)) - The Magistrate may, after giving the accused a reasonable opportunity of being heard, for reasons to be recorded in writing, try in a summary way all or any of the offences not punishable with death or imprisonment for life or imprisonment for a term exceeding 3 years. However, no appeal shall lie against the decision of a Magistrate to try a case in a summary way under section 283(2).
Re-hearing of Case if Necessary - When, in the course of a summary trial it appears to the Magistrate that the nature of the case is such that it is undesirable to try it summarily, the Magistrate shall recall any witnesses who may have been examined and proceed to re-hear the case in the manner provided by BNSS.
Q. What are the duties of a police officer while making an arrest under Section 36 and the right of an arrested person under Section 38 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita, 2023.? (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. PROCEDURE OF ARREST – SECTION 36
Provisions relating to procedure of arrest and duties of officer making arrest
Every police officer while making an arrest shall –
Identification of Police Officer – Officer must have a clear and visible name badge for easy identification.
Preparation of Arrest Memorandum – A written record of the arrest must be made.
Witness Attestation – Must be signed by at least one witness, preferably a family member or a respectable local person.
Countersign by Arrested Person – The person being arrested must also sign the memorandum.
Right to Inform a Relative or Friend – If no family member signs the memorandum, the arrested person must be informed of their right to notify a relative, friend, or any other person about their arrest.
RIGHT TO LEGAL ASSISTANCE DURING INTERROGATION – SECTION 38
A person who is arrested and interrogated has the right to meet an advocate of their choice.
However, this right is not available throughout the interrogation but only at certain times.
Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023
Q. (i) A puts bait for dogs in his pocket and induces Z’s dog to follow it. A dishonestly takes the dog out of Z’s possession without Z’s consent. Explain the offence committed by A under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023. What is the punishment for the offence committed ?
(ii) In another case A threatens Z that he will keep Z’s child in wrongful confinement, unless Z will sign and deliver to A a promissory note binding Z to pay certain monies to A. Z signs and delivers the note. Explain the offence committed by A under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023. (Dec, 24 - 5 marks)
Ans.
According to Section 303(1) of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 “Whoever, intending to take dishonestly any movable property out of the possession of any person without that person’s consent, moves that property in order to such taking, is said to commit theft.”
The essentials elements of theft are:
There should be an intention to dishonestly take the property.
The property should be movable property.
The property should be taken out of the possession without that person’s consent.
The property should be moved in order to take that property.
In the instant case, A has committed the offence of theft as A dishonestly takes the dog out of Z’s possession without Z’s consent.
Section 303(2) of BNS provides the punishment for theft and states that whoever commits theft shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine, or with both. In case of second or subsequent conviction of any person under this section, he shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than one year but which may extend to five years and with fine.
Provided that in cases of theft where the value of the stolen property is less than five thousand rupees, and a person is convicted for the first time, shall upon return of the value of property or restoration of the stolen property, shall be punished with community service.
According to Section 308(1) of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 (BNS) “whoever intentionally puts any person in fear of any injury to that person, or to any other, and thereby dishonestly induces the person so put in fear to deliver to any person any property, or valuable security or anything signed or sealed which may be converted into a valuable security, commits “extortion”.
The essentials elements of extortion are:
There should be an intention to put any person in fear of any injury.
By that fear of injury, dishonestly induces the person so put in fear to deliver any property, or valuable security or anything signed or sealed which may be converted into a valuable security.
In the instant case, A threatened Z that he will keep Z’s child in wrongful confinement, unless Z will sign and deliver to A, a promissory note binding Z to pay certain monies to A. Z signed and delivered the note. A has committed the offence of extortion as he has put fear of injury to Z thereby dishonestly inducing the person so put in fear to deliver any property, or valuable security or anything signed or scaled which may be converted into a valuable security.
Q. Anand could not clear his Civil Services interview, yet he falsely pretended that he had cleared it. He intentionally deceived Param and dishonestly induced him to provide goods on credit, despite having no intention to pay for them. Discuss the offence committed by Anand under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 318 of Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023 states that whoever, by deceiving any person, fraudulently or dishonestly induces the person so deceived to deliver any property to any person, or to consent that any person shall retain any property, or intentionally induces the person so deceived to do or omit to do anything which he would not do or omit if he were not so deceived, and which act or omission causes or is likely to cause damage or harm to that person in body, mind, reputation or property, is said to cheat.
Explanation. - A dishonest concealment of facts is a deception within the meaning of this section.
The main ingredients of cheating are as under:
Deception of any person.
(a) Fraudulently or dishonestly inducing that person:
to deliver any property to any person; or
to consent that any person shall retain any property; or
Intentionally inducing that person to do or omit to do anything which he would not do or omit if he were not so deceived, and which act or omission causes or is likely to cause damage or harm to that person in body, mind, reputation or property.
In the given situation, Anand, by falsely pretending to have cleared the Civil Services examination, intentionally deceives Param and dishonestly induces him to provide goods on credit. Therefore, the act of Anand may fall within the purview of the offence of cheating as defined under Section 318 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023.
Q. A person was accused of theft involving stolen property valued at less than five thousand rupees. He was a first-time offender, and the property was recovered. Discuss the punishment prescribed for such an offence under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023. What other offences are covered under this type of punishment ? (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023(BNS) includes community service as a form of punishment for minor offences where the offenders perform unpaid work for the benefit of the community. The BNS aims to create a more balanced and rehabilitative criminal justice system by focusing on restorative justice. The goal is to promote rehabilitation and reduce the burden on the prison system.
Under the BNS, the following offences have been specifically mentioned as eligible for community service as a punishment:
Section 202: Unlawful engagement of a public servant in trade
Section 209: Failure to appear in response to a proclamation under Section 84
Section 226: Attempt to commit suicide to influence authorities
(iv) Section 303(2) proviso: Petty theft (first-time offence, value under ₹ 5000, and property recovered)
Section 355: Misconduct in public by a drunken person
Section 356(2): Defamation (in certain circumstances)
In all these cases, the court has the discretion to impose community service instead of imprisonment or fine, provided the statutory conditions are satisfied.
Further under Section 303(2), community service is the sole mandatory punishment for petty theft - where the value of stolen property is less than five thousand rupees, and a person is convicted for the first time and the stolen property/value has been returned or restored.
In the given situation, the person is a first-time offender, the stolen property is valued at less than ₹ 5,000, and it has been recovered. Therefore, in accordance with the proviso to Section 303(2) of the BNS, he shall be punished with community service.
Q. There were two contracts–one between the principal and contractor and another between contractor and sub-contractor. On completion of work, the sub-contractor demanded money for the completion of work and on non-payment filed a criminal complaint alleging that the contractor having received the payment from the principal had misappropriated the money. What kind of offense has been committed by the contractor ? Also, define and elucidate the essential ingredients of criminal misappropriation of property. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Nature of Offence in the Given Case
(As per BNS, 2023)
Relevant Provisions
Section 314 – BNS, 2023: Dishonest misappropriation of property
Section 315 – BNS, 2023: Dishonest misappropriation of property possessed by deceased person
The provision applicable to the present case is Section 314 BNS, 2023.
Whether Any Offence Has Been Committed
In the given case, there are:
Two independent contracts:
Between the principal and contractor, and
Between the contractor and sub-contractor.
The money paid by the principal to the contractor is not the property of the sub-contractor. The sub-contractor’s remedy for non-payment lies in civil law for recovery of dues, and not in criminal prosecution.
The facts are similar to U. Dhar v. State of Jharkhand (2003), where the Supreme Court held that:
Mere non-payment of contractual dues does not amount to criminal misappropriation, and
The dispute is purely civil in nature.
📌 Conclusion on offence:
No offence of criminal misappropriation is committed
under Section 314 BNS, 2023.
Criminal Misappropriation of Property
Section 314, Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023
Statutory Definition
Whoever dishonestly misappropriates or converts to his own use any movable property shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.
Essential Ingredients of Criminal Misappropriation
To establish an offence under Section 314 BNS, the following ingredients must be proved:
1. Movable Property
The subject matter must be movable property belonging to another person.
2. Misappropriation or Conversion
The accused must misappropriate or convert the property to his own use.
3. Dishonest Intention
The act must be done dishonestly, i.e., with the intention of:
Causing wrongful gain to himself, or
Causing wrongful loss to another.
4. Absence of Legal Right
The accused must have no legal entitlement to use or retain the property in the manner adopted.
Final Conclusion
Since the money received by the contractor from the principal does not legally belong to the sub-contractor, and the dispute arises out of contractual obligations, no criminal misappropriation under Section 314 BNS, 2023 is made out.
Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023
Q. A is accused of forging B’s signature on a gift deed of property. The prosecution relies on the opinion of a handwriting expert, who confirms that the signature is forged. Discuss the relevancy of the opinion of a handwriting expert under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Generally, opinion of third person is irrelevant. However, in some cases opinion of third person may be treated as relevant. According to Section 41 of Bhartiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 when the Court has to form an opinion as to the person by whom any document was written or signed, the opinion of any person acquainted with the handwriting of the person by whom it is supposed to be written or signed that it was or was not written or signed by that person, is a relevant fact. A person is said to be acquainted with the handwriting of another person when he has seen that person write, or when he has received documents purporting to be written by that person in answer to documents written by himself or under his authority and addressed to that person, or when, in the ordinary course of business, documents purporting to be written by that person have been habitually submitted to him.
Therefore, in the given situation, opinion of handwriting expert may be treated as relevant.
Q. Section 3 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 deals with the term ‘Evidence’. Explain it. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The term “Evidence” is defined under Section 2 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023. It substantially corresponds to the definition earlier contained in Section 3 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, with suitable modernization.
According to the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, “Evidence” means and includes:
Oral Evidence
All statements which the Court permits or requires to be made before it by witnesses, in relation to matters of fact under inquiry. Such statements are called oral evidence.
Documentary Evidence
All documents, including electronic records, produced for the inspection of the Court. Such documents are called documentary evidence.
Explanation:
The term evidence signifies the legal means by which relevant
facts are brought before the Court for judicial determination. It
consists of statements made by witnesses (oral evidence) and documents
or electronic records produced before the Court (documentary evidence),
on the basis of which the Court forms its conclusions regarding the
facts in issue or relevant facts.
Q. Oral evidence must be direct in all cases. Explain this statement. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. As per the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023
The principle that oral evidence must be direct in all cases is retained under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 and corresponds to Section 60 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.
Under Section 58 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, oral evidence means statements which the Court permits or requires to be made before it by witnesses in relation to matters of fact under inquiry. The law mandates that such oral evidence must always be direct, i.e., it must come from the person who has personally perceived the fact.
The rules relating to oral evidence are:
All facts, except the contents of documents, may be proved by oral evidence.
Oral evidence must, in all cases, be direct.
Meaning of Direct Oral Evidence:
Direct evidence is the evidence of a person who has himself perceived
the fact by his own senses or has personally formed an opinion.
Accordingly, oral evidence is direct when:
If it refers to a fact which could be seen, it must be the evidence of a witness who says that he saw it.
If it refers to a fact which could be heard, it must be the evidence of a witness who says that he heard it.
If it refers to a fact which could be perceived by any other sense or in any other manner, it must be the evidence of a witness who says that he perceived it by that sense or in that manner.
If it refers to an opinion or the grounds on which the opinion is held, it must be the evidence of the person who holds that opinion.
Exception:
The opinions of experts expressed in treatises commonly offered for
sale, and the grounds on which such opinions are held, may be proved by
producing such treatises if the author is dead, cannot be found, has
become incapable of giving evidence, or cannot be called without
unreasonable delay or expense.
Further Provision:
Where oral evidence refers to the existence or condition of any material
thing other than a document, the Court may, if it thinks fit, require
the production of such material thing for its inspection.
Conclusion:
Thus, the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 emphasizes that oral
evidence must be first-hand, personal, and direct, and hearsay evidence
is generally excluded to ensure reliability and accuracy in judicial
proceedings.
Q. Distinguish between ‘Primary Evidence’ and ‘Secondary Evidence’, under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (BSA), the distinction between Primary Evidence and Secondary Evidence has been retained in substance, corresponding to Sections 62–65 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.
Primary Evidence
As per Section 57 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, primary evidence means the document itself produced for the inspection of the Court.
The rule of primary evidence is based on the best evidence principle, which requires that the best available evidence must be produced before the Court. If superior evidence exists but is not produced, a presumption may arise that such evidence would have gone against the party withholding it.
Secondary Evidence
Section 58 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 defines secondary evidence and specifies the forms in which it may be given. Secondary evidence means and includes:
Certified copies given under the provisions of law;
Copies made from the original by mechanical processes which ensure accuracy, and copies compared with such copies;
Copies made from or compared with the original;
Counterparts of documents as against the parties who did not execute them;
Oral accounts of the contents of a document given by a person who has himself seen it.
Admissibility of Secondary Evidence
Under Section 61 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, documents must ordinarily be proved by primary evidence. However, secondary evidence may be given in certain exceptional circumstances, such as where the original document is lost or destroyed, not easily movable, is a public document, consists of numerous documents, or where the law permits proof by certified copies.
Conclusion
Thus, while primary evidence is the original document itself and is the best form of proof, secondary evidence is a substitute permitted by law only in specified circumstances when production of the original is not possible.
Q. State the physical and psychological fact with suitable examples as enumerated in Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023. (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. As per the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023
Under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, the definition of the term “Fact” has been retained in substance and corresponds to the definition earlier contained in Section 3 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.
According to the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, “Fact” means and includes:
a) Anything, state of things, or relation of things capable of
being perceived by the senses;
b) Any mental condition of which any person is conscious.
On the basis of this definition, facts are broadly classified into physical facts and psychological facts.
Physical Facts
Physical facts are those facts which can be perceived by human senses such as sight, hearing, touch, etc.
Examples:
That certain objects are arranged in a particular order at a particular place.
That a person saw or heard something.
That a person spoke certain words.
Psychological Facts
Psychological facts relate to the mental condition or state of mind of a person, of which he is conscious.
Examples:
That a person holds a particular opinion.
That a person has a specific intention.
That a person acts in good faith or fraudulently.
That a person uses a particular word in a particular sense.
That a person has a certain reputation.
Conclusion:
Thus, under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, facts include both
physical facts, which are perceptible by senses, and
psychological facts, which relate to the mental state
or consciousness of a person.
Q. ‘A’ is accused of the murder of ‘B’ by beating him. Discuss the rule of relevancy of fact of the statement said or done by ‘A’ or, ‘B’ or the bystanders at the beating, or so shortly before or after it. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. As per the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023
The given problem is governed by the rule relating to relevancy of facts forming part of the same transaction, which is embodied in Section 4 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, corresponding to Section 6 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872. This principle is commonly known as the doctrine of res gestae.
According to Section 4 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, facts which, though not in issue, are so connected with a fact in issue as to form part of the same transaction are relevant, whether they occurred at the same time and place or at different times and places.
The basis for the admissibility of such facts is their spontaneity, immediacy, and continuity with the main transaction. Such acts or statements are regarded as a natural and integral part of the occurrence and are considered to “speak for themselves,” leaving little scope for fabrication.
In the present case, where ‘A’ is accused of murdering ‘B’ by beating him, the following facts become relevant under the rule of res gestae:
Statements made or acts done by ‘A’ during the beating;
Statements made or acts done by ‘B’ at the time of the beating;
Statements or conduct of bystanders during the beating; and
Statements or acts occurring so shortly before or after the beating as to form part of the same transaction.
Such facts are admissible because of their close and immediate connection with the principal fact in issue, namely, the murder of ‘B’. They are treated as part of the original transaction itself and not as subsequent or independent facts.
Conclusion:
Thus, under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, whatever is said or
done by ‘A’, ‘B’, or the bystanders at the time of the beating, or so
closely connected with it in time and circumstances, is a relevant fact
forming part of the same transaction under the doctrine of res
gestae.
Q. The ‘Privileged Communications’ are based on Public Policy and a witness cannot be compelled to answer the same during the evidence in the Court or before any other authority. Explain in brief. (June, 19 – 5 Marks)
Ans. (As per the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023)
Under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (BSA), certain relevant facts are not permitted to be disclosed in evidence on grounds of public policy. Such communications are known as “Privileged Communications”. Although a witness is generally bound to give evidence, the law grants privilege in respect of specific matters, and the witness cannot be compelled to answer questions relating to them.
The provisions relating to privileged communications under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 substantially correspond to Sections 121 to 129 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.
The principal categories of privileged communications are:
Evidence of Judges and Magistrates
A Judge or Magistrate cannot be compelled to answer questions regarding their judicial conduct or knowledge acquired while acting judicially, except by order of a superior court.
Communications During Marriage
Communications between husband and wife made during marriage are privileged and cannot be disclosed without the consent of the person who made the communication. This privilege is based on domestic peace and marital confidence.
Affairs of State
Evidence relating to unpublished official records concerning affairs of State is privileged, and disclosure is prohibited except with the permission of the competent authority.
Official Communications
Public officers are protected from disclosing official communications if such disclosure would harm public interest.
Source of Information of Magistrates or Police Officers
Magistrates, police officers, and revenue officers cannot be compelled to disclose the source of information regarding the commission of an offence.
Professional Communications
Communications between a client and his advocate, attorney, or legal adviser made in the course of professional employment are privileged. However, this privilege is not absolute and may be waived by the client.
Conclusion:
Privileged communications under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023
are founded on considerations of public interest, justice, and
social policy. While the law aims at full disclosure of truth,
it recognizes certain exceptions where confidentiality must prevail,
subject to limited statutory exceptions and waiver by the person
entitled to the privilege.
Q. All facts logically relevant are not legally relevant. Narrate. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. As per the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023
The statement “All facts logically relevant are not legally relevant” highlights the distinction between logical relevancy and legal relevancy in the law of evidence.
A fact is said to be logically relevant to another fact when it bears such a causal or probative relationship with that fact as to make the existence or non-existence of the latter probable. Logical relevancy is based on common sense and reasoning.
However, under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, relevancy is not governed solely by logic, but by statutory provisions. Only those facts which are declared relevant under the Adhiniyam are legally relevant and admissible in evidence. Therefore, no fact, however logically relevant, can be admitted in evidence unless the law expressly or impliedly makes it relevant.
It follows that:
Every legally relevant fact is logically relevant, as it has a rational connection with the fact in issue.
Every logically relevant fact is not legally relevant, because legal relevancy is narrower and subject to rules of law, public policy, and judicial discretion.
Further, courts may exclude facts which are logically relevant if they are too remote, speculative, or would cause unnecessary delay, confusion, or prejudice. A Judge may personally consider such facts persuasive in ordinary life, yet reject them in court as legally irrelevant.
Conclusion:
Thus, while logical relevancy is based on reasoning and probability,
legal relevancy under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 is
determined strictly by law. Hence, all facts logically relevant are not
necessarily legally relevant.
Q. What is Professional Communications ? In a case Ramesh, a client, says to Ashwin, his Advocate, ‘‘I stole a bike and I whish you to defend me’’ Ashwin refused to plead his case. Later on Ashwin gives evidence against Ramesh about this communication. Is this communication protected from disclosure under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023? Explain. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Q. How far confession differs from admission as defined in Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023? (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. As per the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023
Under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, the concept of admission has been retained in substance from the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.
An admission is a statement, oral or documentary or contained in electronic form, which suggests any inference as to any fact in issue or relevant fact, and which is made by persons and under circumstances specified in the Adhiniyam.
Whether a statement amounts to an admission depends upon:
Who makes the statement, and
Whether it suggests an inference regarding a fact in issue or a relevant fact.
Admissions may be made by:
A party to the proceeding;
An agent or representative of a party;
A person having a joint proprietary or pecuniary interest in the subject matter;
A person whose position or liability is derived from a party; or
A person referred to by a party for information.
Admissions may be oral, written, or electronic, such as statements contained in letters, accounts, receipts, pleadings, or digital records.
An admission is substantive evidence against the person making it, though it is not conclusive proof and may be explained or rebutted. Admissions must be clear, definite, and unambiguous.
Distinction between Admission and Confession
| Basis | Admission | Confession |
|---|---|---|
| Nature | Statement suggesting an inference as to a fact in issue or relevant fact | Statement admitting the commission of an offence |
| Proceedings | May occur in civil or criminal proceedings | Occurs only in criminal proceedings |
| Person making it | May be made by a party, agent, predecessor-in-interest, or even a stranger in certain cases | Must be made only by the accused person |
| Voluntariness | Need not be voluntary, though voluntariness affects weight | Must be voluntary to be admissible |
| Scope | May relate to any fact in issue or relevant fact | Must relate directly to the guilt of the accused |
| Co-accused | Admission by co-party may be relevant | Confession of a co-accused is not substantive evidence, though it may be considered in limited circumstances |
| Evidentiary value | Relevant but not conclusive | Strong piece of evidence if voluntary and true |
Q. ‘‘Every confession must be an admission but every admission may not amount to a confession.’’ Examine this statement. (June 23 – 4 marks)
Ans. As per the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023
The statement “Every confession must be an admission but every admission may not amount to a confession” correctly explains the legal relationship between admissions and confessions under the law of evidence.
Admission
Under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, an admission means a statement, oral or documentary or contained in electronic form, which suggests any inference as to any fact in issue or relevant fact, and which is made by persons and under circumstances specified in the Adhiniyam (corresponding to Sections 17–20 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872).
Admissions are a broad category and may be made in civil as well as criminal proceedings. They may relate to any relevant fact and need not amount to an acknowledgment of guilt.
Confession
The Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 does not define the term confession separately but retains the concept in substance. A confession is a statement made by an accused person admitting the commission of an offence. Thus, confession is a special species of admission.
Examination of the Statement
Every confession is an admission, because it is a statement admitting facts which prove the guilt of the accused.
However, every admission is not a confession, since an admission may relate to any fact in issue or relevant fact and may fall short of admitting guilt.
Further:
An admission may be made in civil or criminal cases, whereas a confession can arise only in criminal proceedings.
An admission need not be voluntary to be relevant, though voluntariness affects its evidentiary value; a confession, to be admissible, must be voluntary.
Admissions may be made by a party, agent, or even a person referred to, whereas a confession must be made only by the accused himself.
A confession of a co-accused is not substantive evidence, though it may be taken into consideration in limited circumstances.
Conclusion
Thus, under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, confessions form a narrower category within admissions. Hence, every confession is necessarily an admission, but every admission does not amount to a confession.
Q. Extra-Judicial confession was made before a witness who was a close relative of accused and the testamony of said witness was reliable and truthful. Examine the relevancy of this confession. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Confessions are classified as:
judicial, and
extra-judicial
Judicial confessions are those made before a Court or recorded by a Magistrate under Section 183 of BNSS 2023 after following the prescribed procedure such as warning the accused that he need not to make the confession and that if he made it, it would be used against him. Extra-judicial confessions are those which are made either to the police or to any person other than Judges and Magistrates as such.
An extra-judicial confession, if voluntary, can be relied upon by the Court along with other evidences. It will have to be proved just like any other fact. The value of the evidence depends upon the truthfulness of the witness to whom it is made.
In Ram Khilari v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1999 SC 1002, the Supreme Court held that where an extra-judicial confession was made before a witness who was a close relative of the accused and the testimony of said witness was reliable and truthful, the conviction on the basis of extra judicial confession is proper.
In another case, the Supreme Court has further held that the law does not require that the evidence of an extra judicial confession should be corroborated in all cases. When such confession was proved by an independent witness who was a responsible officer and one who bore no animus against the accused, there is hardly any justification to disbelieve it. Also, where the Court finds that the confession made by the accused to his friend was unambiguous and unmistakably conveyed that the accused was the perpetrator of the crime and the testimony of the friend was truthful, reliable and trustworthy, a conviction based on such extra-judicial confession is proper and no corroboration is necessary. Much importance could not be given to minor discrepancies and technical errors (Vinayak Shivajirao Pol v. State of Maharashtra, 1998 (1) Scale 159).
Therefore, in the given situation, the Extra-Judicial confession may be relevant.
Q. ‘Confession caused by inducement, threat or promise is irrelevant’. Explain briefly. (June, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. According to Section 22(1) of The Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, confession caused by inducement, threat, coercion or promise is irrelevant. To attract the prohibition contained in Section 22 of BSA the following six facts must be established:
that the statement in question is a confession;
that such confession has been made by an accused person;
that it has been made to a person in authority;
that the confession has been obtained by reason of any inducement, threat, coercion or promise proceeded from a person in authority;
such inducement, threat, coercion or promise, must have reference to the charge against the accused person;
the inducement, threat or promise must in the opinion of the Court be sufficient to give the accused person grounds, which would appear to him reasonable for supposing that by making it he would gain any advantage or avoid any evil of a temporal nature in reference to the proceedings against him.
To exclude the confession it is not always necessary to prove that it was the result of inducement, threat, coercion or promise. It is sufficient if a legitimate doubt is created in the mind of the Court or it appears to the Court that the confession was not voluntary. It is however for the accused to create this doubt and not for the prosecution to prove that it was voluntarily made. A confession if voluntary and truthfully made is an efficacious proof of guilt.
Q. Discuss with reasons the following under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023:
A sells his horse to B. B asks ‘Is horse sound?’, A says to B ‘‘Go and ask C, C knows all about it’’. C says ‘Horse is sound’, Statement by C is confession or admission?
A commits a murder of his colleague in spur of heated argument. A, on reaching home confesses the offence before his wife. The wife was summoned by the Court to testify against her husband, who was on trial for allegedly committing murder. Can A’s wife act as witness? (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. As per the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023
(a) Nature of statement made by C – Admission or Confession
Under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, an admission is a statement, oral or documentary or contained in electronic form, which suggests an inference as to any fact in issue or relevant fact, and which is made by persons and under circumstances specified in the Adhiniyam.
Statements made by persons to whom a party has expressly referred for information in reference to a matter in dispute are treated as admissions (corresponding to Section 20 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872).
In the given case:
A sells his horse to B.
On being asked about the soundness of the horse, A refers B to C by saying, “Go and ask C, C knows all about it.”
C states that the horse is sound.
Since A has expressly referred B to C for information, the statement made by C becomes an admission attributable to A.
Conclusion (a):
The statement made by C is an admission, and
not a confession, because it does not relate to the
commission of any offence.
(b) Whether A’s wife can be compelled to testify against her husband
Under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, communications between spouses made during marriage are privileged and protected from disclosure on grounds of public policy (corresponding to Section 122 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872).
The law provides that:
A person who is or has been married shall not be compelled to disclose any communication made to him or her during marriage by the spouse.
Such disclosure is not permitted without the consent of the person who made the communication, except in:
Suits between married persons, or
Criminal proceedings where one spouse is prosecuted for an offence committed against the other spouse.
In the present case:
A commits murder of his colleague.
A confesses the offence to his wife after reaching home.
The wife is summoned by the Court to testify against A.
The confession was:
A communication during marriage, and
The offence was not committed against the wife.
Conclusion (b):
A’s wife cannot be compelled to act as a witness and
disclose the confession made by A, unless A consents to
such disclosure. The communication is protected as privileged
marital communication.
Overall Conclusion
(a) The statement of C is an admission, not a confession.
(b) A’s wife cannot testify against her husband regarding the confession, due to statutory marital privilege under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023.
Q. Explain the special provisions as to Evidence relating to Electronic Record under the provisions of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023. (Dec,19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (BSA) contains special provisions for admissibility and proof of electronic records, recognising the importance of digital evidence in modern adjudication. These provisions correspond in substance to Sections 65A and 65B of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, with suitable consolidation and modernization.
Special Provisions relating to Electronic Records
Admissibility of Electronic Records
Under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, the contents of electronic records may be proved only in accordance with the special procedure laid down in the Act. Electronic records are treated as documents for the purpose of evidence.
Computer Output as Documentary Evidence
Any information contained in an electronic record which is:
printed on paper, or
stored, recorded, or copied in optical or magnetic media,
and produced by a computer (referred to as computer output),
shall be deemed to be a document and is admissible in evidence, without producing the original electronic device, provided the statutory conditions are fulfilled.
Conditions for Admissibility
The admissibility of a computer output depends upon compliance with prescribed conditions, including:
The computer was used regularly to store or process information during the relevant period;
The information was fed into the computer in the ordinary course of activities;
The computer was operating properly, or any defect did not affect the accuracy of the record;
The information reproduced is derived from the data fed into the computer in the ordinary course.
Certificate Requirement
A certificate identifying the electronic record, describing the manner of its production, and certifying compliance with the statutory conditions must be produced.
The certificate must be signed by a person occupying a responsible position in relation to the operation of the device or management of relevant activities.
Effect of the Provision
Once these conditions are satisfied, the electronic record becomes admissible as evidence, and no further proof of the original electronic record is required.
Conclusion
The Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 provides a self-contained and mandatory framework for proof of electronic records. It ensures reliability, authenticity, and integrity of digital evidence while facilitating its admissibility without insisting on production of original electronic devices, subject to strict statutory safeguards.
Q. When the opinion of any person is relevant except experts under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (BSA)? (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (BSA), the general rule is that opinions are irrelevant, except where the Act expressly makes them relevant. Besides expert opinions, the Adhiniyam also recognises certain cases where the opinion of non-experts (ordinary persons) is relevant.
The opinion of any person (other than experts) is relevant in the following cases:
1. Opinion as to Handwriting
Where the Court has to form an opinion as to the handwriting of any
person, the opinion of a person acquainted with the
handwriting of that person is relevant.
Such acquaintance may arise from having seen the person write, received
documents written by him in the ordinary course of business, or
otherwise.
2. Opinion as to Digital / Electronic Signature
Where the Court has to form an opinion as to the electronic or digital signature of any person, the opinion of the Certifying Authority which has issued the Electronic Signature Certificate is relevant.
3. Opinion as to Existence of General Right or Custom
The opinion of a person is relevant as to the existence of any general right or custom, if such person is likely to know of its existence by virtue of his position, occupation, or association.
4. Opinion as to Usages, Customs, or Meaning of Terms
The opinion of persons having special means of knowledge is relevant as to:
Usages and customs, or
The meaning of words or terms used in particular localities, trades, or professions.
5. Opinion as to Relationship
When the Court has to form an opinion regarding the existence of any relationship (such as marriage, legitimacy, etc.), the opinion expressed by conduct of persons having special means of knowledge on the subject is relevant.
Conclusion
Thus, under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, apart from expert evidence, the opinions of ordinary persons are also relevant in specified situations where such persons possess special knowledge, familiarity, or association with the matter in issue.
Q. Opinion of experts under section 45 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023. (June, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The provision relating to opinion of experts has been retained in substance under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, corresponding to Section 45 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.
Opinion of Experts
Under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, when the Court has to form an opinion upon a point relating to:
Foreign law, or
Science or art, or
Identity of handwriting, or
Identity of finger impressions,
the opinions of persons specially skilled in such foreign law, science or art, or in questions relating to handwriting or finger impressions, are relevant facts.
Such specially skilled persons are called experts.
The rationale behind admitting expert opinion is that the Court may not possess the necessary technical or specialized knowledge to form an opinion on such matters without assistance.
Illustrations
(a) Cause of Death by Poison
If the question is whether the death of A was caused by poison, the
opinions of medical experts regarding the symptoms produced by the
alleged poison are relevant.
(b) Unsoundness of Mind
If the question is whether A, at the time of committing an act, was
incapable of knowing the nature of the act or that it was wrong or
contrary to law due to unsoundness of mind, the opinions of medical
experts regarding such symptoms are relevant.
(c) Handwriting Identification
If the question is whether a particular document was written by A, and
another document is proved or admitted to be written by A, the opinions
of handwriting experts as to whether both documents were written by the
same person are relevant.
Conclusion
Thus, under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023, expert opinions are admissible as relevant facts in matters requiring specialized knowledge, enabling the Court to arrive at a proper and informed judicial decision.
Q. ‘‘The general rule is that opinion of a witness on a question whether of fact or law, is irrelevant’’. However, there are some exceptions to this general rule. Explain. (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans.
Ans. (As per the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023)
The general rule of evidence is that the opinion of a witness on a question of fact or law is irrelevant. A witness is expected to depose to facts perceived by him, and the task of drawing inferences or conclusions from those facts belongs to the Court. This principle ensures that judicial functions are not usurped by witnesses.
However, the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 (BSA) recognises certain well-defined exceptions to this rule, where opinions are considered relevant due to necessity or special knowledge.
Exceptions to the General Rule
(i) Opinion of Experts – Section 39(1)
When the Court has to form an opinion upon matters requiring specialised knowledge, the opinions of experts are relevant. These include opinions on:
Foreign law
Science or art
Identity of handwriting
Finger impressions
Any other field requiring specialised or technical expertise
Experts assist the Court in areas beyond ordinary judicial knowledge.
(ii) Opinion of Examiner of Electronic Evidence – Section 39(2)
When the Court has to form an opinion relating to:
Information transmitted or stored in a computer resource, or
Any electronic or digital form,
the opinion of the Examiner of Electronic Evidence
(as referred to under the Information Technology Act, 2000) is a
relevant fact.
Explanation: For the purposes of this provision, such
an examiner is treated as an expert.
(iii) Facts Supporting or Inconsistent with Expert Opinion – Section 40
Facts which are otherwise irrelevant become relevant if they:
Support the opinion of an expert, or
Are inconsistent with such opinion,
provided the expert opinion itself is relevant. This enables the Court to test the reliability of expert evidence.
(iv) Opinions of Non-Experts in Certain Cases
Apart from expert opinions, the Adhiniyam makes opinions of ordinary persons relevant in specific situations:
(a) Handwriting or Signature – Section 41(1)
Opinion of a person acquainted with the handwriting or signature of
another.
(b) Electronic / Digital Signature – Section
41(2)
Opinion of the Certifying Authority issuing the electronic or digital
signature certificate.
(c) General Right or Custom – Section 42
Opinion of a person likely to be aware of the existence of such right or
custom.
(d) Usages, Customs, or Local Terms – Section
43
Opinion of persons having special means of knowledge regarding usages or
meanings of words in particular localities or professions.
(e) Relationship – Section 44
Opinion expressed by conduct regarding the existence of any
relationship, given by persons having special means of knowledge.
Conclusion
Thus, while the general rule under the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam, 2023 is that opinions of witnesses are irrelevant, the law carves out specific exceptions where opinions are admitted due to special skill, technical expertise, familiarity, or necessity, enabling the Court to arrive at a just and informed decision.
What is ‘documentary evidence’ under Indian Evidence Act, 1872 ? Explain briefly. (Dec, 18 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Documents produced for the inspection of the Court is called Documentary Evidence. The contents of a document must be proved either by primary or by secondary evidence.
As per Section 62 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, primary evidence means the document itself produced for the inspection of the Court. The rule that the best evidence must be given of which the nature of the case permits has often been regarded as expressing the great fundamental principles upon which the law of evidence depends. The general rule requiring primary evidence of producing documents is commonly said to be based on the best evidence principle and to be supported by the so called presumption that if inferior evidence is produced where better might be given, the latter would tell against the withholder.
Secondary evidence is generally in the form of compared copies, certified copies or copies made by such mechanical processes as in themselves ensure accuracy. Section 63 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 defines the kind of secondary evidence permitted by the Act.
Explain in brief ‘Principle of Estoppel’ under Indian Evidence Act, 1872. (Dec, 18 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Estoppel is based on the maxim ‘allegans contratia non est audiendus’ i.e. a person alleging contrary facts should not be heard. The principles of estoppel covers one kind of facts. It says that man cannot approbate and reprobate, or that a man cannot blow hot and cold, or that a man shall not say one thing at one time and later on say a different thing.
The doctrine of estoppel is based on the principle that it would be most inequitable and unjust that if one person, by a representation made, or by conduct amounting to a representation, has induced another to act as he would not otherwise have done, the person whom the representation should not be allowed to deny or repudiate the effect of his former statement to the loss and injury of the person who acted on it. (Sorat Chunder v. Gopal Chunder).
Q. The students of Patra University appeared in an examination under a special scheme, and their results were declared but the degree of successful students was not issued as the University decided to further examine the students on the additional subject. Can the University do so? Discuss the relevant rule of evidence. (June 23 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The facts of the given situation are similar to case of Biju Patnaik University of Tech. Orissa v. Sairam College, AIR 2010 (NOC) 691 (Orissa) decided by High Court of Orissa. In this case one private university permitted to conduct special examination of students prosecuting studies under one time approval policy. After inspection, 67 students were permitted to appear in the examination and their results declared. However, university declined to issue degree certificates to the students on the ground that they had to appear for further examination for another condensed course as per syllabus of university. It was held that once students appeared in an examination and their results declared, the university is estopped from taking decision withholding degree certificate after declaration of results.
In the given situation the relevant rule of evidence is doctrine of estoppel. The general rule of estoppel is when one person has by his declaration, act or omission, intentionally caused or permitted another person to believe a thing to be true and to act upon such belief, neither he nor his representative shall be allowed, in any suit or proceeding between himself and such person or his representative to deny the truth of that thing..
It is based on the principle that it would be most inequitable and unjust that if one person, by a representation made, or by conduct amounting to a representation, has induced another to act as he would not otherwise have done, the person who made the representation should not be allowed to deny or repudiate the effect of his former statement to the loss and injury of the person who acted on it (Sorat Chunder v. Gopal Chunder).
In the given situation, doctrine of estoppel can apply and the university can be estopped from further examining the students on additional subjects.
Q. The decision of a Court allowing a suit which had been instituted after the period prescribed is not vitiated for want of jurisdiction. Discuss it in the light of provisions under section 3 relating to Bar of Limitation under Limitation Act, 1963. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Section 3 of the Limitation Act, 1963 provides that any suit, appeal or application if made beyond the prescribed period of limitation, it is the duty of the Court not to proceed with such suits irrespective of the fact whether the plea of limitation has been set up in defence or not. The provisions of Section 3 of the Act are mandatory. The Court can suo motu take note of the question of limitation. The question whether a suit is barred by limitation should be decided on the facts as they stood on the date of presentation of the plaint. It is a vital section upon which the whole Limitation Act depends for its efficacy.
The effect of Section 3 of the Act is not to deprive the Court of its jurisdiction. Therefore, decision of a court allowing a suit which had been instituted after the period prescribed is not vitiated for want of jurisdiction. A decree passed in a time barred suit is not a nullity.
Q. Is Section 3 of the Limitation Act, 1963 mandatory in nature ? Discuss. (June 23 - 4 marks)
Ans. Section 3 of the Limitation Act, 1963(the Act) provides that any suit, appeal or application if made beyond the prescribed period of limitation, it is the duty of the Court not to proceed with such suits irrespective of the fact whether the plea of limitation has been set up in defence or not. The provisions of Section 3 of the Act are mandatory. The Court can suo motu take note of question of limitation. The question whether a suit is barred by limitation should be decided on the facts as they stood on the date of presentation of the plaint. It is a vital section upon which the whole limitation Act depends for its efficacy.
The Court is under an obligation to dismiss a suit if it is filed beyond the time prescribed by the Limitation Act. The provisions of Section 3 are mandatory and the Court will not proceed with the suit if it is barred by time. Under Section 3 of the Act, it is clearly mentioned that every suit instituted, appeal preferred and the application made after the prescribed period shall be dismissed. Even though limitation has not been set up as a defence.
However, the effect of Section 3 is not to deprive the Court of its jurisdiction. Therefore, decision of a Court allowing a suit which had been instituted after the period prescribed is not vitiated for want of jurisdiction. A decree passed in a time barred suit is not a nullity.
In case of Noharlal Verma vs. District Cooperative Central Bank Limited, Jagdalpur, (SC), 2008, the Supreme Court observed that, if the statute stipulates a particular period of limitation, no concession or order would make an application barred by time to be within the limitation and the authority had no jurisdiction to consider such application on merits.
Q. ‘‘The Law of limitation bars the remedy in a Court of law only when the period of limitation has expired, but it does not extinguish the right.’’ Elucidate the statement. Whether court can Suo moto take note of the question of limitation? (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The law relating to limitation is incorporated in the Limitation Act of 1963 (the Act), which prescribes different periods of limitation for suits, petitions or applications. The Act applies to all civil proceedings and some special criminal proceedings which can be taken in a Court of law unless its application is excluded by any enactment.
The Law of limitation indeed bars the remedy in a Court of law only when the period of limitation has expired, but it does not extinguish the right that it cannot be enforced by judicial process (Bombay Dyeing & Mfg. Co. Ltd. v. State of Bombay, AIR 1958 SC 328) Thus, if a claim is satisfied outside the Court of law after the expiry of period of limitation, that is not illegal.
Section 3 of the Act provides that any suit, appeal or application if made beyond the prescribed period of limitation, it is the duty of the Court not to proceed with such suits irrespective of the fact whether the plea of limitation has been set up in defense or not. The provisions of Section 3 are mandatory. The Court can suo motu take note of the question of limitation. The question whether a suit is barred by limitation should be decided on the facts as they stood on the date of presentation of the plaint. It is a vital section upon which the whole limitation Act depends for its efficacy. The effect of Section 3 is not to deprive the Court of its jurisdiction. Therefore, the decision of a Court allowing a suit which had been instituted after the period prescribed is not vitiated for want of jurisdiction. A decree passed in a time barred suit is not a nullity.
In the case of Noharlal Verma vs. District Cooperative Central Bank Limited, Jagdalpur, (SC), 2008, the Supreme Court observed that, if the statute stipulates a particular period of limitation, no concession or order would make an application barred by time to be within the limitation and the authority had no jurisdiction to consider such application on merits.
Q. The test of ‘Sufficient Cause’ is purely an individualistic test, under the Limitation Act, 1963. Clarify. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The test of “sufficient cause” is purely an individualistic test. It is not an objective test. Therefore, no two cases can be treated alike. The statute of limitation has left the concept of ‘sufficient cause’ delightfully undefined thereby leaving to the court a well- intended discretion to decide the individual cases whether circumstances exist establishing sufficient cause. There are no categories of sufficient cause. The categories of sufficient cause are never exhausted. Each case spells out a unique experience to be dealt with by the Court as such. [R B Ramlingam v. R B Bhvansewari (2009) 2 SCC 689].
Q. Discuss the doctrine of sufficient cause under the Limitation Act, 1963. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1963 allows the extension of prescribed period in certain cases on sufficient cause being shown for the delay. This is known as doctrine of “sufficient cause” for condonation of delay which is embodied in Section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1963. Section 5 provides that any appeal or any application, other than an application under any of the provisions of Order XXI of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, may be admitted after the prescribed period if the appellant or the applicant satisfies the court that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal or making the application within such period.
It is clarified by the explanation appended to Section 5 that the fact that the appellant or applicant was misled by any order, practice or judgement of the High Court in ascertaining or computing the prescribed period may be a sufficient cause within the meaning of this section.
Thus, the Court may admit an application or appeal even after the expiry of the specified period of limitation if it is satisfied with the applicant or the appellant, as the case may be as to sufficient cause for not making it within time.
The Section is not applicable to applications made under any of the provisions of Order XXI of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 and also to suits. The Court has no power to admit a time barred suit even if there is a sufficient cause for the delay. It applies only to appeals or applications as specified therein. The reason for non- applicability of the Section to suits is that, the period of limitation allowed in most of the suits extends from 3 to 12 years whereas in appeals and application it does not exceed 6 months. For the applicability of Section 5, the “prescribed period” should be over. The prescribed period means any period prescribed by any law for the time being in force.
The party applying for condonation of delay should satisfy the Court for not making an appeal or application within the prescribed period for sufficient cause. The term sufficient cause has not been defined in the Limitation Act. It depends on the circumstances of each case.
However, it must be a cause which is beyond the control of the party.
Q. Explain the importance of ‘time requisite for obtaining a copy’ under Limitation Act, 1963 with the help of case law. (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The term “time requisite for obtaining a copy” means the time which is reasonably required for obtaining such a copy. On the explanation to Section 12 of the Limitation Act, 1963, the Supreme Court in the case of Udayan China Bhai v. R.C. Bali, AIR 1977 SC 2319, held that by reading Section 12(2) of the Limitation Act, 1963 with explanation it is not possible to accept the submission that in computing the time requisite for obtaining copy of a decree by an application made after preparation of the decree, the time that elapsed between the pronouncement of the judgement and the signing of the decree should be excluded.
However, the time taken by the Court to prepare the decree or order before an application for a copy is made shall not be excluded in computing the time for obtaining a copy of a decree or an order.
Q. Discuss the provisions relating to persons under legal disability under the Limitation Act, 1963. (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 6 of the Limitation Act, 1963 provides that where a person entitled to institute a suit or make an application for the execution of a decree is, at the time from which the prescribed period is to be reckoned, a minor or insane, or an idiot, he may institute the suit or make the application within the same period after the disability has ceased, as would otherwise have been allowed from the time specified there for in the Schedule of the Act.
Where such person is, at the time from which the prescribed period is to be reckoned, affected by two such disabilities, or where, before his disability has ceased, he is affected by another disability, he may institute the suit or make the application within the same period after both disabilities have ceased, as would otherwise have been allowed from the time so specified.
Where the disability continues up to the death of that person, his legal representative may institute the suit or make the application within the same period after the death, as would otherwise have been allowed from the time so specified.
Where a person under disability dies after the disability ceases but within the period allowed to him under this section, his legal representative may institute the suit or make the application within the same period after the death, as would otherwise have been available to that person had he not died.
Section 6 of the Act is an enabling section to enable persons under disability to exercise their legal rights within a certain time. Section 7 which deals with disability of one of several persons supplements Section 6, Section 8 deals with special exception controls sections 6 and 7 , which serves as an exception to Sections 6 and 7. The combined effect of Sections 6 and 8 is that where the prescribed period of limitation expires before the cessation of disability, for instance, before the attainment of majority, the minor will no doubt be entitled to a fresh period of limitation from the attainment of his majority subject to the condition that in no case the period extended by Section 6 shall by virtue of Section 8 exceeds three years from cessation of disability, i.e. attainment of majority.
Q. Under Limitation Act, 1963 the limitation period for filling a particular suit is 3 years. When the limitation period commenced Akash was minor of age 13 years. Due to his legal disability, he couldn’t institute the suit. Decide with reasons whether Akash can file suit on cessation of the minority? (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. Section 6 of the Limitation Act, 1963 is an enabling Section to enable persons under disability to exercise their legal rights within a certain time. Section 7 supplements Section 6 and Section 8 controls these Sections, which serves as an exception to Section 6 and 7. Hence, under Limitation Act minority or disability falls within Special exceptions which imposes limitation on concessions under Section 6 and 7 to the person under disability includes minority up to maximum of the 3 years as the period of limitation for any suit or application after cessation of minority or disability.
This exception applies to all suits except suits to enforce rights of pre-emption. Further the period of three years has been counted, not from the date of attainment of majority by the person under disability, but from the date of cessation of minority/ disability.Thus, Akash can file suit on cessation of minority.
Q. What happens when there is a joint entitlement of filing a suit or application ? (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1963 (Act) allows the extension of prescribed period in certain cases on sufficient cause being shown for the delay. This is known as doctrine of “sufficient cause” for condonation of delay. Section 5 provides that any appeal or any application, other than an application under any of the provisions of Order XXI of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, may be admitted after the prescribed period if the appellant or the applicant satisfies the court that he had sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal or making the application within such period.
The provisions related to persons under legal disability are given in Sections 6-8. Section 6 is an enabling section to enable persons under disability to exercise their legal rights within a certain time. Section 7 supplements Section 6, Section 8 controls these sections, which serves as an exception to Sections 6 and 7. The combined effect of Sections 6 and 8 is that where the prescribed period of limitation expires before the cessation of disability, for instance, before the attainment of majority, the minor will no doubt be entitled to a fresh period of limitation from the attainment of his majority subject to the condition that in no case the period extended by Section 6 shall by virtue of Section 8 exceeds three years from cessation of disability, i.e., cessation of minority.
Sections 6, 7 and 8 must be read together. Section 8 imposes a limitation on concession provided under Sections 6 and 7 to a person under disability up to a maximum of three years after the cessation of disability. The Section applies to all suits except suits to enforce rights of pre-emption.
The period of 3 years under Section 6 of this Act has to be counted, not from the date of attainment of majority by the person under disability, but from the date of cessation of minority or disability.
In the given situation, the dispute arose when Aman was 8 years old. Aman wants to file a civil suit for the recovery of possession of the immovable property against Manish. Section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1963 allows the extension of prescribed period in certain cases on sufficient cause being shown for the delay. According to Section 6 where the prescribed period of limitation expires before the cessation of disability, for instance, in this given situation before the attainment of majority, the minor will no doubt be entitled to a fresh period of limitation from cessation of minority subject to the condition that in no case the period extended shall by virtue of Section 8 exceeds 3 years from cessation of disability, i.e., cessation of minority.
Hence, Aman can only get 3 years from cessation of disability, i.e., cessation of minority to file a civil suit by virtue of Section 8 of the Limitation Act. Hence, Aman must file a suit within 3 years of his cessation of minority.
Section 7 deals with the situation where there is joint entitlement of filling a suit or application. It gives rise to two situations:
When discharge may be given by any other person without concurrence- In this situation, time will run against them all.
When discharge cannot be given by any other person without concurrence- In this situation, time will not run as against any of them until one of them becomes capable of giving such discharge without the concurrence of the others or until the disability has ceased.
Q. Explain the meaning of continuous running of time under Section 9 of Limitation Act with exceptions and applicability. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. According to Section 9 of the Limitation Act, 1963(the Act), where once time has begun to run, no subsequent disability or inability to institute a suit or make an application can stop it.
Provided that, where letters of administration to the estate of a creditor have been granted to his debtor, the running of the period of limitation for a suit to recover debt shall be suspended while the administration continues.
The applicability of this Section is limited to suits and applications only and does not apply to appeals unless the case fell within any of the exceptions provided in the Act itself.
For the applicability of Section 9 of the Act, it is essential that the cause of action or the right to move the application must continue to exist and subsisting on the date on which a particular application is made. If a right itself had been taken away by some subsequent event, no question of bar of limitation will arise as the starting point of limitation for that particular application will be deemed not to have been commenced.
Q. Manoj died on 3rd August, 2016 before a right to institute a suit accrued, leaving behind a minor son of the age of 15 years. Decide the time from where the period of limitation shall be calculated under Limitation Act, 1963. (Dec. 18 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The given problem is based on Sections 16 of the Limitation Act, 1963. In case of death of a person before the right to institute a suit accrues, the period of limitation shall be computed from the time when there is a legal representative of the deceased capable of instituting such suit or making such application.
In the given case, the period of limitation shall be computed from the time when the minor son attain the age of majority and become eligible/capable of filing a suit or making such application as required under the Law.
Q. What is the effect of acknowledgement on the period of limitation under the section 18 of the Limitation Act, 1963 ? Explain. (June, 21 & June,19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 18 of the Limitation Act, 1963 deals with the effect of acknowledgement of liability in respect of property or right on the period of limitation. The following requirements should be present for a valid acknowledgement as per Section 18:
There must be an admission or acknowledgement.
Such acknowledgement must be in respect of any property or right.
It must be made before the expiry of period of limitation.
It must be in writing and signed by the party against whom such property or right is claimed.
If all the above requirements are satisfied, a fresh period of limitation shall be computed from the time when the acknowledgement was signed.
Q. Describe in brief the provisions of Section 19 of the Limitation Act, 1963 regarding the effect of payment on account of debt or of interest on legacy. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. As per Section 19 of the Limitation Act where payment on account of a debt or of interest on a legacy is made before the expiration of the prescribed period by the person liable to pay the debt or legacy or by his agent duly authorised in this behalf, a fresh period of limitation shall be computed from the time when the payment was made. The proviso says that, save in the case of payment of interest made before the 1st day of January, 1928, an acknowledgement of the payment must appear in the handwriting of, or in a writing signed by the person making the payment.
According to the explanation appended to Section 19:
where mortgaged land is in the possession of the mortgagee, the receipt of the rent or produce of such land shall be deemed to be a payment;
‘debt’ does not include money payable under a decree or order of a court for the purpose of this Section.
Thus, according to section 19 a fresh period of limitation becomes available to the creditor when part-payment of debt is made by the debtor before the expiration of the period of limitation.
Q. What is maximum and minimum period of limitation prescribed by Limitation Act, 1963 and also state that in which kind of suits it is provided ? (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Maximum period of limitation - The maximum period of limitation prescribed by the Limitation Ans Act, 1963 is 30 years. They are as follows:
Suits by mortgagors for the redemption or recovery of possession of immovable property mortgaged;
Suits by mortgagee for foreclosure;
Suits by or on behalf of the Central Government or any State Government including the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
Suits by or on behalf of any local authority for possession of any public street or road or any part thereof from which it has been dispossessed or of which it has discontinued the possession.
Minimum period of limitation - The minimum period of limitation of 10 days is prescribed for application for leave to appear and defend a suit under summary procedure from the date of service of the summons.
Q. Name the kind of suits for which period of limitation prescribed by the Limitation Act is 30 years and 12 years respectively. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. Period of 30 years: The maximum period of limitation prescribed by the Limitation Act is 30 years and it is provided only for three kinds of suits:
Suits by mortgagors for the redemption or recovery of possession of immovable property mortgaged;
Suits by mortgagee for foreclosure;
Suits by or on behalf of the Central Government or any State Government including the State of Jammu and Kashmir or Local authorities.
Period of 12 years : A period of 12 years is prescribed as a limitation period for various kinds of suits relating to immovable property, trusts & trust property, legacy, hereditary offices, execution of decrees and endowments.
Q6. What is the time period of limitation for compensation in defamation? (Dec 23 – 3 marks)
Ans. The time periods of limitation for compensation in defamation are as under:
For compensation for libel: One year from when the libel is published.
For compensation for slander: One year when the words are spoken, or, if the words are not actionable in themselves, when the special damage complained of results.
Q. When the date was not fixed by the parties for the performance of a specific act, then how the court will compute the limitation period ? When does the limitation period start for filing a suit ? Decide with the help of the case laws. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The facts of the given situation are similar to the facts in the case of Valliammai vs. K.P. Murali and Others decided by Supreme Court on 11th September, 2023.
In this case the Supreme Court has referred to the provisions of Article 54 of Part II of the Schedule to the Limitation Act, 1963 which stipulates the limitation period for filing a suit for specific performance as three years from the date fixed for performance, and in alternative when no date is fixed, three years from the date when the plaintiff has notice that performance has been refused.
In this case, the Supreme Court referred to the case earlier decided in Pachanan Dhara and Others v. Monmatha Nath Maity (2006) 5 SCC 340. The Supreme Court in the referred case had held that for determining the applicability of the first or the second part, the court will have to see whether any time was fixed for the performance of the agreement to sell and if so fixed, whether the suit was filed beyond the prescribed period unless a case for the extension of time or performance was pleaded or established. However, when no time is fixed for performance, the court will have to determine the date on which the plaintiff had notice of refusal on the part of the defendant to perform the contract.
In view of the above mentioned case, it can be said that the limitation period starts when the plaintiff has notice that performance has been refused. The court will have to determine the date on which the plaintiff had notice of refusal on the part of the defendant to perform the contract.
Q. What is meant by Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR)? Which are the areas in which ADR works? (Jun,16-5 marks, Old syllabus)
Ans. Alternative Dispute Resolution ("ADR") refers to any means of settling disputes outside of the Court room. ADR typically includes negotiation, conciliation, mediation, and arbitration. The ADR processes provide procedural flexibility, save valuable time and money and avoid the stress of a conventional trial.
Areas in which ADR works
Almost all disputes including commercial, civil, labour and family disputes, in respect of which the parties are entitled to conclude a settlement, can be settled by an ADR procedure. ADR techniques have been proven to work in the business environment, especially in respect of disputes involving joint ventures, construction projects, partnership differences, intellectual property, personal injury, product liability, professional liability, real estate, securities, contract interpretation and performance and insurance coverage.
Q. ‘‘Alternative Dispute Resolution is not an alternative to the court system but only meant to supplement the same aiming on less lawyering’’. Comment. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) processes offer:
Procedural flexibility
Time and cost efficiency
Reduced stress compared to traditional court trials
ADR helps in:
Reducing the workload of regular courts
Addressing judicial arrears in the long run
ADR is not a replacement for the court system:
Outcomes of ADR are recognized by courts
Legal provisions allow for appeals against ADR decisions in regular courts
Popular ADR methods include:
Arbitration: Disputes are settled by one or more arbitrators chosen by the parties, outside the court system
Parties have confidence in the arbitrator’s judgement
They agree to abide by the arbitrator’s decision
Mediation and Conciliation are also widely used ADR mechanisms.
Q. Does the Alternate Dispute Resolution (ADR) processes provide procedural flexibility of a conventional trial ? Explain. (Jun,17-5 marks, Old syllabus)
Ans. There is a growing awareness that courts will not be in a position to bear the entire burden of justice system. A very large number of disputes lend themselves to resolution by alternative modes such as arbitration, mediation, conciliation, negotiation, etc. The Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) processes provide procedural flexibility save valuable time and money and avoid the stress of a conventional trial.
There is, therefore, an urgent need to establish and promote ADR services for resolution of both domestic and international disputes in India.
The ADR is flexible and not governed by the rigours of rules of procedures. The ADR can be used with or without a lawyer. ADR helps in the reduction of the work load of the Courts and thereby helps them to focus attention on other cases. The ADR procedure permits parties to choose neutrals who are specialists in the subject matter of the dispute.
Q. What is meant by 'arbitration agreement' under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 ? Should the arbitration agreement be in writing and whether jurisdiction of civil court is barred ? (Dec,15-5 marks, Old syllabus)
Ans. Meaning of Arbitration Agreement:
As per Section 2(1)(b) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, “Arbitration agreement” refers to an agreement as defined in Section 7 of the Act.
Definition under Section 7:
An arbitration agreement is an agreement between the parties to submit to arbitration all or certain disputes that have arisen or may arise between them in respect of a defined legal relationship, whether contractual or not.
Form and Writing Requirement:
Form of Agreement (Section 7(2)):
The arbitration agreement may be:
An arbitration clause within a contract, or
A separate agreement altogether.
Must Be in Writing (Section 7(3)):
The agreement must be in writing to be valid under the Act.
What Constitutes 'In Writing' (Section 7(4)):
An arbitration agreement is considered “in writing” if it is:
(a) Contained in a document signed by the parties, or
(b) Evidenced by an exchange of letters, telex, telegrams, or other telecommunication, or
(c) Reflected in statements of claim and defence where one party alleges the existence of an arbitration agreement and the other does not deny it.
Bar on Civil Court Jurisdiction:
Jurisdiction Barred (Section 8):
Once an application under Section 8 is made for arbitration, the jurisdiction of the civil court is barred.
Judicial Precedent:
This principle was upheld by the Supreme Court in the case of:
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd. v. M/s Pink City Midway Petroleum, AIR 2003 SC 2881.
This ensures that disputes covered under an arbitration agreement are exclusively resolved through arbitration, not civil courts.
Explain in brief the ‘International Commercial Arbitration’ under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. (Dec, 18 – 4 Marks)
Ans. According to Section 2(1)(f) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, International Commercial Arbitration means an arbitration relating to disputes arising out of legal relationships, whether contractual or not, considered as commercial under the law in force in India and where at least one of the parties is —
an individual who is a national of, or habitually resident in, any country other than India; or
a body corporate which is incorporated in any country other than India; or
an association or a body of individuals whose central management and control is exercised in any country other than India; or
the Government of a foreign country.
Q. Explain the basic features of Arbitral Award under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. (June, 19 and June, 23 – 4 Marks)
Ans. As per Section 2(1)(c) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, "arbitral award" includes an interim award. The definition does not give much detail of the ingredients of an arbitral award. However, taking into account other provisions of the Act, the following features are noticed:
Stamp Paper Requirement
The arbitral award is required to be made on stamp paper of prescribed value (as applicable at the place of making the award) and in writing.
Signature of Arbitral Tribunal
The award is to be signed by the members of the arbitral tribunal.
Reasoned Award
The making of an award is a rational process which is accentuated by recording the reasons. The award should contain reasons.
Date of Award
The award should be dated i.e. the date of making of the award should be mentioned in the award.
Place of Arbitration
Place of arbitration is important for the determination of rules applicable to substance of dispute, and recourse against the award. Place of arbitration refers to the jurisdiction of the Court of a particular city or State.
Interest Component
The arbitral tribunal may include in the sum for which award is made, interest up to the date of award and also a direction regarding future interest.
Cost of Arbitration
The award may also include decisions and directions of the arbitrator regarding the cost of the arbitration.
Delivery of Award
After the award is made, a signed copy should be delivered to each party for appropriate action like implementation or recourse against arbitral award.
Q. State the form and contents of Arbitral award. (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Provisions Regarding Arbitral Award under Section 31 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
1. Written and Signed Award – Section 31(1)
An arbitral award must be in writing and signed by the members of the arbitral tribunal.
2. Signature by Majority – Section 31(2)
In cases with multiple arbitrators, the majority’s signatures are sufficient, provided the reason for any omitted signature is stated.
3. Statement of Reasons – Section 31(3)
The award must state reasons, unless:
(a) Parties have agreed that no reasons are required, or
(b) It is an award on agreed terms under Section
30.
4. Date and Place of Arbitration – Section 31(4)
The award must mention its date and place of arbitration as per Section 20.
It shall be deemed to have been made at that place.
5. Delivery of Award – Section 31(5)
A signed copy of the arbitral award must be delivered to each party.
6. Interim Award – Section 31(6)
The arbitral tribunal may, during proceedings, issue an interim arbitral award on any matter where a final award can also be made.
Q. Elaborate the provisions of Section 32 of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 regarding the termination of arbitral proceedings. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks) (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. As per section 32 (1) of Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996, the arbitral proceedings shall be terminated by the final arbitral award or by an order of the arbitral tribunal under sub-section (2).
Under section 32 (2) of Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996, the arbitral tribunal shall issue an order for the termination of the arbitral proceedings where,
Withdrawal of Claim by Claimant - the claimant withdraws his claim, unless the respondent objects to the order and the arbitral tribunal recognises a legitimate interest on his part in, obtaining a final settlement of the dispute,
Mutual Agreement by Parties - the parties agree on the termination of the proceedings, or
Proceedings Become Unnecessary or Impossible - the arbitral tribunal finds that the continuation of the proceedings has for any other reason become unnecessary or impossible.
Section 32(3) says that the mandate of the arbitral tribunal terminates with the termination of the arbitral proceedings. This is subject to the provisions of Sections 33 and 34(4) of the Act.
Q. Distinguish between Arbitration and Conciliation under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. (June, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Difference between Arbitration and Conciliation
| Basis of Distinction | Arbitration | Conciliation |
|---|---|---|
| Meaning | It is a method where disputes are settled through the intervention of a third party (Arbitrator) without recourse to a court of law. | It is an informal process where a conciliator helps parties reach a mutually acceptable settlement. |
| Role of Third Party | The Arbitrator gives a binding decision (award) which parties agree to follow. | The Conciliator facilitates communication and understanding but does not impose a binding decision. |
| Nature of Process | Formal and quasi-judicial process, similar to court proceedings. | Informal and flexible process aimed at building a positive relationship and understanding. |
| Decision (Outcome) | The decision of the arbitrator is called an "Arbitral Award" and is binding on the parties. | The conciliator helps parties to arrive at a negotiated settlement, which is binding only if the parties sign a settlement agreement. |
| Legal Provision | Defined under Section 2(1)(a) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. | Governed under Part III (Sections 61 to 81) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. |
| Essence | Based on substituting court with a domestic tribunal to settle disputes. | Focuses on communication, reducing tensions, and guiding parties towards a common agreement. |
| Binding Nature | The award is legally binding and enforceable. | Settlement is binding only if both parties agree and sign the settlement agreement. |
Q. “A party may, before or during arbitral proceedings, or at any time after the making of the arbitral award but before its enforcement under Section 36, apply to the court for interim measures under Section 9(1) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.” Discuss. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 9 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 deals with interim measures etc. by Court.
Section 9(1) states that a party may, before, or during arbitral proceedings or at any time after making of the arbitral award but before it is enforced in accordance with Section 36 of the Act, apply to a court-
for the appointment of a guardian for a minor or person of unsound mind for the purposes of arbitral proceedings; or
for an interim measure of protection in respect of any of the following matters, namely:-
the preservation, interim custody or sale of any goods which are the subject-matter of the arbitration agreement;
securing the amount in dispute in the arbitration;
the detention, preservation or inspection of any property or thing which is the subject-matter of the dispute in arbitration, or as to which any question may arise therein and authorising for any of the aforesaid purposes any person to enter upon any land or building in the possession of any part) or authorising any samples to be taken or any observation to be made, or experiment to be tried, which may be necessary or expedient for the purpose of obtaining full information or evidence;
interim injunction or the appointment of a receiver;
such other interim measure of protection as may appear to the Court to be just and convenient, and the Court shall have the same power for making orders as it has for the purpose of, and in relation to, any proceedings before it.
Further, Section 9(2) states that where, before the commencement of the arbitral proceedings, a Court passes an order for any interim measure of protection under sub- section (1), the arbitral proceedings shall be commenced within a period of 90 days from the date of such order or within such further time as the Court may determine.
Under Section 9 (3) once the arbitral tribunal has been constituted, the Court shall not entertain an application under sub-section (1), unless the Court finds that circumstances exist which may not render the remedy provided under Section 17 efficacious.
Q. Discuss in brief the provisions for challenging the arbitrator under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. (Dec, 18 – 8 Marks)
Ans. Provisions for Challenging the Arbitrator under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996:
Grounds for Challenge (Section 12(3)):
An arbitrator may be challenged if:
Circumstances exist that give rise to justifiable doubts as to the arbitrator’s independence or impartiality, or
He does not possess the qualifications agreed upon by the parties.
Challenge by Appointing Party (Section 12(4)):
A party may challenge an arbitrator appointed by them, or in whose appointment they participated, only for reasons that came to their knowledge after the appointment was made.
Disclosure at the Time of Appointment (Section 12(1)):
When approached for appointment, a person must disclose in writing:
Any past or present relationship or interest (direct or indirect) with either party or the subject matter of the dispute that may affect impartiality or independence.
Any circumstances likely to affect his ability to devote sufficient time, especially to complete arbitration within 12 months.
Continuous Disclosure Obligation (Section 12(2)):
After appointment, the arbitrator must continue to disclose without delay any such circumstances mentioned in Section 12(1), unless already disclosed.
Ineligibility Based on Seventh Schedule (Section 12(5)):
Despite any prior agreement to the contrary:
A person is ineligible to be appointed as an arbitrator if his relationship with the parties, their counsel, or the subject matter falls under any category listed in the Seventh Schedule of the Act.
Q. Explain the interim measures of protection for which a party during the arbitral proceedings may apply to the arbitral tribunal under section 17(1) of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Interim measures ordered by arbitral tribunal
Section 17 (1) of the Arbitration and Conciliation, 1996 provides that a party may, during the arbitral proceedings, apply to the arbitral tribunal—
for the appointment of a guardian for a minor or person of unsound mind for the purposes of arbitral proceedings; or
for an interim measure of protection in respect of any of the following matters, namely:
the preservation, interim custody or sale of any goods which are the subject matter of the arbitration agreement;
securing the amount in dispute in the arbitration;
the detention, preservation or inspection of any property or thing which is the subject-matter of the dispute in arbitration, or as to which any question may arise therein and authorising for any of the aforesaid purposes any person to enter upon any land or building in the possession of any party, or authorising any samples to be taken, or any observation to be made, or experiment to be tried, which may be necessary or expedient for the purpose of obtaining full information or evidence;
interim injunction or the appointment of a receiver;
such other interim measure of protection as may appear to the arbitral tribunal to be just and convenient,
and the arbitral tribunal shall have the same power for making orders, as the court has for the purpose of, and in relation to, any proceedings before it.
Q. State the provisions of Section 25 in Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 regarding default of a party. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 25 of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 provides that unless otherwise agreed by the parties, where, without showing sufficient cause,-
the claimant fails to communicate his statement of claim in accordance with sub-section (1) of section 23, the arbitral tribunal shall terminate the proceedings;
the respondent fails to communicate his statement of defence in accordance with sub-section (1) of section 23, the arbitral tribunal shall continue the proceedings without treating that failure in itself as an admission of the allegation by the claimant and shall have the discretion to treat the right of the respondent to file such statement of defence as having been forfeited.
a party fails to appear an oral hearing or to produce documentary evidence, the arbitral tribunal may continue the proceedings and make the arbitral award on the evidence before it.
Q. Explain the grounds for setting aside of an Arbitral Award under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks) (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. Section 34 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 provides the provisions relating to grounds for setting aside an Arbitral Award. Section 34(2) states:
An arbitral award may be set aside by the Court only if—
a party was under some incapacity, or
Invalid Arbitration Agreement - the arbitration agreement is not valid under the law to which the parties have subjected it or, failing any indication thereon, under the law for the time being in force; or
Lack of Proper Notice or Inability to Present Case - the party making the application was not given proper notice of the appointment of an arbitrator or of the arbitral proceedings or was otherwise unable to present his case; or
Award Beyond Scope of Arbitration Agreement - the arbitral award deals with a dispute not contemplated by or not falling within the terms of the submission to arbitration, or it contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission to arbitration: Provided that, if the decisions on matters submitted to arbitration can be separated from those not so submitted, only that part of the arbitral award which contains decisions on matters not submitted to arbitration may be set aside; or
Improper Composition of Tribunal or Procedure - the composition of the arbitral tribunal or the arbitral procedure was not in accordance with the agreement of the parties, unless such agreement was in conflict with a provision of this Part from which the parties cannot derogate, or, failing such agreement, was not in accordance with this Part; or
the Court finds that,
the subject-matter of the dispute is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law for the time being in force, or
the arbitral award is in conflict with the public policy of India.
Q. The enforcement of Foreign Award is subject to certain conditions. Explain this statement. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. Yes, it is true that the enforcement of Foreign Award is subject to certain conditions. These conditions are provided in section 48 of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (the Act) for New York Convention Awards and section 57 of the Act for Geneva Convention Awards.
Conditions for Enforcement of Foreign Awards
Section 48 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 enumerates the conditions for enforcement of foreign awards for New York Convention Awards and provides that the party, against whom the award is invoked, may use one or more of the following grounds for the purpose of opposing enforcement of a foreign award, namely, –
Incapacity of Parties or Invalid Agreement - the parties to the agreement referred to in section 44 were, under the law applicable to them, under some incapacity, or the said agreement is not valid under the law to which the parties have subjected it or, failing any indication thereon, under the law of the country where the award was made; or
Improper Notice or Inability to Present Case - the party against whom the award is invoked was not given proper notice of the appointment of the arbitrator or of the arbitral proceedings or was otherwise unable to present his case; or
Award Beyond Terms of Submission - the award deals with a difference not contemplated by or not failing within the terms of the submission to arbitration, or it contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission to arbitration:
Severability of Decisions in Award - If the decisions on matter submitted to arbitration can be separated from those not so submitted, that part of the award which contains decisions on matters submitted to arbitration may be enforced; or
Improper Composition or Procedure - the composition of the arbitral authority or the arbitral procedure was not in accordance with the agreement of the parties, or, failing such agreement, was not in accordance with the law of the country where the arbitration took place; or
Award Not Yet Binding or Set Aside - the award has not yet become binding on the parties, or has been set aside or suspended by a competent authority of the country in which. or under the law of which, that award was made; or
Subject-Matter Not Arbitrable Under Indian Law - the subject-matter of the difference is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law of India; or
Enforcement Contrary to Public Policy of India - the enforcement of the award would be contrary to the public policy of India.
Section 57 of the Act which provides for the Conditions for enforcement of foreign awards in case of Geneva Convention states that in order that a foreign award may be enforceable under part II Chapter I, it shall be necessary that:
Valid Submission to Arbitration - the award has been made in pursuance of a submission to arbitration which is valid under the law applicable thereto;
Arbitrable Subject-Matter under Indian Law - the subject-matter of the award is capable of settlement by arbitration under the law of India;
Proper Constitution of Arbitral Tribunal - the award has been made by the arbitral tribunal provided for in the submission to arbitration or constituted in the manner agreed upon by the parties and in conformity with the law governing the arbitration procedure;
Finality of Award in Country of Origin - the award has become final in the country in which it has been made, in the sense that it will not be considered as such if it is open to opposition or appeal or if it is proved that any proceedings for the purpose of contesting the validity of the award are pending;
No Conflict with Public Policy or Indian Law - the enforcement of the award is not contrary to the public policy or the law of India.
Q. Discuss the grounds on which a party, against whom a foreign award is invoked, may oppose its enforcement under Section 48 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 48 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 enumerates the conditions for enforcement of foreign awards and provides that the party, against whom the award is invoked, may use one or more of the following grounds for the purpose of opposing enforcement of a foreign award, namely:
Incapacity of Parties or Invalid Agreement - the parties to the agreement referred to in section 44 were, under the law applicable to them, under some incapacity, or the said agreement is not valid under the law to which the parties have subjected it or, failing any indication thereon, under the law of the country where the award was made; or
Improper Notice or Inability to Present Case - the party against whom the award is invoked was not given proper notice of the appointment of the arbitrator or of the arbitral proceedings or was otherwise unable to present his case; or
Award Beyond Terms of Submission - the award deals with a difference not contemplated by or not failing within the terms of the submission to arbitration, or it contains decisions on matters beyond the scope of the submission to arbitration:
Severability of Decisions in Award - If the decisions on matter submitted to arbitration can be separated from those not so submitted, that part of the award which contains decisions on matters submitted to arbitration may be enforced; or
Improper Composition or Procedure - the composition of the arbitral authority or the arbitral procedure was not in accordance with the agreement of the parties, or, failing such agreement, was not in accordance with the law of the country where the arbitration took place; or
Award Not Yet Binding or Set Aside - the award has not yet become binding on the parties, or has been set aside or suspended by a competent authority of the country in which. or under the law of which, that award was made; or
Subject-Matter Not Arbitrable Under Indian Law - the subject-matter of the difference is not capable of settlement by arbitration under the law of India; or
Enforcement Contrary to Public Policy of India - the enforcement of the award would be contrary to the public policy of India.
Q. Throw light on the role of a Conciliator in a Conciliation Proceeding under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. In what manner a Conciliation Proceeding may be terminated? (June 23 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 67 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 provides the provisions relating to Role of conciliator. These are as under:
Conciliator’s Independence and Impartiality - The conciliator shall assist the parties in an independent and impartial manner in their attempt to reach an amicable settlement of their dispute.
Guiding Principles for Conciliator - The conciliator shall be guided by principles of objectivity, fairness and justice, giving consideration to, among other things, the rights and obligations of the parties, the usages of the trade concerned and the circumstances surrounding the dispute, including any previous business practices between the parties.
Flexibility in Conducting Proceedings -The conciliator may conduct the conciliation proceedings in such a manner as he considers appropriate, taking into account the circumstances of the case, the wishes the parties may express, including any request by a party that the conciliator hear oral statements, and the need for a speedy settlement of the dispute.
Proposal for Settlement by Conciliator - The conciliator may, at any stage of the conciliation proceedings, make proposals for a settlement of the dispute. Such proposals need not be in writing and need not be accompanied by a statement of the reasons therefor.
Section 76 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 provides the provisions relating to the manner of termination of conciliation proceedings. According to this section, the conciliation proceedings shall be terminated:
Termination by Signing of Settlement Agreement - by the signing of the settlement agreement by the parties, on the date of the agreement; or
Termination by Conciliator’s Declaration - by a written declaration of the conciliator, after consultation with the parties, to the effect that further efforts at conciliation are no longer justified, on the date of the declaration; or
Joint Declaration by Parties for Termination - by a written declaration of the parties addressed to the conciliator to the effect that the conciliation proceedings are terminated, on the date of the declaration; or
Unilateral Declaration by a Party for Termination - by a written declaration of a party to the other party and the conciliator, if appointed, to the effect that the conciliation proceedings are terminated, on the date of the declaration.
Q. What is the procedure for the commencement of conciliation proceedings under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996? How many conciliators can be there in these proceedings? (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. Initiation and Commencement of Conciliation Proceedings (Section 62):
Written Invitation to Conciliate (Section 62(1)):
The party initiating conciliation must send a written invitation to the other party, briefly identifying the subject of the dispute.
Commencement of Conciliation (Section 62(2)):
Conciliation proceedings commence when the other party accepts the invitation in writing.
Rejection of Invitation (Section 62(3)):
If the other party rejects the invitation, no conciliation proceedings shall take place.
No Response to Invitation (Section 62(4)):
If there is no reply within 30 days from the date of sending the invitation (or within the time specified),
The initiating party may treat it as a rejection and must inform the other party in writing accordingly.
Number of Conciliators (Section 63):
Default Rule:
There shall be one conciliator, unless the parties agree to appoint two or more.
Multiple Conciliators:
If there is more than one conciliator, they must act jointly as a general rule.
Q. State the reason and purpose of Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2015 passed by the Parliament. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. Reason for the Amendment:
Over time, difficulties were observed in the applicability of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.
Judicial interpretations in certain cases led to delays in arbitration proceedings and increased court interference, defeating the purpose of the Act.
To address these issues and promote a user-friendly, cost-effective, and time-efficient arbitration system, the Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2015 was introduced.
Purpose of the Amendment Act, 2015:
Redefinition of “Court”:
In case of international commercial arbitrations, the High Court will be considered as the "Court".
Jurisdiction for Interim Measures:
Indian courts can grant interim measures even when the seat of arbitration is outside India.
Time-bound Appointment of Arbitrators:
Applications for appointment of arbitrators must be disposed of by the High Court or Supreme Court within 60 days.
Prima Facie Examination Only:
While appointing arbitrators, courts shall only examine the existence of a prima facie arbitration agreement, not delve into other issues.
Time Limit for Arbitral Award:
The arbitral tribunal must deliver the award within 12 months, extendable by 6 months by mutual agreement. Further extension requires court approval.
Model Fee Schedule:
A model fee schedule is provided for High Courts to frame rules for determining the fees of arbitrators appointed under Section 11.
Fast Track Procedure:
Parties can opt in writing for a fast track arbitration, where the award must be given within 6 months.
Ensuring Neutrality of Arbitrators:
The Act provides for declaration of independence and impartiality when a person is approached for appointment as an arbitrator.
Time-bound Challenge to Award:
Applications to challenge arbitral awards must be disposed of by courts within one year.
Q. Explain briefly the terms 'conciliation' and 'mediation'. (Dec,16-3 marks, Old syllabus)
Ans. Conciliation is an informal process in which the conciliator (the third party) tries to bring the disputants to agreement. He does this by lowering tensions, improving communications, interpreting issues, providing technical assistance, exploring potential solutions and bringing about a negotiated settlement.
Mediation is a structured process in which the mediator assists the disputants to reach a negotiated settlement of their differences. Mediation is usually a voluntary process that results in a signed agreement which defines the future behaviour of the parties. The mediator uses a variety of skills and techniques to help the parties reach the settlement, but is not empowered to render a decision.
Q. What is the difference between ‘Conciliation and Mediation’
Ans. Difference between ‘Conciliation and Mediation’
| Basis of Distinction | Conciliation | Mediation |
|---|---|---|
| Nature of Process | Informal process | Structured process |
| Role of Third Party | The conciliator actively participates by lowering tensions, interpreting issues, and suggesting solutions | The mediator facilitates discussion and negotiation but does not suggest solutions or impose decisions |
| Approach | More interventionist, offering technical assistance and solutions | More facilitative, guiding parties toward their own solution |
| Decision Making | The conciliator may propose a negotiated settlement, which the parties may accept | The mediator helps parties reach an agreement, but the final decision rests entirely with the parties |
| Outcome | May or may not result in a written agreement | Often results in a signed agreement defining the future conduct of parties |
| Formality | Less formal, flexible | More structured with defined stages |
| Voluntariness | Generally voluntary | Usually voluntary, requiring both parties’ willingness to participate |
| Binding Nature | Settlement is binding only if both parties agree and sign | The agreement reached is binding only if signed by both parties. |
Q. Explain the provisions regarding the appointment of Conciliator under Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. State the role of the Conciliator to settle the dispute. (Dec,17-5 marks, Old syllabus)
Ans. Section 64 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 dealing with appointment of conciliator. Section 64(1) of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 provides that subject to sub-section (2),-
Sole Conciliator by Mutual Agreement - in conciliation proceedings with one conciliator, the parties may agree on the name of a sole conciliator;
Two Conciliators – One by Each Party - in conciliation proceedings with two conciliators, each party may appoint one conciliator;
Three Conciliators – One by Each Party and One Presiding Conciliator - in conciliation proceedings with three conciliators, each party may appoint one conciliator and the parties may agree on the name of the third conciliator who shall act as the presiding conciliator.
Further Section 64(2) provides that parties may enlist the assistance of a suitable institution or person in connection with the appointment of conciliators, and in particular,-
a party may respect such an institution or person to recommend the names of suitable individuals to act as conciliator, or
the parties may agree that the appointment of one or more conciliators be made directly by such an institution or person:
Provided that in recommending or appointing individuals to act as conciliator, the institution or person shall have regard to such considerations as are likely to secure the appointment of an independent and impartial conciliator and, with respect to a sole or third conciliator, shall take into account the advisability of appointing a conciliator of a nationality other than the nationalities of the parties.
Role of Conciliator under Section 67 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
Independent and Impartial Assistance (Section 67(1))
The conciliator shall assist the parties independently and impartially in reaching an amicable settlement of the dispute.
Guiding Principles (Section 67(2))
The conciliator shall be guided by objectivity, fairness, and justice, considering:
Rights and obligations of the parties
Trade usages involved
Circumstances of the dispute
Prior business practices between the parties
Flexible Conduct of Proceedings (Section 67(3))
The conciliator may conduct proceedings in a manner he deems appropriate, taking into account:
Case circumstances
Wishes of the parties
Requests for oral statements
Need for speedy settlement
Proposal for Settlement (Section 67(4))
At any stage, the conciliator may make proposals for settlement.
These proposals need not be in writing and need not include reasons.
Q. What is meant by ‘Arbitral Award’ ? State the ingredients of an arbitral award under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. (Dec,18-8 marks, Old syllabus)
Ans. As per Section 2(1) (c) of the Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996, "arbitral award" includes an interim award.
The ingredients of an arbitral award are as follows:
Stamp Paper and Written Form of the Award - The arbitral award is required to be made on stamp paper of prescribed value (as applicable at the place of making the award) and in writing.
Signing of the Award by Arbitral Tribunal - The award is to be signed by the members of the arbitral tribunal.
Rationale and Recording of Reasons - The making of an award is a rational process which is accentuated by recording the reasons.
Date of the Award - The award should be dated i.e. the date of making of the award should be mentioned in the award.
Significance of Place of Arbitration - Place of arbitration is important for the determination of rules applicable to substance of dispute, and recourse against the award.
Award of Interest by Arbitral Tribunal - The arbitral tribunal may include in the sum for which award is made, interest up to the date of award and also a direction regarding future interest.
Decision on Costs of Arbitration - The award may also include decisions and directions of the arbitrator regarding the cost of the arbitration.
Delivery of Signed Copy to Parties - After the award is made, a signed copy should be delivered to each party for appropriate action like implementation or recourse against arbitral award.
Q. What are various types of mediation and enumerate the distinction between Arbitration and Mediation. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Court-Referred Mediation - It applies to cases pending in Court and which the Court would refer for mediation under Section 89 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908. The courts have mediation centres where cases are referred, and following a preliminary investigation, the cases are assigned to skilled and qualified mediators from the Mediation Centres’ Panel of Mediators.
Court Annexed Mediation - In Court- Annexed Mediation the mediation services are provided by the court as a part and parcel of the same judicial system as against Court-Referred Mediation, wherein the court merely refers the matter to a mediator.
Statutory/Mandatory Mediation - Some disputes, like those involving labour and family laws, are required by law to go through the mediation procedure. Mandatory mediation simply refers to the act of attempting mediation rather than requiring parties to resolve their problems through mediation.
Private Mediation - In private mediation, qualified mediators offer their services on a private, fee-for-service basis to the Court, to members of the public, to members of the commercial sector, and also to the governmental sector to resolve disputes through mediation. Private mediation can be used in connection with disputes pending in Court and pre-litigation disputes.
Online Mediation - Online mediation including pre-litigation mediation may be conducted at any stage of mediation, with the written consent of the parties including by the use of electronic form or computer networks.
| Point | Mediation | Arbitration |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Neutral third party assists parties to reach a mutual agreement | Similar to litigation but outside court; ends with a binding award |
| 2 | More collaborative in nature | More adversarial in nature |
| 3 | Process is more informal | Process is more formal |
| 4 | Outcome is controlled by the parties | Outcome is controlled by the arbitrator |
| 5 | Dispute may or may not be resolved | Dispute is always settled in favour of one party |
Q. Define the term ‘mediation’ and ‘mediator’ under The Mediation Act, 2023. Distinguish between arbitration and mediation. (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. According to Section 3(h) of the Mediation Act, 2023 (Act) “mediation” includes a process, whether referred to by the expression mediation, pre-litigation mediation, online mediation, community mediation, conciliation or an expression of similar import, whereby parties attempt to reach an amicable settlement of their dispute with the assistance of a third person referred to as mediator, who does not have the authority to impose a settlement upon the parties to the dispute.
According to Section 3(i) of the Mediation Act, 2023 “mediator” means a person who is appointed to be a mediator, by the parties or by a mediation service provider, to undertake mediation, and includes a person registered as mediator with the Council.
Explanation: Where more than one mediator is appointed for a mediation, reference to a mediator under this Act shall be a reference to all the mediators;
Difference between Arbitration and Mediation are:
| Point | Arbitration | Mediation |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Similar to litigation but outside court; ends with a binding award | Neutral third party assists parties to reach a mutual agreement |
| 2 | More adversarial in nature | More collaborative in nature |
| 3 | Process is more formal | Process is more informal |
| 4 | Outcome is controlled by the arbitrator | Outcome is controlled by the parties |
| 5 | Dispute is always settled in favour of one party | Dispute may or may not be resolved |
Q. Discuss the provisions regarding the appointment of arbitrators under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.(Jun,17-7 marks, Old syllabus)
Ans. Provisions Regarding the Appointment of Arbitrators under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
1. Freedom to Choose Arbitrator (Section 11(1))
Any person, regardless of nationality, may be appointed as an arbitrator unless parties agree otherwise.
2. Party Autonomy in Procedure (Section 11(2))
Parties are free to agree on a procedure for appointing arbitrator(s), subject to Section 11(6).
3. Default Procedure for Three Arbitrators (Section 11(3))
Each party appoints one arbitrator.
The two appointed arbitrators appoint the third (presiding) arbitrator.
4. Failure in Appointment – Three Arbitrators (Section
11(4))
If the above procedure fails:
A party fails to appoint within 30 days, or
The two arbitrators fail to appoint the third within 30 days,
Then the Supreme Court or High Court (or their designate) will make the appointment.
5. Sole Arbitrator – Failure to Agree (Section 11(5))
If parties fail to agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 days, the court (Supreme or High Court) shall appoint the arbitrator upon request.
6. Breakdown of Agreed Procedure (Section
11(6))
If the agreed procedure fails due to:
A party’s failure to act,
Inability of parties/arbitrators to agree, or
An institution failing to perform its role,
Then court intervention is allowed unless alternate means are specified in the agreement.
7. Limited Judicial Review (Section 11(6A))
While appointing, the court shall only examine the existence of an arbitration agreement, not its validity or merits.
8. No Delegation of Judicial Power (Section 11(6B))
Designating a person/institution by the Court does not mean delegation of judicial power.
9. Finality of Court Decision (Section 11(7))
Decisions made under Sections 11(4), (5), or (6) are final and non-appealable.
10. Disclosure and Considerations (Section 11(8))
Court must obtain a written disclosure from the proposed arbitrator (as per Section 12(1)).
Due regard must be given to:
a) Required qualifications as per agreement,
b) Disclosure content and independence/impartiality.
11. International Commercial Arbitration (Section 11(9))
In such cases, the Supreme Court can appoint an arbitrator of a different nationality than the parties.
12. Court Schemes for Appointment (Section 11(10))
Supreme or High Court may create schemes for handling appointment processes.
13. First Court Has Jurisdiction (Section 11(11))
When multiple requests are filed, only the first Court approached shall handle the request.
14. Jurisdiction Based on Nature of Arbitration (Section 11(12))
Sub-section (a): International commercial arbitration matters go to Supreme Court.
Sub-section (b): Other arbitrations go to High Court with territorial jurisdiction.
15. Time Frame for Disposal (Section 11(13))
Application should be resolved within 60 days from notice to the opposite party.
16. Fee Regulation (Section 11(14))
High Courts may frame rules for determining arbitrators' fees, considering the Fourth Schedule.
Q. The appellant entered into an agreement with the respondent for the sale of 40,000 WMT (Wet Metric Tonne) of Iron Ore Pellets. Dispute arose between the parties regarding the price and payment terms and the appellant did not deliver the goods to the respondent. The respondent claimed for damages and the appellant denied any liability. Clause 18 of the agreement between the parties contains an arbitration clause. The respondent invoked the arbitration clause and the appellant did not agree for the appointment of the arbitrator. Hence, the respondent filed a petition under Section 11(6) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 before the Madras High Court. The Madras High Court vide impugned order appointed a former judge of the Madras High Court as the sole arbitrator. The appellant preferred the appeal to the Supreme Court. Decide whether the Madras High Court has justified in appointing the arbitrator. Give your reasons. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. According to section 11(6) of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, where, under an appointment procedure agreed upon by the parties,–
a party fails to act as required under that procedure; or
the parties, or the two appointed arbitrators, fail to reach an agreement expected of them under that procedure; or
a person, including an institution, fails to perform any function entrusted to him or it under that procedure,
a party may request the Supreme Court or, as the case may be, the High Court or any person or institution designated by such Court to take the necessary measure, unless the agreement on the appointment procedure provides other means for securing the appointment.
In view of the above mentioned provision, Madras High Court can appoint Arbitrator if the matter is under its Jurisdiction under section 11 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.
Q. What is Conciliation ? Bring out some differences between Arbitration and Conciliation. (Jun,18-3 marks, Old syllabus)
Ans. Meaning of Conciliation - Conciliation is an informal process in which the conciliator (the third party) tries to bring the disputants to agreement. He does this by lowering tensions, improving communications, interpreting issues, providing technical assistance, exploring potential solutions and bringing about a negotiated settlement. The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 gives a formal recognition to conciliation in India.
| Point | Arbitration | Conciliation |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Decision is called an Arbitral Award, signed by arbitral tribunal members | Decision is called a Settlement Agreement, signed by parties concerned |
| 2 | Parties cannot appoint an even number of arbitrators | Parties can appoint an even number of conciliators |
| 3 | Arbitrators can be appointed before a dispute arises | Conciliators are appointed only after the dispute has arisen |
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Vested and contingent interest (Dec,19- 3 Marks)
Ans. The following are the principal points of distinction between a vested and a contingent interest:
| Basis of Difference | Vested Interest | Contingent Interest |
|---|---|---|
| 1. Nature of Interest | Vested Interest creates an immediate proprietary interest; enjoyment may be postponed. | Contingent Interest depends on the fulfillment of a condition that may or may not occur. |
| 2. Perfection of Title | Title is already perfect at the time of transfer. | Title is imperfect; becomes perfect only upon fulfillment of a stipulated condition. |
| 3. Effective Date | Takes effect from the date of transfer. | Becomes effective only if the contingency occurs. |
| 4. Effect of Death before Possession | Not defeated by death of the transferee before obtaining possession. | May fail if transferee dies before condition is fulfilled. |
| 5. Transferability and Heritability | Transferable and heritable; devolves on legal heirs if transferee dies. | Not heritable; may be transferable but subject to fulfillment of the condition. |
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Charge and mortgage. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks) (Dec,18 – 3 Marks), (June,19- 3 marks)
Ans. Difference between Charge and mortgage
| Basis of Difference | Mortgage | Charge |
|---|---|---|
| 1. Nature of Interest | Transfer of an interest in specific immovable property by way of security. | No transfer of interest; only a right to payment out of specified property. |
| 2. Creation | Created only by act of parties through a mortgage deed. | Can be created by act of parties or operation of law. |
| 3. Documentation | Must be in writing, registered, and attested by two witnesses. | Need not be in writing; if written, no need for attestation or registration. |
| 4. Right to Foreclose | In certain types (e.g., mortgage by conditional sale), mortgagor has right to foreclose. | No right of foreclosure; charge-holder may only seek sale of property (like in simple mortgage). |
| 5. Effect on Transferee | Transferee of mortgaged property is bound by the mortgage. | Not enforceable against a transferee for value without notice. |
| 6. Personal Liability | May include personal liability of mortgagor. | Generally no personal liability; charge is against property only. |
Q. Distinguish between English mortgage and Mortgage by conditional sale. (June, 21 – 4 Marks) (Dec, 21 – 3 Marks)
Ans. An English mortgage looks like a mortgage by conditional sale but there are obvious differences between the two:
| Basis of Difference | English Mortgage | Mortgage by Conditional Sale |
|---|---|---|
| 1. Personal Liability | Mortgagor undertakes personal liability to repay the loan. | No personal covenant; mortgagee’s remedy is limited to the mortgaged property. |
| 2. Transfer of Ownership | Absolute transfer of ownership to the mortgagee, subject to retransfer on repayment. | Only a qualified ownership is transferred, which may become absolute on default. |
| 3. Nature of Ownership | Mortgagee becomes the absolute owner until debt is repaid. | Mortgagee gets a conditional ownership, becoming absolute only if mortgagor defaults. |
Q. Neelam had a property situated in Prayagraj. She was in urgent need of money for business purposes and therefore approached the creditor, showed her documents and borrowed money. She delivered the title deed in the city of Lucknow. Is this a valid mortgage ? Discuss in detail the requisites for this kind of mortgage. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The mortgaged referred to in the question is Mortgage by deposit of title deeds. This type of mortgage is called equitable mortgage in English law. In this transaction, a person delivers to the creditor or his agent documents of title of his immoveable property with an intention to create a security, and obtains a loan.
The requisites of such a mortgage are
a debt,
deposit of title deeds, and
an intention that the deeds shall be security for the debt.
In order that a valid mortgage on an immoveable property should be effected, it must be in writing and attested by two witnesses and the document must be registered. But in case of a mortgage by deposit of title deeds, it need not be registered and an oral agreement between the person and the creditor followed by the delivery of the documents of title to the property is enough. The creditor will have the possession of the documents and he will advance the money at the stipulated rate of interest. In case the mortgagor does not repay the loan, the creditor on the basis of having the title deeds in his possession can sue the debtor to recover the money. This type of mortgage has been recognized due to expediency. Many persons, especially the business people, may need money urgently and they cannot wait till a formal document is written, signed, attested and then registered. So, they will simply approach the creditor and hand over the title deeds of their property and borrow money. This avoids delay and other formalities for effecting a valid mortgage.
It should be noted that this type of mortgage can be created only in certain towns and not everywhere in India. By virtue of this case, it is clear that the facility to create a valid mortgage is available in the following towns in India: Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, Adoni, Ajmer, Allahabad, Alwar, Bangalore, Bellary, Cochin, Coimbatore, Delhi, Jaipur, Jodhpur, Kanpur, Rajahmundry, Udaipur, Vellore, Ellora, Pali, Bhilwara, Bikaner, Kakinada, Narayanganj, Mysore, and Madurai. Though this type of mortgage is limited to specific cities it is at par with any other legal mortgage (K.J. Nathan v. S.V. Maruthi Rao, A.I.R. 1965 S.C. 443).
Title deeds should be delivered in these areas, the property of the person may be situated elsewhere. If the deposit of title deeds has taken place in any other town, it will not be a valid mortgage. Similarly, if the property is situated in any one of the towns mentioned above, but the deposit of title deeds is made in other towns or areas then again it will not be a valid mortgage.
Neelam had a property situated in Prayagraj. She was in urgent need of money for business purposes and therefore approached the creditor, showed her documents and borrowed money. But she delivered the title deed in the city of Lucknow. This is not a valid mortgage by deposit of title deeds because title deeds should be delivered in the above-mentioned areas, the property of the person may be situated elsewhere. If the deposit of title deeds has taken place in any other town, it will not be a valid mortgage.
Q. X gives to Y property worth only `5,000 and adds a condition that Y should sell property for `75,000 and not below that amount, this condition will at once become invalid for no one will buy the property which is only worth `5,000 for `75,000 Similarly X gives property to Y worth `75,000 and stipulates that if Y wants to sell the property he should sell it to Z for `2,000. Decide with help of case law whether it is an absolute restraint under law relating to Transfer of Property Act, 1882. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 10 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 says that when property is transferred, the transferee should not be restrained absolutely from alienating the property. One may give property to another subject to a condition, but the condition should not be one which absolutely prevents the transferee from alienating the property. Such a condition, if provided is invalid.
In Trichinpoly Varthaga Sangum v. Shunmoga Sunderam, (1939) Madras 954, there was a partition between a Hindu father and his five sons. The deed of partition provided that if any one of the sons wanted to sell his share, he should not sell it to a stranger but to one of his brothers who should have the option to buy for a sum not exceeding `1,000. It was held by the Court that the condition absolutely prevented the son from selling the property to any one for good value. In this case the market value of the property of the son was far greater than `1,000. Hence, the condition was declared invalid and absolute restraint.
Coming to the factual matrix provided in the present case, the conditions stipulated therein are in the nature of absolute restraint under the provisions of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882.
Q. Rajan made a gift of a house to his son, Ravi, with the condition that if Ravi decides to sell the house during the lifetime of Rajan’s wife, she should have the option to purchase it for `10,000, even though the market value of the house is set at ` 10,00,000. Decide the validity of this transfer under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. Would your answer be the same if Rajan, instead of the above condition, imposed a condition that Ravi will not alienate the property outside the family ? When are absolute restraints valid ? (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 10 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882(Act) states that when property is transferred, the transferee should not be absolutely restrained from alienating the property. One may transfer property to another subject to a condition, but the condition should not be one which absolutely prevents the transferee from alienating the property. The transfer takes effect and is valid, while the condition to not alienate the property is void.
In the first case, based on the precedent set by Rosher v. Rosher and the principles under the Act, the condition that Rajan imposed on Ravi’s ability to sell the house shall be deemed invalid under the Act, as condition was an absolute restraint. However, the transfer shall be valid and the condition shall be void. It will be presumed that no condition was imposed by the Rajan.
Though absolute restraints are bad in law, partial restraints are valid. A partial restraint is a condition which partially takes away the right of the transferee to dispose of his interest in the property. Here, the right is not taken away completely. Therefore, in second case, conditions which restrain the transferee not to alienate the property outside the family is partial restrain and valid.
Exceptions:
There are two exceptions to the rule that absolute restraints are void:
In the case of a lease, the lessor can impose a condition that the lessee shall not sublet the property or sell his leasehold interest. Such conditions are valid.
The second exception is made in respect of a woman who is not a Hindu, Buddhist or Muslim.
In such a case, a condition to the effect that she shall not have power during her marriage to transfer the property is valid.
Q. A and B are litigating in a count of law over property X and during the pendency of the suit, A transfers the property X to C. The suit ends in B’s favour. Decide, who shall be entitled for property X under the provisions of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 ? (Dec,19- 4 marks)
or
Q. “Nothing new should be introduced in a pending litigation”, is a well-known concept of property law. Critically evaluate this concept.
Ans. Section 52 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 incorporates the doctrine of Lis pendens. It states that during the pendency of a suit in a Court of Law, property which is subject to the suit/ litigation cannot be transferred. When it is said that the property cannot be transferred what is meant in this context is that property may be transferred but this transfer is subject to the rights that are created by a Court’s decree.
In order to constitute a Lis pendens, the following elements must be present:
There must be a suit or proceeding in a Court of competent jurisdiction.
The suit or proceeding must not be collusive.
The litigation must be one in which right to immoveable property is directly and specifically in question.
There must be transfer of or otherwise dealing with the property in dispute by any party to the litigation.
Such transfer must effect the rights of the other party that may ultimately accrue under the terms of the decree or order.
In the given case, A and B are litigating in a Court of law over property X and during the pendency of the suit A transfers the property X to C. The suit ends in B?s favour. Here C who obtained the property during the time of litigation cannot claim the property. He is bound by the decree of the Court wherein B has been given the property.
Q. A and B are litigating in a Court of law over property X and during the pendency of the suit, A transfers the property X to C. The suit ends in B’s favour. Decide whether C can claim property from B. Give reasons for your answer. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The case is related to the doctrine of Lis pendens [Section 52 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882(T.P. Act)]. Lis means dispute, Lis pendens means a pending suit, action, petition, or the like. Section 52 of the T.P. Act incorporates the doctrine of Lis pendens. It states that during the pendency of a suit in a Court of Law, property that is subject to litigation cannot be transferred.
To constitute a Lis pendens, the following elements must be present-
There must be a suit or proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction.
The suit or proceeding must not be collusive.
The litigation must be one in which the right to immovable property is directly and specifically
in question.
There must be a transfer of or otherwise dealing with the property in dispute by any party to the litigation.
Such transfer must effect the rights of the other party that may ultimately accrue under the terms of the decree or order.
The rule is based on the doctrine of expediency i.e., the necessity for final adjudication. A plea of lis pendens will be allowed to be raised even though the point is not taken in the pleadings or raised as an issue.
When an application to sue in forma pauperis is admitted, the suit is pending from the time of presentation of the application to the Court but not if it is rejected.
A suit in foreign Court cannot operate as lis pendens. The doctrine of lis pendens does not apply to moveables. It is the essence of the rule that a right to immoveable property is directly and specifically in question in the suit. The doctrine is not applicable in favour of a third-party.
If the parties to the litigation, are completely prevented from transferring the property in litigation, it would cause unnecessary delay and hardship, as they would have to wait till the final disposal of the case. So, Section 53 creates a limitation over the transfer by making it subject to the result of the litigation. The effect of this doctrine is not to invalidate or avoid the transfer, or to prevent the vesting of title in the transfer, but to make it subject to the decision of the case, and the rule would operate even if the transferee pendente lite had no notice of the pending suit or proceeding at the time of the transfer.
In the given situation, A and B are litigating in a Court of law over property X and during the pendency of the suit A transfers the property X to C. The suit ends in B’s favour.
Here C who obtained the property during the time of litigation cannot claim the property. He is bound by the decree of the Court wherein B has been given the property. Section 52 lays down the Indian rule of Lis pendens being the legislative expression of the Maxim- “ut lite pendente nihil innovetur” ‘During litigation nothing new should be introduced’.
Q. Right conferred by section 53-A of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 is available to defend and to protect possession but does not create any title? Comment. (Dec, 20 – 3 Marks) or
Q, Ram, the owner of a land, entered into a contract for sale with Shyam. Shyam has paid the price and took the possession and is willing to carry out his contractual obligations. As registration has not been effected. Ram, the transferor, seeks to evict Shyam from the land. Can he do so ? Explain briefly with reference to the title of land. Or
Q. Discuss briefly the ‘doctrine of part-performance’, which is embodied in Section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882.
Ans. Following are the essential conditions for the operation of the doctrine of part- performance according to Section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882.
There must be a contract to transfer immoveable property.
It must be for consideration.
The contract should be in writing and signed by the transferor himself or on his behalf.
The terms necessary to constitute the transfer must be ascertainable with reasonable certainty from the contract itself.
The transferee should have taken the possession of the property in part performance of the contract. In case he is already in possession, he must have continued in possession in part performance of the contract and must have done something in furtherance of the contract.
The transferee must have fulfilled or be ready to fulfill his part of the obligation under the contract.
Section 53A does not confer any positive right on the transferee. It only prohibits exercise of the right of ownership in relation to the property in order to evict the transferee from the property because legal requirements have not been satisfied. However, the doctrine of part-performance will not affect the right of a subsequent transferee for consideration without notice of the earlier contract and of its being partly performed.
Q. A contract for the sale of land has been entered into between A and B. The transferee has paid the price entering into possession and is willing to carry out his contractual obligations. As registration has not been effected, A the transferor, seeks to evict B from the land. Can he do so ? Explain. (Dec,18- 4 marks)
Ans. No, B will not suffer simply because the formality of registration has not been through. The legislature grants some relief to such a transferee under Section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, which embodies the doctrine of part-performance.
Followings are the essential conditions for the operation of the doctrine of part- performance according to Section 53A.
There must be a contract to transfer immoveable property.
It must be for consideration.
The contract should be in writing and signed by the transferor himself or on his behalf.
The terms necessary to constitute the transfer must be ascertainable with reasonable certainty from the contract itself.
The transferee should have taken the possession of the property in part performance of the contract. In case he is already in possession, he must have continued in possession in part performance of the contract and must have done something in furtherance of the contract.
The transferee must have fulfilled or be ready to fulfill his part of the obligation under the contract.
If all the above mentioned conditions are satisfied, then the transferor and the persons claiming under him are debarred form exercising any right in relation to the property other than the rights expressly provided by the terms of the contract notwithstanding the fact that the instrument of transfer has not been registered or complete in the manner prescribed therefor by the law for time being in force
Q. A gifts ` one lakh to B, reserving right to take back ` ten thousand out of that at his desire with B’s assent. Decide the validity of this gift in the light of relevant provisions of law. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. This present problem relates to Transfer of Property Act, 1882. This involves an issue of validity of gift. In this case, A gifts to B ` one lakh but with B’s assent, he reserves the right to get back ` ten thousand out of the entire amount of ` one lakh.
Section 122 of the Transfer of Property Act defines “gift” as follows:
“Gift” is the transfer of certain existing moveable or immoveable property made voluntarily and without consideration by one person called the donor, to another called the donee and accepted by or on behalf of the donee.
One of the essential characteristic of a gift is that it cannot be revoked at the will and pleasure of the grantor. A revocable gift is one which may be revoked by the donor at any time. Its revocation would depend upon the mere will or pleasure of the donor. Such a gift is void. But on the other hand, if the condition is one which does not depend on the will or pleasure of the donor, the gift can be revoked on the happening of such condition.
Illustrations
A gives a lakh of rupees to B, reserving to himself with B’s assent the right to take back at leisure Rs. 10,000 out of one lakh. The gift holds goods as to Rs. 90,000 but is void as to Rs. 10,000 which continues to belong to A.
In view of the definition of gift contained under Section 122, the gift, in the case given in the question, holds good as to Rs. 90,000 but is void as to Rs. 10,000 which continue to belong to A. This is because, once a gift is made, it can’t be revoked at the will desire or pleasure of the Donor. Since the gift of Rs. 10,000 solely depend at the desire of A, hence void and gift for rest Rs. 90, 000 shall be enforceable under the law.
Q. Sachin made an unconditional gift of property to Amit but continued in possession of gifted property. Sachin revoked the gift deed transferred it to Naresh. Amit wants to recover possession from Naresh. Discuss it in the light of provisions of Transfer of Property Act, 1882 whether Naresh can withhold the gifted property? (June,19- 4 marks)
Ans. According to Section 122 of the Transfer of Property Act, once a gift is accepted by the donee/his legal representatives during life time of donor, the donor cannot revoke it.
One of the essential feature of gift is that it cannot be revoked at the will and pleasure of the grantor. A gift which comes into existence on the fulfilment of a condition, that is to say, a gift which is subject to a condition precedent is also valid.
But in this case, as gift is unconditional, therefore, after its acceptance, Sachin cannot revoke gift deed.
Applying section 41 of the Transfer of Property Act dealing with transfer by ostensible owner, in present case, Sachin (donor) is not ostensible owner as he is not holding the property with the consent of Amit (real owner). Therefore, Naresh (transferee), cannot, invoke the protection of Section 41. Amit would succeed in the case and Naresh cannot withhold the gifted property.
Old Syllabus
Q. Describe the essential conditions required for transfer for benefit of unborn person. (Dec,16- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Section 13 of the Transfer of Property Act lays down that where on a transfer of property, an interest therein is created for the benefit of a person not in existence at the date of transfer, subject to a prior interest created by the same transfer, the interest created for the benefit of such person shall not take effect unless it extends to the whole of the remaining interest of the transferor in the property. Thus if a property is given to an unborn person, two conditions should be satisfied:
it should be preceded by a life estate in favour of a living person, and
it should comprise the whole of the remaining interest of the transferor so that there can be no further interest in favour of others.
Q. Tarun has two properties, Property-X and Property-Y. He sells his Property-Y to Jolly and puts a condition that Jolly should not construct more than one storey on Property-Y so that Property-X, which he retains, shall have good light and free air. Whether the condition imposed by Tarun is 'valid' under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 ? Give reasons. (Dec,16- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. The Condition imposed by Mr. Tarun is valid under the provisions of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882.
Here Mr. Tarun has imposed condition for the benefit of another property ‘Y’, He Can do so. There are certain “restraints” that have been declared ‘Valid’ by the courts. Section 11 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 embodies a rule which is based on the principle that restraint on the enjoyment of the property is invalid. The section lays down that where land is transferred by one to another, the transferor should not impose conditions as to how and in what manner the transferee should enjoy the property.
Section 12 also makes the transfer void if a property is transferred to any person adding a condition that if such person becomes insolvent he ceases to hold that property. Such a condition is not recognised as valid in law. Again, this is subject to the exception that if a landlord leases his property he can impose a condition on the lessee that if the lessee becomes insolvent the lease should come to an end.
Thus, it is clear in this case that the condition which is imposed by Tarun is for the benefit of another property which he retains. Such a condition is valid.
Q. X has two properties, property ‘A’ and property ‘B’. He sells his property ‘A’ to Y and puts a condition that Y should not construct more than one storey on property ‘A’, so that property ‘B’, which he retains, shall have good light and free air. Ascertain, whether condition imposed by X is valid under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 ? (Dec, 19- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. The condition which is imposed by Mr. X is for the benefit of another property which he retains. Such a condition is valid as per provisions of section 11 of the Transfer of property Act, 1882.
Section 11 of the Transfer of property Act, 1882 provides that where any condition has been made in respect of one piece of immoveable property for the purpose of securing the beneficial enjoyment of another piece of such property then such condition is valid as per the provisions of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 without effecting the other rights of both the parties i.e. transferor and transferee.
In the given case the condition imposed by Mr X is valid under the provisions of the Transfer of property Act, 1882.
Q. Explain the meaning of 'Usufructuary Mortgage' as given under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. (Dec,17- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Section 58(d) of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 defines a "usufructuary mortgage" as “where the mortgagor delivers possession or expressly or by implication binds himself to deliver possession of the mortgaged property to the mortgagee, and authorises him to retain such possession until payment of the mortgage money, and to receive the rents and profits accruing from the property or any part of such rents and profits and to appropriate the same in lieu of interest, or in payment of the mortgage money, or partly in lieu of interest or partly in payment of the mortgage money, the transaction is called an usufractuary mortgage. It is also called a mortgage with possession.
Q. Differentiate between ‘Reversion’ and ‘Remainder’, under the law relating to the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. (Dec,18- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. A "reversion" is the residue of an original interest which is left after the grantor has granted the lessee a small estate. For example, A, the owner of a land may lease it to B for a period of five years. The person who grants the lease is the lessor and the person who takes the lease is called the lessee. Here, after the period of 5 years the lease will come to an end and the property reverts back to the lessor. The property which reverts back to him is called the reversion or the reversionary interest.
When the owner of the property grants a limited interest in favour of a person or persons and gives the remaining to others, it is called a "remainder". For instance, A the owner of a land transfers property to B for life and then to C absolutely. Here the interest in favour of B is a limited interest, i.e., it is only for life. So long as B is alive he enjoys the property. He has a limited right since he cannot sell away the property. His right is only to enjoy the property. If he sells this interest it will be valid so long as he is alive. So after B’s death the property will go to C; this type of limited interest is called a remainder.
Q. A transfers his property to B, worth rupees two lakh and by the same instrument asks B to transfer the property for rupees one lakh to C. If B does not accept the same, the property will revert to A. But before B exercises his option, A dies. Decide, whether C can claim the right in the given property. (Dec, 19- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Section 35 of the Transfer of Property Act deals with doctrine of election. The foundation of doctrine of election is that a person taking the benefit of an instrument must also bear the burden, and he must not take under and against the same instrument. Suppose, a property is given to you and in the same deed of gift you are asked to transfer something belonging to you to another person. If you want to take the property you should transfer your property to someone else, otherwise you cannot take the property which is transferred to you by someone.
In the given case, A dies before B has made his option, then the heirs of A have to compensate C from A’s property to the extent of rupees one lakh. Since B’s property worth rupees one lakh was intended by A to be transferred to C.
Q. Enumerate the properties which cannot be transferred under the provisions of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. (Jun, 16- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Section 6 of the Transfer of property Act, 1882 contains some exceptions to the general rule that property of any kind may be transferred. Consequently, the following properties cannot be transferred, namely:
The chance of an heir apparent succeeding to an estate, the chance of a relation obtaining a legacy on the death of a kinsman, or any other mere possibility of a like nature, cannot be transferred.
A mere right of re-entry for breach of a condition subsequent cannot be transferred to anyone except the owner of the property affected thereby.
An easement cannot be transferred apart from the dominant heritage.
All interest in property restricted in its enjoyment to the owner personally cannot be transferred by him.
A right to future maintenance in whatsoever manner arising, secured or determined, cannot be transferred.
A mere right to sue cannot be transferred.
A public office cannot be transferred nor can the salary of a public officer, whether before or after it has become payable.
Stipends allowed to military, naval, air force and civil pensioners of the Government and political pensions cannot be transferred.
Q. Distinguish between 'moveable property' and 'immoveable property'. (Jun, 16- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
The Transfer of Property Act does not define the term "moveable property". Therefore, it is to be defined with the help of other statutes. For e.g., it has been defined in the General Clauses Act, 1897 as to mean “property of every description except immoveable property”. The Registration Act defines "moveable property" to include property of every description excluding immoveable property but including standing timber, growing crops and grass.
Moveable property is sometimes regarded as immoveable property. This may happen when a thing of chattel is attached or embedded in earth. If the machinery is fixed on the land permanently then it becomes immoveable property, whereas if the machinery or engine or any other thing is fixed on a temporary basis, then it will be regarded as moveable property.
Immoveable Property
The term “immoveable property” is also not defined under the Transfer of Property Act. However, it is defined in the negative sense as “the immoveable property does not include standing timber, growing crops, or grass”. Standing timber are trees fit for use for building or repairing houses. This is an exception to the general rule that growing trees are immoveable property.
The General Clauses Act defines the term "immoveable property" but not exhaustively. It states: “immoveable property shall include land, benefits to arise out of land and things attached to the earth, or permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth”. The Indian Registration Act expressly includes under to immoveable property the benefits to arise out of land, hereditary allowances, rights of way, lights, ferries and fisheries.
Q. What do you understand by 'crystallisation of floating charge' under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 ? (Jun, 16- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Crystallisation of floating charge
Crystallization is the process by which a floating charge becomes a fixed charge. A floating charge becomes fixed or crystallises in the following cases:
When the money becomes payable under a condition in the debenture and the debenture holder, (i.e., the creditor) takes some steps to enforce the security;
When the company ceases to carry on business; and
When the company is being wound-up.
Q. "Every transfer of immoveable property made with intent to defeat or delay the creditors of the transferor shall be voidable at the option of any creditor so defeated or delayed, for which he may move to the court." Comment. (Jun, 16- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Where a person transfers his property so that his creditors shall not have anything out of the property, the transfer is called a fraudulent transfer. A debtor in order to defeat or delay the rights of a creditor may transfer his property to some person, who may be his relative or a friend. The law does not allow this. Section 53 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 embodies the principle. It states that “Every transfer of immoveable property made with intent to defeat or delay the creditors of the transferor shall be voidable at the option of any creditor so defeated or delayed.”
Thus, where an owner of the property contracts a debt and then transfers his property to someone so that the creditor cannot proceed against the property to realise his debt, such a transfer is voidable at the option of the creditor. The transfer is valid so long as the creditor does not challenge it in a Court of law and gets a declaration that the transfer is invalid. A suit instituted by a creditor to avoid a transfer on the ground that it has been made with intent to defeat or delay the creditors of the transfer or shall be instituted on behalf of, or for the benefit of all the creditors. Once the creditor sues the debtor and says that the debtor has the intention to deceive him, the transfer can be declared invalid by the Court. The creditor has to satisfy the Court that there was an intention on the part of the debtor to defeat his rights. If he does not prove this, then the creditor will fail and the transfer is valid. The question arises as to when we can say that the transferor has the necessary intention to defeat the claim of the creditor. This can be gathered from the surrounding circumstances.
Q. What is meant by 'onerous gift' ? (Jun, 16- 4 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Several things are transferred as a gift by single transaction. Whereas some of them are really beneficial, the others convey burdensome obligations. The result is that the benefit which it confers is more than counter balanced by the burden it places. For instance, A makes a gift of shares in the companies X and Y. X is prosperous but heavy calls are expected in respect of shares in Y company. The gift is onerous. The rule as laid down in Section 127 of Transfer of Property Act, 1882 is that the donee takes nothing by the gift unless he accepts it fully. Where the gift is in the form of two or more independent transfers to the same person of several things, the donee is at liberty to accept one of them and refuse the other.
Q. If the gift of an immoveable property is accepted but not registered, does it amount to a valid gift ? Give reasons. (Jun, 16- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. If the gift of an immoveable property is accepted but not registered , it has been held by the Courts that the gift is valid. While registration is a necessary formality for the enforcement of a gift of immoveable property, it does not suspend the gift until registration actually takes place. The donee in such a case can ask the donor to complete the gift by registration. Thus, the most essential thing for the validity of a gift is its acceptance. If the gift is accepted but not registered it is a valid gift. The Privy Council in Kalyan Sundram v. Kumarappa, A.I.R. 1925 P.C. 42, decided that after acceptance of the deed of gift and before registration, the donor cannot revoke the gift. The gift which is accepted by the donee, will take effect from the date of the execution of the document by the donor, even though it is registered at a later date.
Neither death nor the express revocation by the donor, is a ground for refusing registration, provided other conditions are complied with.
In a case where the donor dies before registration, the document may be presented for registration after his death and if registered it will have the same effect as registration in his life time. On registration the deed of gift operates as from the date of execution.
Q. Define the term ‘Puisne Mortgage’. (Jun, 18- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Where the mortgagor, having mortgaged his property, mortgages it to another person to secure another loan, the second mortgage is called a puisne mortgage.
For example, where A mortgages his house worth Rs. one lakh to B for Rs. 40,000 and mortgages the same house to C for a further sum of Rs. 30,000, the mortgage to B is first mortgage and that to C the second or puisne mortgage. C is the puisne mortgagee, and can recover the debt subject to the right of B, the first mortgagee, to recover his debt of Rs.40, 000 plus interest.
Q. A contract for the sale of land has been entered into between Vishal and Akash. Akash, the transferee, has paid the price entering into possession and is willing to carry out his contractual obligations. As registration has not been effected Vishal, the transferor, seeks to evict Akash from the land. Whether Vishal can do so ? Give reasons in support of your answer. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Followings are the essential conditions for the operation of the doctrine of part- performance according to Section 53A of the Transfer of Property Act.
There must be a contract to transfer immoveable property.
It must be for consideration.
The contract should be in writing and signed by the transferor himself or on his behalf.
The terms necessary to constitute the transfer must be ascertainable with reasonable certainty from the contract itself.
The transferee should have taken the possession of the property in part performance of the contract. In case he is already in possession, he must have continued in possession in part performance of the contract and must have done something in furtherance of the contract.
The transferee must have fulfilled or be ready to fulfil his part of the obligation under the contract.
If all the above mentioned conditions are satisfied, then, the transferor and the persons claiming under him are debarred form exercising any right in relation to the property other than the rights expressly provided by the terms of the contract notwithstanding the fact that the instrument of transfer has not been registered or complete in the manner prescribed therefor by the law for time being in force. It should be noted that Section 53A does not confer any positive right on the transferee. It only prohibits exercise of the right of ownership in relation to the property in order to evict the transferee from the property because legal requirements have not been satisfied.
In view of the above, Vishal (transferor) cannot evict Akash (transferee) from the land. Akash will not be allowed to suffer simply because the formality of registration has not been through. The legislature grants some relief to such a transferee under Section 53A, which embodies the doctrine of part-performance.
Q. Write in brief, about the doctrine of election as given under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. (Jun, 19- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Section 35 of the Transfer of Property Act deals with doctrine of election. Election may be defined as “the choosing between two rights where there is a clear intention that both were not intended to be enjoyed”. Suppose, a property is given to you and in the same deed of gift you are asked to transfer something belonging to you to another person. If you want to take the property you should transfer your property to someone else, otherwise you cannot take the property which is transferred to you by someone.
The foundation of doctrine of election is that a person taking the benefit of an instrument must also bear the burden, and he must not take under and against the same instrument. It is, therefore, a branch of a general rule that no one may approbate and reprobate (Copper v. Copper (1874) H.L. 53). However doctrine of election could not be applied to deprive a person of his statutory right to appear invoking extraordinary jurisdiction of the Supreme Court under Article 136, (PR Deshpande v. MB Haribatti (1995 (2) Scale 804 SC).
Q. Amit who is Hindu, provided in partition between him and his three sons in the partition deed that if any one of his sons wants to sell his share, he should not sell it to a stranger, rather he should sell it to his brother at Rs. 1000 only. Examine the validity of condition imposed in partition deed under provisions contained in Transfer of Property Act, 1882. (Dec, 23 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 10 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 provides that when property is transferred, the transferee should not be restrained absolutely from alienating the property. One may give property to another subject to a condition, but the condition should not be one which absolutely prevents the transferee from alienating the property Suppose, B gives property to A and his heirs adding a condition that if the property is alienated it should revert to B. This condition is invalid and the transferee can ignore such condition. The transfer takes effect and is valid, and the condition not to alienate the property is void
In the case of Trichinpoly Varthaga Sangum v. Shunmoga Sunderam, (1939) Madras 954, there was a partition between a Hindu father and his five sons. The deed of partition provided that if any one of the sons wanted to sell his share, he should not sell it to a stranger but to one of his brothers who should have the option to buy for a sum not exceeding Rs.1,000. It was held by the Court that the condition absolutely prevented the son from selling the property to any one for good value. In this case the market value of the property of the son was far greater than Rs.1,000. Hence, the condition was declared invalid.
Hence, condition imposed by Amit is invalid.
Q. Samantha is gifted a house by her father with the condition that she must transfer a paddy field to her sister. Is this transfer valid ? Explain as per provisions contained in Transfer of Property Act, 1882. (Dec, 23 - 3 Marks)
Ans. Yes, such transfer is valid as per Doctrine of Election.
Section 35 of the Transfer of Property Act deals with doctrine of election. Suppose, a property is given to you and in the same deed of gift you are asked to transfer something belonging to you to another person. If you want to take the property you should transfer your property to someone else, otherwise you cannot take the property which is transferred to you by someone. Election may be defined as “the choosing between two rights where there is a clear intention that both were not intended to be enjoyed”.
The foundation of doctrine of election is that a person taking the benefit of an instrument must also bear the burden, and he must not take under and against the same instrument. It is, therefore, a branch of a general rule that no one may approbate and reprobate.
Q. Distinguish between the following
(i) Actionable claim and Non-actionable claim.
(ii) Tenancy at will and Tenancy by sufferance (Dec, 23 – 3 Marks each)
Ans. (i)
Actionable Claim: “Actionable claim” is defined in Section 3 of the Transfer of Property Act as follows:
A claim to any debt, other than a debt secured by mortgage of immoveable property or by hypothecation or pledge of moveable property, or to any beneficial interest in moveable property not in the possession, either actual or constructive, of the claimant, which the Civil courts recognize as affording grounds for relief, whether such debt or beneficial interest be existent, accruing, conditional or contingent.
Non-Actionable Claim
Debentures are secured debts and therefore not regarded as actionable claims.
Copy right though a beneficial interest in immoveable property is not an actionable claim since the owner has actual or constructive possession of the same (Savitri Devi v. Dwarka Bhatya, (1939) All 305).
Again, an actionable claim includes a beneficial interest in the moveable property not in possession. Now, a benefit of a contract for the purchase of goods is a beneficial interest in moveable property.
Ans. (ii) Tenancy-at-will: Tenancy-at-will is a tenancy recognised by law. This comes into existence where a tenant holds over with the consent is let into occupation. If the tenant continues to be in possession after the expiration of tenancy and pays the rent to the landlord, the tenancy may be one from year to year or from month to month. During a period when the tenant is in possession after expiry of the period, if the tenant stays with the consent of the landlord till such time as further period is fixed or a fresh contract is made, the tenant is called a tenant-at-will. The landlord will decide for what further period shall the tenancy be given. ’A tenancy-at-will is implied when a person is in possession by the consent of the owner and is not held in view of any tenancy for a certain time. The tenancy-at-will does not mean that the landlord has to give a proper notice to quit. The tenant-at-will cannot sublet during that period because no valid contract for further extension in his favour has been made. The death of the landlord or tenant determines the tenancy, i.e., the tenancy comes to an end.
A tenancy by sufferance: This is a tenancy which is created by fiction of law. If a tenant continues to be in possession after the determination of the period of the lease without the consent of the landlord, he becomes a tenant by sufferance. A tenant-at-will is in possession with the consent of the landlord, whereas a tenant by sufferance is in possession without his permission after the term of the lease comes to an end. This type of tenant is not regarded as a trespasser because the tenant had in his favour a valid lease to start with. No notice is necessary to such a tenant for eviction. This tenant is not responsible for rent. He is liable to pay compensation for use and occupation of the land.
Q. A and B are litigating in a Court of law over property X and during the pendency of the suit, A transfers the property X to C. The suit ends in B’s favour. Decide whether C can claim property from B. Give reasons for your answer. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The case is related to the doctrine of Lis pendens [Section 52 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882(T.P. Act)]. Lis means dispute, Lis pendens means a pending suit, action, petition, or the like. Section 52 of the T.P. Act incorporates the doctrine of Lis pendens. It states that during the pendency of a suit in a Court of Law, property that is subject to litigation cannot be transferred.
To constitute a Lis pendens, the following elements must be present-
There must be a suit or proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction.
The suit or proceeding must not be collusive.
The litigation must be one in which the right to immovable property is directly and specifically in question.
There must be a transfer of or otherwise dealing with the property in dispute by any party to the litigation.
Such transfer must effect the rights of the other party that may ultimately accrue under the terms of the decree or order.
The rule is based on the doctrine of expediency i.e., the necessity for final adjudication. A plea of lis pendens will be allowed to be raised even though the point is not taken in the pleadings or raised as an issue.
When an application to sue in forma pauperis is admitted, the suit is pending from the time of presentation of the application to the Court but not if it is rejected.
A suit in foreign Court cannot operate as lis pendens. The doctrine of lis pendens does not apply to moveables. It is the essence of the rule that a right to immoveable property is directly and specifically in question in the suit. The doctrine is not applicable in favour of a third-party.
If the parties to the litigation, are completely prevented from transferring the property in litigation, it would cause unnecessary delay and hardship, as they would have to wait till the final disposal of the case. So, Section 53 creates a limitation over the transfer by making it subject to the result of the litigation. The effect of this doctrine is not to invalidate or avoid the transfer, or to prevent the vesting of title in the transfer, but to make it subject to the decision of the case, and the rule would operate even if the transferee pendente lite had no notice of the pending suit or proceeding at the time of the transfer.
In the given situation, A and B are litigating in a Court of law over property X and during the pendency of the suit A transfers the property X to C. The suit ends in B’s favour.
Here C who obtained the property during the time of litigation cannot claim the property. He is bound by the decree of the Court wherein B has been given the property. Section 52 lays down the Indian rule of Lis pendens being the legislative expression of the Maxim- “ut lite pendente nihil innovetur” ‘During litigation nothing new should be introduced’.
Q. Enumerate any four kind of properties which cannot be transferred under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. (June, 23 – 3 Marks)
Ans. Section 6 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 provides that property of any kind may be transferred, except as otherwise provided by this Act or by any other law for the time being in force:
The chance of an heir-apparent succeeding to an estate, the chance of a relation obtaining a legacy on the death of a kinsman, or any other mere possibility of a like nature, cannot be transferred.
A mere right of re-entry for breach of a condition subsequent cannot be transferred to anyone except the owner of the property affected thereby.
An easement cannot be transferred apart from the dominant heritage.
An interest in property restricted in its enjoyment to the owner personally cannot be transferred by him. (dd) A right to future maintenance, in whatsoever manner arising, secured or determined, cannot be transferred.
A mere right to sue cannot be transferred.
A public office cannot be transferred, nor can the salary of a public officer, whether before or after it has become payable.
Stipends allowed to military, naval, air-force and civil pensioners of the Government and political pensions cannot be transferred.
Q. Distinguish between the following:
Simple mortgage and Mortgage by conditional sale. (June, 23 -3 Marks)
Ans. In a simple mortgage, the mortgagor binds himself personally to pay the debt and agrees in the event of his failure to pay the mortgage money, the mortgagee shall have the right to cause the property to be applied so far as may be necessary by means of a decree for the sale of property. If the mortgaged property is not sufficient to discharge the debt, the mortgagee can bring a personal action against the mortgagor a obtain a decree which, like any other money decree, can be executed against other properties of the mortgagor. In simple mortgage, no right of possession or foreclosure is available to the mortgagee.
Mortgage by conditional sale the property is mortgaged with a condition super added that in the event of a failure by the debtor to repay the debt at the stipulated time, the transaction should be regarded a sale, and in case the loan is repaid at the stipulated time, the sale shall be invalid, or on condition that on such payment being made the buyer shall transfer the property to the seller.
Thus, for all practical purposes, this type of mortgage is ostensible sale of the mortgaged property with a condition for re-purchase by the mortgagor by repaying the loan.
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Submortgage and puisne mortgage. (Dec, 22 – 3 Marks)
Ans. Sub-mortgage : Where the mortgagee transfers by mortgage his interest in the mortgaged property, or creates a mortgage of a mortgage the transaction is known as a sub-mortgage. For example, where A mortgages his house to B for Rs. 10,000 and B mortgage his mortgagee right to C for Rs. 8,000. B creates a sub-mortgage.
Puisne mortgage : Where the mortgagor, having mortgaged his property, mortgages it to another person to secure another loan, the second mortgage is called a puisne mortgage. For example, where A mortgages his house worth Rs. one lakh to B for Rs.40,000 and mortgages the same house to C for a further sum of Rs.30,000, the mortgage to B is first mortgage and that to C the second or puisne mortgage. C is the puisne mortgagee, and can recover the debt subject to the right of B, the first mortgagee, to recover his debt of Rs.40,000 plus interest.
Q. Distinguish the following :
Reversion and Remainder under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 (June, 22 -3 Marks)
Ans. In English Law some interests in the property are called reversion and remainders. A “reversion” is the residue of an original interest which is left after the grantor has granted the lessee a small estate. For example, A, the owner of a land may lease it to B for a period of five years. The person who grants the lease is the lessor and the person who takes the lease is called the lessee. Here, after the period of 5 years the lease will come to an end and the property reverts back to the lessor. The property which reverts back to him is called the reversion or the interest. The grantor has a larger and an absolute interest out of which he carves out a smaller estate and gives to the grantee,
i.e. the lessee.
When the owner of the property grants a limited interest in favour of a person or persons and gives the remaining to others, it is called a “remainder”. For instance, A the owner of a land transfers property to B for life and then to C absolutely. Here the interest in favour of B is a limited interest, i.e., it is only for life. So long as A is alive he enjoys the property. He has a limited right since he cannot sell away the property. His right is only to enjoy the property. If he sells this interest it will be valid so long as he is alive. So after B’s death the property will go to C, interest is called a remainder. In the case of a “remainder”, the property will not come back to the owner, but it goes over to the other person.
Q. What do you mean by lease under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 ? Discuss the duties of the lessee ? (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
According to Section 105 under the Transfer of Property Act 1882 (Act), a “lease” of immoveable property is a transfer of a right to enjoy property. Since it is a transfer to enjoy and use the property, possession is always given to the transferee. The lease of immoveable property must be made for a certain period. For example, you may give a lease of property for a definite number of years, or for life, or even permanently.
The transferor is called the lessor, the transferee is called the lessee, the price is called premium and the money, share, service or any other thing of value to be so rendered is called the rent.
The lessee has the following duties:
Duty to Disclose Material Facts to the Lessor - The lessee is bound to disclose to the lessor any fact as to nature or extent of the interest that the lessee is about to take, of which the lessee is, and the lessor is not aware and which materially increases the value of such interest.
Duty to Pay Rent or Premium Promptly - The lessee is bound to pay or tender at the proper time and place, the premium or rent to the lessor or his agent in this behalf. We have already seen that in case the lessee does not pay the rent, he may incur forfeiture of the tenancy. The liability to pay the rent commences from the date the tenant is put into possession.
Duty to Use the Property Prudently and for Agreed Purpose - The next duty of the lessee is that he uses the property as a person of ordinary prudence would make use of. But he shall not permit another person to use the property for purposes other than that for which it was leased.
Duty Not to Cause Damage to the Property - He should not do any act which is destructive of or permanently injurious to the property.
Duty Not to Erect Permanent Structures Without Consent - The lessee must not, without the lessor’s consent, erect on the property any permanent structure except for agricultural purpose. If he wants to erect certain fixtures or chattel on the leased property, it must be done without causing any damage to the property. Before the termination of the lease, he can remove all the things attached to the earth. If permanent fixtures are to be made, the lessee must obtain the consent of the landlord.
Duty to Inform the Lessor of Legal Proceedings - If the lessee comes to know of any proceedings by way of suit to recover the property of the lessor, the lessee should immediately inform the lessor. Since, the tenant is in possession of the property he is the person who is not likely to know of any encroachment on the landlord’s property and he should therefore inform the landlord.
The lessee should hand over the property at the end of the lease.
Q. In the case Reliance Petrochemicals Limited V. Indian Express Newspapers, 1989 AIR 90 the Supreme Court observed that Article 21 includes the right to know. The Supreme Court held that the right to know is a necessary ingredient of participatory democracy. Elucidate the statement and explain the objectives of the Right to Information Act, 2005. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans: Right to Know – Reliance Petrochemicals Case & Constitutional Context
Case Overview:
In Reliance Petrochemicals Ltd. v. Indian Express Newspapers, the Supreme Court expanded Article 21 to include the right to know.
The Court observed that the right to know is essential for the functioning of a participatory democracy.
Interpretation of "Liberty" under Article 21:
The term “liberty” is not confined to freedom from physical restraint.
It includes rights necessary for personal development, such as:
Right to form opinions,
Right to sustain and nurture those opinions,
And hence, the right to receive information to support such opinions.
Link with Article 19(1)(a):
Freedom of speech and expression under Article 19(1)(a) includes:
Right to receive and impart information.
This is fundamental to expression, participation, and opinion-building.
However, Article 19(2) allows the State to impose reasonable restrictions in the interests of:
Sovereignty and integrity of India,
Public order, decency, morality, etc.
State's Obligation:
The State must not only respect Fundamental Rights but also create conditions under which citizens can meaningfully exercise them.
Importance of Information:
Information is foundational to exercising free speech.
It enhances awareness and removes vagueness in thought and decision-making.
Right to Information Act (RTI), 2005:
Considered a watershed moment in the evolution of the right to know.
It strengthens democracy by ensuring transparency, accountability, and autonomy of public institutions.
The Right to Information Act, 2005(the Act/RTI Act) confers on all citizens a right to information. The Act provides for setting out the practical regime of right to information for citizens to secure access to information held by public authorities to promote transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority.
In the case of Anjali Bhardwaj and Others Vs. Union of India and Others in Writ Petition (Civil) No. 436 of 2018 Judgement dated February 15, 2019, the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India in Paragraph 18, 19 and 68 observed that there is a definite link between right to information and good governance. In fact, the RTI Act itself lays emphasis on good governance and recognizes that it is one of the objectives which the said Act seeks to achieve.
The RTI Act would reveal that four major elements/ objectives required to ensure good governance are:
greater transparency in the functioning of public authorities;
informed citizenry for promotion of partnership between citizens and the Government in the decision-making process;
improvement in accountability and performance of the Government; and
reduction in corruption in the Government departments.
The right to information, therefore, is not only a constitutional right of the citizens but there is now a legislation in the form of RTI Act which provides a legal regime for people to exercise their fundamental right to information and to access information from public authorities. The very preamble of the Act captures the importance of this democratic right which reads as “democracy requires an informed citizenry and transparency of information which are vital to its functioning and also to contain corruption and to hold Governments and their instrumentalities accountable to the governed.”
This Act is enacted not only to sub-serve and ensure freedom of speech. On proper implementation, it has the potential to bring about good governance which is an integral part of any vibrant democracy. Attaining good governance is also one of the visions of the Constitution.
Q. In R. P. Ltd. Vs. Indian Express Newspapers, the Supreme Court read into Article 21 – the right to know. Discusss how right to know is related to Right to Information under The Right of Information Act, 2005. (June, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. In R.P. Limited v. Indian Express Newspapers (1989 AIR 90), the Supreme Court held that the right to know is implicit in Article 21 of the Constitution as a vital component of participatory democracy.
The Court observed that in a globalized world, the term "liberty" must be interpreted broadly—not just as freedom from physical restraint, but as encompassing the right to form, hold, and sustain opinions, which necessarily requires access to information.
This right to know evolved into a statutory right through the enactment of the Right to Information Act, 2005, which gives legal effect to the citizen's right to access information held by public authorities. The RTI Act promotes transparency, accountability, and good governance, thus reinforcing the fundamental values of democracy and liberty under Article 21.
Q. State any four obligations of Public Authority prescribed under Section 4(1)(b) of the Right to Information Act, 2005. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Every public authority under the Act has been entrusted with a duty to maintain records and publish manuals, rules, regulations, instructions, etc. in its possession as prescribed under the Act. [Section 4(1)(a) RTI Act, 2005]
As per Section 4(1)(b), every public authority has to publish the following within one hundred and twenty days of the enactment of this Act:
the particulars of its organization, functions and duties;
the powers and duties of its officers and employees;
the procedure followed in its decision making process, including channels of supervision and accountability;
the norms set by it for the discharge of its functions;
the rules, regulations, instructions, manuals and records used by its employees for discharging its functions;
a statement of the categories of the documents held by it or under its control;
the particulars of any arrangement that exists for consultation with, or representation by themembers of the public, in relation to the formulation of policy or implementation thereof;
statement of the boards, councils, committees and other bodies consisting of two or morepersons constituted by it. Additionally, information as to whether the meetings of these are open to the public, or the minutes of such meetings are accessible to the public;
a directory of its officers and employees;
the monthly remuneration received by each of its officers and employees, including the system of compensation as provided in its regulations;
the budget allocated to each of its agency, indicating the particulars of all plans, proposed expenditures and reports on disbursements made;
the manner of execution of subsidy programmes, including the amounts allocated and the details and beneficiaries of such programmes;
particulars of recipients of concessions, permits or authorizations granted by it;
details of the information available to, or held by it, reduced in an electronic form;
the particulars of facilities available to citizens for obtaining information, including the working hours of a library or reading room, if maintained for public use;
the names, designations and other particulars of the Public Information Officers.
Such other information as may be prescribed; and thereafter update the publications every year.
Q. Section 4 of the Right to Information Act, 2005 has entrusted certain obligations on the public authorities. Discuss any eight obligations. (Dec 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 4 of the Right to Information Act, 2005(RTI Act) makes it clear that every public authority under the RTI Act has been entrusted with a duty to maintain records and publish manuals, rules, regulations, instructions, etc. in its possession as prescribed under the Act.
Section 4(1) states that every public authority shall maintain all its records duly catalogued and indexed in a manner and the form which facilitates the right to information under RTI Act and ensure that all records that are appropriate to be computerised are, within a reasonable time and subject to availability of resources, computerised and connected through a network all over the country on different systems so that access to such records is facilitated.
As per Section 4(1)(b), every public authority has to publish within one hundred and twenty days of the enactment of this Act:
The particulars of its organization, functions and duties;
The powers and duties of its officers and employees;
The procedure followed in its decision making process, including channels of supervision and accountability;
The norms set by it for the discharge of its functions;
The rules, regulations, instructions, manuals and records used by its employees for discharging its functions;
A statement of the categories of the documents held by it or under its control;
The particulars of any arrangement that exists for consultation with, or representation by the members of the public, in relation to the formulation of policy or implementation thereof;
A statement of the boards, councils, committees and other bodies consisting of two or more persons constituted by it. Additionally, information as to whether the meetings of these are open to the public, or the minutes of such meetings are accessible to the public;
A directory of its officers and employees;
The monthly remuneration received by each of its officers and employees, including the system of compensation as provided in its regulations;
The budget allocated to each of its agency, indicating the particulars of all plans, proposed expenditures and reports on disbursements made;
The manner of execution of subsidy programmes, including the amounts allocated and the details and beneficiaries of such programmes;
Particulars of recipients of concessions, permits or authorizations granted by it;
Details of the information available to, or held by it, reduced in an electronic form;
The particulars of facilities available to citizens for obtaining information, including the working hours of a library or reading room, if maintained for public use;
The names, designations and other particulars of the Public Information Officers.
Such other information as may be prescribed;
and thereafter update the publications every year.
Q. Right to Information Act, 2005 specifies the manner in which requests may be made by a citizen to the authority for obtaining the information. Discuss. (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. According to section 6 of the Right to Information Act, 2005(the Act) a person, who desires to obtain any information under the Act shall make a request in writing or through electronic means in English or Hindi or in the official language of the area in which the application is being made, accompanying such fee as may be prescribed, to:
the Central Public Information Officer or State Public Information Officer, as the case may be, of the concerned public authority;
the Central Assistant Public Information Officer or State Assistant Public Information Officer, as the case may be, specifying the particulars of the information sought by him or her:
However, where such request cannot be made in writing, the Central Public Information Officer or State Public Information Officer, as the case may be, shall render all reasonable assistance to the person making the request orally to reduce the same in writing.
An applicant making request for information shall not be required to give any reason for requesting the information or any other personal details except those that may be necessary for contacting him.
Explain any four categories of ‘information’ which have been exempted from disclosure under the Right to Information Act, 2005. (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks) or
Q. A public authority received an RTI application demanding information about strategically placed troops and related information when the country was at war with one of its neighbouring countries. The authority denied its disclosure as it belonged to a category which was exempted under the Right to Information Act, 2005. Discuss whether the authority could deny such information with reference to the relevant provisions of the Act? (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Certain categories of information have been exempted from disclosure under the Right to Information Act, 2005 (Act). These are:
Disclosure prejudicially affecting: Where disclosure prejudicially affects the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security, strategic, scientific or economic interests of the State, relation with foreign State leads to incitement of an offence.
Expressly forbidden by Court or Tribunal: Information which have been expressly forbidden by Court or Tribunal or the disclosure of which may constitute contempt of court.
Breach of privilege of Parliament or State legislature: where disclosure would cause a breach of privilege of Parliament or State legislature.
Harming competitive position: Information including commercial confidence, trade secrets or intellectual property where disclosure would harm competitive position of a third party, or available to a person in his fiduciary relationship, unless larger public interest so warrants.
Confidence from a third party: Information received in confidence from a foreign government.
Disclosure endangering life or public safety- Information, the disclosure of which endangers life or physical safety of any person or identifies confidential source of information or assistance.
Impede the process of investigation or apprehension or prosecution: Information that would impede the process of investigation or apprehension or prosecution.
Cabinet papers: Cabinet papers including records of deliberations of the Council of Ministers,
Secretaries and other officers.
Personal information: Any personal information, the disclosure of which has no relationship to any public activity or interest, or which would cause unwarranted invasion of the privacy of the individual unless the Central Public Information Officer or the appellate authority, as the case may be, is satisfied that the larger public interest justifies the disclosure of such information.
Thus, the application demanding information from the public authority in case of a war or invasion, revealing or giving out information about strategically placed troops and related information, may be treated as information protected under section 8 of the Right to Information Act, 2005. Such disclosure may prejudicially affects the sovereignty and integrity of India.
In view of the above discussion, it may be said that the authority can deny such information with reference to the relevant provisions of the Act.
Q. State the types of information, other than those exempted information in Section 8, a public authority is not under an obligation to furnish to an applicant under Right to Information Act, 2005. (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 9 – Rejection of Request due to Copyright Infringement
Legal Provision - As per Section 9 of the RTI Act, 2005, a Central or State Public Information Officer may reject a request for information if it would involve infringement of copyright.
Limitation - This applies only when copyright subsists in a person other than the State.
Relation to Section 8 - Section 9 is applied without prejudice to Section 8, which deals with exemptions from disclosure on broader grounds like security, privacy, etc.
Authorities Excluded from RTI Act (Second Schedule & Notifications)
Central Intelligence and Security Agencies:
The RTI Act excludes specific intelligence and security agencies listed in the Second Schedule, such as:
IB (Intelligence Bureau)
R&AW (Research and Analysis Wing)
DRI (Directorate of Revenue Intelligence)
Enforcement Directorate
Narcotics Control Bureau
Aviation Research Centre
Special Frontier Force
BSF, CRPF, ITBP, CISF, NSG, Assam Rifles
Special Branches of Police (e.g., Andaman & Nicobar, Dadra & Nagar Haveli, Lakshadweep)
State-Specific Exclusions:
State Governments may also exclude agencies through official notifications.
Important Exception:
These exclusions are not absolute.
Even excluded organizations are obligated to provide information relating to allegations of corruption and human rights violations (as per Section 24 of RTI Act).
Q. Section 20 of the Right to Information Act, 2005 deals with the penalties imposed on a Public Information Officer (PIO). Explain. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 20 of the Right to Information Act, 2005 imposes stringent penalty on a Public Information Officer (PIO) for failing to provide information. Every PIO will be liable for fine of Rs.250 per day, up to a maximum of Rs.25,000/-, for –
not accepting an application;
delaying information release without reasonable cause;
malafidely denying information;
knowingly giving incomplete, incorrect, misleading information;
destroying information that has been requested; and
obstructing furnishing of information in any manner.
The Information Commission (IC) at the Centre and at the State levels will have the power to impose this penalty. They can also recommend disciplinary action for violation of the law against the PIO for persistently failing to provide information without any reasonable cause within the specified period.
Q. Discuss in brief the composition and the powers of Central Information Commission (CIC) given under the Right to Information Act, 2005. (Dec, 18 – 4 Marks)
Ans. As per Right to Information Act, 2005 the Central Information Commission is to be constituted by the Central Government through a Gazette Notification. The Central Information Commission consists of the Chief Information Commissioner and Central Information Commissioners not exceeding 10. The Chief Information Commissioner and Information Commissioners shall be persons of eminence in public life with wide knowledge and experience in law, science and technology, social service, management, journalism, mass media or administration and governance.
The Central Information Commission has a duty to receive complaints from any person —
who has not been able to submit an information request because a PIO has not been appointed;
who has been refused information that was requested;
who has received no response to his/her information request within the specified time limits;
who thinks the fees charged are unreasonable;
who thinks information given is incomplete or false or misleading; and
any other matter relating to obtaining information under this law.
If the Commission feels satisfied, an enquiry may be initiated and while initiating an enquiry the Commission has same powers as vested in a Civil Court.
Q. Discuss the term of office and conditions of service of Chief Information Commissioner and Information Commissioner under the Right to Information Act, 2005. (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 13 of the Right to Information Act, 2005 deals with term of office and conditions of service of Chief Information Commissioner and Information Commissioner as follows:
Term and Age Limit of Chief Information Commissioner - The Chief Information Commissioner shall hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Central Government and shall not be eligible for reappointment.
Provided that no Chief Information Commissioner shall hold office as such after he has attained the age of 65 years.
Term, Age Limit, and Reappointment Conditions of Information Commissioners - Every Information Commissioner shall hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Central Government or till he attains the age of 65 years, whichever is earlier, and shall not be eligible for reappointment as such Information Commissioner.
Provided that every Information Commissioner shall, on vacating his office under this sub-section be eligible for appointment as the Chief Information Commissioner in the manner specified in section 12(3).
Provided further that where the Information Commissioner is appointed as the Chief Information Commissioner, his term of office shall not be more than 5 years in aggregate as the Information Commissioner and the Chief Information Commissioner.
Oath or Affirmation Before Entering Office - The Chief Information Commissioner or an Information Commissioner shall before he enters upon his office make and subscribe before the President or some other person appointed by him in that behalf, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the First Schedule.
Resignation and Removal of Chief Information Commissioner or Information Commissioners - The Chief Information Commissioner or an Information Commissioner may, at any time, by writing under his hand addressed to the President, resign from his office:
Provided that the Chief Information Commissioner or an Information Commissioner may be removed in the manner specified under section 14.
Salaries, Allowances, and Service Conditions - The salaries and allowances payable to and other terms and conditions of service of the Chief Information Commissioner and the Information Commissioners shall be such as may be prescribed by the Central Government.
Provision of Staff and Support by Central Government - The Central Government shall provide the Chief Information Commissioner and the Information Commissioners with such officers and employees as may be necessary for the efficient performance of their functions under this Act, and the salaries and allowances payable to and the terms and conditions of service of the officers and other employees appointed for the purpose of this Act shall be such as may be prescribed.
Q. Sohan Singh, aged sixty-two, was working as an Information Commissioner. In the midst of his tenure, after serving one year as an Information Commissioner, he was appointed as the Chief Information Commissioner. Discuss in detail, whether he can be appointed as the Chief Information Commissioner, and explain the terms of office of the Central Information Commission under the Right to Information Act, 2005. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 13 of the Right to Information Act, 2005 deals with term of office and conditions of service of Chief Information Commissioner and Information Commissioner as follows:
Term and Age Limit of Chief Information Commissioner - The Chief Information Commissioner shall hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Central Government and shall not be eligible for reappointment.
Provided that no Chief Information Commissioner shall hold office as such after he has attained the age of 65 years.
Term, Age Limit, and Reappointment Conditions of Information Commissioners - Every Information Commissioner shall hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Central Government or till he attains the age of 65 years, whichever is earlier, and shall not be eligible for reappointment as such Information Commissioner.
Provided that every Information Commissioner shall, on vacating his office under this sub-section be eligible for appointment as the Chief Information Commissioner in the manner specified in section 12(3).
Provided further that where the Information Commissioner is appointed as the Chief Information Commissioner, his term of office shall not be more than 5 years in aggregate as the Information Commissioner and the Chief Information Commissioner.
Oath or Affirmation Before Entering Office - The Chief Information Commissioner or an Information Commissioner shall before he enters upon his office make and subscribe before the President or some other person appointed by him in that behalf, an oath or affirmation according to the form set out for the purpose in the First Schedule.
Resignation and Removal of Chief Information Commissioner or Information Commissioners - The Chief Information Commissioner or an Information Commissioner may, at any time, by writing under his hand addressed to the President, resign from his office:
Provided that the Chief Information Commissioner or an Information Commissioner may be removed in the manner specified under section 14.
Salaries, Allowances, and Service Conditions - The salaries and allowances payable to and other terms and conditions of service of the Chief Information Commissioner and the Information Commissioners shall be such as may be prescribed by the Central Government.
Provision of Staff and Support by Central Government - The Central Government shall provide the Chief Information Commissioner and the Information Commissioners with such officers and employees as may be necessary for the efficient performance of their functions under this Act, and the salaries and allowances payable to and the terms and conditions of service of the officers and other employees appointed for the purpose of this Act shall be such as may be prescribed.
In the given situation, Sohan Singh aged sixty-two who was working as Information Commissioner (IC) was appointed as the Chief Information Commissioner (CIC) in the midst of his tenure, after one year of his appointment as Information Commissioner. He is eligible for appointment as CIC under the second proviso to Section 13(2). However, since he has already served one year as Information Commissioner, and the aggregate tenure in both positions cannot exceed five years, his remaining tenure as CIC will be limited to 4 years. Moreover, as he is already sixty-two, he can serve only up to the age of sixty-five.
Q. What are the appellate authorities and time limit to file an appeal against the decision under the Right to Information Act, 2005? (June 23 - 4 marks) or
Explain the provisions for appeal under the Right to Information Act, 2005. (June, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 19 of the Right to Information Act, 2005(RTI Act) lays down two stages of appeal, the First Appeal is to be made to the appellate authority and the Second Appeal lies with the Central Information Commission or the State Information Commission. The appeals process under the RTI Act is aimed at redressing any grievance suffered by the Applicants in a quicker way.
First Appeal: Any person who, does not receive a decision within the time specified or is aggrieved by a decision of the Central Public Information Officer or State Public Information Officer, may within 30 (thirty) days from the expiry of such period or from the receipt of such a decision prefer an appeal to such officer who is senior in rank to the Central Public Information Officer or State Public Information Officer as the case may be, in each public authority.
Condonation in delay - However, such officer may admit the appeal after the expiry of the period of thirty days if he or she is satisfied that the appellant was prevented by sufficient cause from filing the appeal in time.
Further, where an appeal is preferred against an order made by a Central Public Information Officer or a State Public Information Officer, under section 11 of RTI Act to disclose third party information, the appeal by the concerned third party shall be made within 30 (thirty days) from the date of the order.
Second Appeal: A second appeal against the decision in First appeal as mentioned above shall lie within 90 (ninety) days from the date on which the decision should have been made or was actually received, with the Central Information Commission or the State Information Commission.
Condonation in delay - However, the Central Information Commission or the State Information Commission, may admit the appeal after the expiry of the period of 90 days if it is satisfied that the appellant was prevented by sufficient cause from filing the appeal in time.
Q. Explain the three fundamental provisions to which the Information Technology Act, 2000 is made applicable. (Dec 22 - 4 marks)
Ans. The Information Technology Act, 2000, was enacted to make, in the main, three kinds of provisions, as under:
Legal Recognition of Electronic Commerce - It provides legal recognition for transactions carried out by means of electronic data interchange and other means of electronic communication, usually referred to, as "electronic Commerce".
Facilitation of Electronic Filing with Government Agencies - It facilitates the electronic filing of documents with the Government agencies, (and also with the publication of rules etc., in the electronic form).
Amendments to Various Acts for Inclusion of Electronic Documentation - It amends the, Indian Penal Code, the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, the Bankers' Book Evidence Act, 1891, and the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, so as to bring in electronic documentation within the purview of the respective enactments.
Q. Discuss the documents or transactions to which the Information Technology Act, 2000 does not apply. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks) (Dec, 19 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Documents or Transactions to which the Information Technology Act shall not apply:
A negotiable instrument (other than a cheque) as defined in section 13 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881.
Power-of-attorney as defined in section 1A of the Powers-of-Attorney Act, 1882.
A trust as defined in section 3 of the Indian Trust Act, 1882.
A will as defined in clause (h) of section 2 of the Indian Succession Act, 1925, including any other testamentary disposition by whatever name called.
Any contract for the sale or conveyance of immovable property or any interest in such property.
Q. Discuss the types and importance of document or transactions mentioned in the first schedule of Information Technology Act, 2000. (Dec 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. First Schedule of the Information Technology Act, 2000(the Act) provides the list of documents or transactions to which the act shall not apply. The documents or transactions mentioned in first schedule and their importance are as under:
A negotiable instrument (other than a cheque) as defined in section 13 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 : Negotiable instruments are used for purposes of payment or credit and as security.
A power-of-attorney as defined in section 1A of the Powers-of-Attorney(POA) Act, 1882 : POA document is an extremely important part of estate planning. It is considered expedient and necessary to have someone else act for you when there is an advancement in the business and commerce transactions.
A trust as defined in section 3 of the Indian Trust Act, 1882 : A Trust is a relationship in which a person or entity holds a valid legal title to a certain property which is known as the Trust property. The Trust is bound by a fiduciary duty to exercise that legal title for the benefit of any one or more individuals or group of individuals or organisations, who are known as the Beneficiaries.
A will as defined in clause (h) of section 2 of the Indian Succession Act, 1925, including any other testamentary disposition by whatever name called : A Will helps in avoiding any lengthy processes and delay in the distribution of your assets. Having a Will eases the way for nominees/legal heirs to get easier access to assets of the deceased.
Any contract for the sale or conveyance of immovable property or any interest in such property : A Sale Deed is required to make sure that the buyer of the property has full ownership rights and can keep or sell it as they see fit. After executing the Sale Deed for a proper monetary price, the seller transfers entire legal ownership of the property.
Q. Explain ‘Digital Signature’ and ‘Electronic Signature’ under the Information Technology Act, 2000. (Dec, 18 - 4 marks)
Ans. “Digital Signature” - According to Section 2(1) (p) of the Information Technology Act, 2000, “Digital Signature” means authentication of any electronic record by a subscriber by means of an electronic method or procedure in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of the Information Technology Act, 2000.
Digital signature (i.e. authentication of an electronic record by a subscriber, by electronic means) is recognised as a valid method of authentication. The authentication is to be effected by the use of “asymmetric crypto system and hash function”, which envelop and transform electronic record into another electronic record.
“Electronic Signature” - According to Section 2(1) (ta) of the Information Technology Act, 2000, “Electronic Signature” means authentication of any electronic record by a subscriber by means of the electronic technique specified in the Second Schedule and includes digital signature.
Section 3A of the Information Technology Act, 2000 deals with electronic signature. A subscriber may authenticate any electronic record by such electronic signature or electronic authentication technique which is considered reliable; and may be specified in the Second Schedule.
Central Government may prescribe the procedure for the purpose of ascertaining whether electronic signature is that of the person by whom it is purported to have been affixed or authenticated.
Q. Define digital signature and electronic signature certificate. Elucidate the procedure for obtaining the electronic signature certificate. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. “Digital signature” means authentication of any electronic record by a subscriber by means of an electronic method or procedure in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of the Information and Technology Act 2000. [Section 2(1) (p)]
“Electronic Signature Certificate” means an Electronic Signature Certificate issued under section 35 and includes Digital Signature Certificate. [Section 2(1) (tb)]
Sections 35-39 of the Information and Technology Act deal with Electronic Signature Certificates. As per section 35 of the Act, certifying authority to issue electronic signature Certificates.
Following is the procedure for obtaining an electronic signature Certificate:
Application to Certifying Authority - Any person may apply in the prescribed form for an electronic signature certificate.
Payment of Prescribed Fees - The application must be accompanied by the prescribed fees.
Submission of Certification Practice Statement - The application must include a certification practice statement or a statement with required particulars as specified by regulations.
Grant or Rejection of Certificate
The Certifying Authority may grant or reject the application after due enquiry.
No application shall be rejected without giving the applicant a reasonable opportunity to be heard.
Q. Information Technology Act, 2000 provides legal framework for electronic governance by giving recognition to electronic records and digital signature. Often digital signature is considered as synonym of electronic signature under the Act. Is it correct to consider both as same? Discuss. (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. Digital Signature and Electronic Signature are not same as per the Information Technology Act, 2000. The differences between Electronic Signature and Digital Signature are as under:
|
|
|
|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Q. Discuss the provisions of Sections 14 and 15 of Information Technology Act, 2000, on secure electronic records. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. The Central Government under the Information Technology Act, 2000 may prescribe the security procedure for electronic records, having regard to the commercial circumstances prevailing at the time when the procedure is used (Section 16). When the security procedure has been applied to an electronic record at a specific point of time, then such record is deemed to be a secure electronic record, from such point of time to the time of verification. (Section 14)
An electronic signature shall be deemed to be a secure electronic signature if—
the signature creation data, at the time of affixing signature, was under the exclusive control of signatory and no other person; and
the signature creation data was stored and affixed in such exclusive manner as may be prescribed. (Section 15).
Q. List any eight (8) acts done without permission of the owner under the Information Technology Act, 2000 that makes a person liable to pay damages by way of compensation. (June 23 – 4 marks)
Ans. Section 43 of the Information Technology Act, 2000 provides the provisions relating to Penalty and compensation for damage to computer, computer system, etc. It states:
If any person without permission of the owner or any other person who is in charge of a computer, computer system or computer network:
Unauthorized Access to Computer or Network - accesses or secures access to such computer, computer system or computer network or computer resource;
Downloading or Extracting Data Illegally - downloads, copies or extracts any data, computer data base or information from such computer, computer system or computer network including information or data held or stored in any removable storage medium;
Introduction of Computer Contaminant or Virus - introduces or causes to be introduced any computer contaminant or computer virus into any computer, computer system or computer network;
Damage to Computer or Data - damages or causes to be damaged any computer, computer system or computer network, data, computer data base or any other programmes residing in such computer, computer system or computer network;
Disruption of Computer or Network - disrupts or causes disruption of any computer, computer system or computer network;
Denial of Authorized Access - denies or causes the denial of access to any person authorised to access any computer, computer system or computer network by any means;
Assisting Unauthorized Access - provides any assistance to any person to facilitate access to a computer, computer system or computer network in contravention of the provisions of the Information Technology Act, 2000 rules or regulations made thereunder;
Fraudulent Charging of Services - charges the services availed of by a person to the account of another person by tampering with or manipulating any computer, computer system, or computer network;
Destruction or Alteration of Information - destroys, deletes or alters any information residing in a computer resource or diminishes its value or utility or affects it injuriously by any means;
Tampering with Computer Source Code - steal, conceal, destroys or alters or causes any person to steal, conceal, destroy or alter any computer source code used for a computer resource with an intention to cause damage;
he shall be liable to pay damages by way of compensation to the person so affected.
Q. If any person dishonestly or fraudulently does any act under section 43 of Information Technology Act, 2000 without the permission of the owner or any other person, who is incharge of a computer, computer system network, he shall be punished. What is the punishment for this offence ? In brief, discuss the offences listed in The IT Act relating to computer and computer system network. (June, 19 - 4 marks each)
Ans. If any person, dishonestly or fraudulently, does any act referred to in Section 43 of the Information Technology Act, 2000, he shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years or with fine which may extend to five lakh rupees or with both. (Section 66 of the Information Technology Act, 2000)
The offences listed in the Information Technology Act, 2000 are as follows:
Dishonestly receiving stolen computer resource or communication device
Identity theft
Cheating by personation by using computer resource
Violation of privacy
Cyber terrorism
Publishing or transmitting of material containing sexually explicit act, etc., in electronic form
Publishing or transmitting of material depicting children in sexually explicit act, etc., in electronic form
Misrepresentation
Breach of confidentiality and privacy
Disclosure of information in breach of lawful contract
Publishing electronic signature Certificate false in certain particulars
Publication for fraudulent purpose.
Q. Elaborate the offences relating to computers and connected matters therein. (June, 21- 4 Marks)
Ans. Sections 65-78 of Chapter XI of the Information Technology Act, 2000 deal with offences relating to computers etc. and connected matters. These offences include:
Whoever knowingly or intentionally conceals, destroys or alters or intentionally or knowingly causes another to conceal, destroy, or alter any computer source code used for a computer, computer programme, computer system or computer network, when the computer source code is required to be kept or maintained by law for the time being in force, shall be punishable with imprisonment up to three years, or with fine which may extend up to two lakh rupees, or with both.
If any person, dishonestly or fraudulently, does any act referred to in section 43, he shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years or with fine which may extend to five lakh rupees or with both. (Section 66)
The offences listed in Information Technology Act, 2000 are as under:
Dishonestly receiving stolen computer resource or communication device
Identity theft
Cheating by personation by using computer resource
Violation of privacy
Cyber terrorism
Publishing or transmitting obscene material in electronic form
Publishing or transmitting of material containing sexually explicit act, etc., in electronic form
Publishing or transmitting of material depicting children in sexually explicit act, etc., in electronic form
Misrepresentation
Breach of confidentiality and privacy
Disclosure of information in breach of lawful contract
Publishing electronic signature Certificate false in certain particulars
Publication for fraudulent purpose.
Q. State the penalty provisions for failure to furnish information, return and to maintain records under the Information Technology Act, 2000. (June 23 - 4 marks)
Ans. Section 44 of the Information Technology Act, 2000 provides the provisions relating to Penalty for failure to furnish information, return, etc. It states:
If any person who is required under the Information Technology Act, 2000 or any rules or regulations made thereunder to:
furnish any document, return or report to the Controller or the Certifying Authority fails to furnish the same, he shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding 1 lakh and Rs. 50,000 for each such failure;
file any return or furnish any information, books or other documents within the time specified therefor in the regulations fails to file return or furnish the same within the time specified therefor in the regulations, he shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding Rs. 5,000 for every day during which such failure continues;
maintain books of account or records, fails to maintain the same, he shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding 10,000 Rs. for every day during which the failure continues.
|
|---|
Q. Discuss the liability of Corporate body for data protection under Information Technology Act, 2000. (Dec, 18 - 4 marks each)
Ans. As per Section 43A of the Information Technology Act, 2000, where a body corporate, possessing, dealing or handling any sensitive personal data or information in a computer resource which it owns, controls or operates, is negligent in implementing and maintaining reasonable security practices and procedures and thereby causes wrongful loss or wrongful gain to any person, such body corporate shall be liable to pay damages by way of compensation to the person so affected.
According to Section 46 of the Information Technology Act, 2000, an adjudication officer is to be appointed by the Central Government for adjudging whether any person has committed a contravention of the Act or of any rule, regulation, direction or order issued under the Act. He may impose penalty or award compensation in accordance with the provisions of the relevant section.
Q. What is the liability of network service provider for contravention of Information Technology Act, 2000 ? (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks) (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 2(1)(w) of the Information Technology Act, 2000 provides the definition of Intermediary. The Internet system depends, for its working, on network service providers- i.e. intermediaries. An “intermediary”, with respect to any particular electronic records, means any person who on behalf of another person receives, stores or transmits that record or provides any service with respect to that record and includes telecom service providers, network service providers, internet service providers, web-hosting service providers, search engines, online payment sites, online-auction sites, online-market places and cyber cafes.
In his capacity as an intermediary, a network service provider may have to handle matter which may contravene the Information Technology Act, 2000. To avoid such a consequence, the Act declares that no network service provider shall be liable "under Information Technology Act, 2000, rule or regulation made thereunder”, for any third party information or data made available by him, if he proves that the offence or contravention was committed without his knowledge or that he had exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission of such offence or contravention. (Section 79).
Q. Does Section 79 of Information Technology Act, 2000 as originally enacted deal with effect of other laws or not? Answer in light of recent decision by Supreme Court of India in the case of Google India Private Ltd. vs. Vishaka Industries and Ors. (2019). (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. According to section 79(1) of the Information Technology Act, 2000 an intermediary shall not be liable for any third-party information, data, or communication link made available or hosted by him. According to section 79(2)(c), the provisions of sub-section (1) shall apply if the intermediary observes due diligence while discharging his duties under this Act and also observes such other guidelines as the Central Government may prescribe in this behalf.
In the case of Google India Private Limited vs. Visakha Industries and Ors. (10.12.2019 - SC) the Supreme Court decided that Section 79 of Information Technology Act, 2000(the Act) as originally enacted, did not deal with the effect of other laws.
The Supreme Court inter alia decided that the finding by the High Court that in the case on hand, in spite of the complainant issuing notice, bringing it to the notice of the Appellant about the dissemination of defamatory matter on the part of the first Accused through the medium of Appellant, Appellant did not move its little finger to block the said material to stop dissemination and, therefore, cannot claim exemption Under Section 79 of the Act, as it originally stood, is afflicted with two flaws.
In the first place, the High Court itself has found that Section 79, as it originally was enacted, had nothing to do with offences with laws other than the Act. We have also found that Section 79, as originally enacted, did not deal with the effect of other laws. In short, since defamation is an offence Under Section 499 of the Indian Penal Code, Section 79, as it stood before substitution, had nothing to do with freeing of the Appellant from liability under the said provision.
In view of the above discussion, it can be said that Section 79 of Information Technology Act, 2000 as originally enacted does not deal with effect of other laws.
Q. Does Section 79 of Information Technology Act, 2000 as originally enacted deal with effect of other laws or not? Answer in light of recent decision by Supreme Court of India in the case of Google India Private Ltd. vs. Vishaka Industries and Ors. (2019). (Dec 23 - 5 marks)
Ans. According to section 79(1) of the Information Technology Act, 2000 an intermediary shall not be liable for any third-party information, data, or communication link made available or hosted by him. According to section 79(2)(c), the provisions of sub-section (1) shall apply if the intermediary observes due diligence while discharging his duties under this Act and also observes such other guidelines as the Central Government may prescribe in this behalf.
In the case of Google India Private Limited vs. Visakha Industries and Ors. (10.12.2019 - SC) the Supreme Court decided that Section 79 of Information Technology Act, 2000(the Act) as originally enacted, did not deal with the effect of other laws.
The Supreme Court inter alia decided that the finding by the High Court that in the case on hand, in spite of the complainant issuing notice, bringing it to the notice of the Appellant about the dissemination of defamatory matter on the part of the first Accused through the medium of Appellant, Appellant did not move its little finger to block the said material to stop dissemination and, therefore, cannot claim exemption Under Section 79 of the Act, as it originally stood, is afflicted with two flaws.
In the first place, the High Court itself has found that Section 79, as it originally was enacted, had nothing to do with offences with laws other than the Act. We have also found that Section 79, as originally enacted, did not deal with the effect of other laws. In short, since defamation is an offence Under Section 499 of the Indian Penal Code, Section 79, as it stood before substitution, had nothing to do with freeing of the Appellant from liability under the said provision.
In view of the above discussion, it can be said that Section 79 of Information Technology Act, 2000 as originally enacted does not deal with effect of other laws.
Q. What is the purpose of the Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023. What are the key provisions under Section 3 regarding the applicability and non-applicability of the Act to the processing of digital personal data ?
X, an individual, while blogging her views, has publicly made available her personal data on social media. Do the provisions of this Act apply on her ? (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. The purpose of Digital Personal Data Protection Act, 2023(Act) is to provide the law relating to the processing of digital personal data in a manner that recognises both the right of individuals to protect their personal data and the need to process such personal data for lawful purposes and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.
According to Section 3, subject to the provisions of this Act, it shall-
apply to the processing of digital personal data within the territory of India where the personal data is collected-
in digital form; or
in non-digital form and digitised subsequently;
also apply to processing of digital personal data outside the territory of India, if such processing is in connection with any activity related to offering of goods or services to Data Principals within the territory of India;
not apply to–
personal data processed by an individual for any personal or domestic purpose; and
personal data that is made or caused to be made publicly available by–
the Data Principal to whom such personal data relates; or
any other person who is under an obligation under any law for the time being in force in India to make such personal data publicly available.
X, an individual, while blogging her views, has publicly made available her personal data on social media. In such case, the provisions of this Act do not apply on her.
Q. “An information provider is a person, who provides information to a body corporate and, under these rules, has certain rights over sensitive personal information. Such information cannot be collected without the provider’s consent.” What restrictions do the Information Technology (Reasonable Security Practices and Procedures and Sensitive Personal Data or Information) Rules, 2011— commonly known as the SPDI Rules—place on body corporates to protect individuals’ privacy ? (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. An information provider is a person who provides information to the body corporate and under these rules, he has certain rights over the sensitive personal information, this information cannot be collected without the providers’ consent and he or she has the right to abstain from giving consent and can withdraw the consent by writing to the body corporate.
Privacy Policy
Rule 4 requires a body corporate to provide a privacy policy on their website, which is easily accessible, provides for the type and purpose of personal, sensitive personal information collected and used, and reasonable security practices and procedures.
Consent
Rule 5 requires that prior to the collection of sensitive personal data, the body corporate must obtain consent, either in writing or through fax regarding the purpose of usage before collection of such information.
Collection Limitation
Rule 5 (2) requires that a body corporate should only collect sensitive personal data if it is connected to a lawful purpose and is considered necessary for that purpose.
Notice
Rule 5(3) requires that while collecting information directly from an individual, the body corporate must provide the following information:
The fact that information is being collected
The purpose for which the information is being collected
The intended recipients of the information.
The name and address of the agency that is collecting the information
The name and address of the agency that will retain the information
Rule 5(4) requires that body corporate must retain sensitive personal data only for as long as it takes to fulfil the stated purpose or otherwise required under law.
Limitation Rule 5(5) requires that information must be used for the purpose that it was collected for.
Rule 5(6) requires a body corporate to provide individuals with the ability to review the information they have provided and access and correct their personal or sensitive personal information.
Rule 5(7) requires that the individual must be provided with the option of ‘opting out’ of providing data or information sought by the body corporate. Also, they must have the right to withdraw consent at any point of time.
Rule 5(9) requires that body corporate must designate a grievance officer for redressal of grievances, details of which must be posted on the body corporate’s website and grievances must be addressed within a month of receipt.
Rule 6 requires that body corporate must have consent before disclosing sensitive personal data to any third person or party, except in the case with Government agencies for the purpose of verification of identity, prevention, detection, investigation, on receipt of a written request. Also, the body corporate or any person on its behalf shall not publish the sensitive personal information and the third party receiving the sensitive personal information from body corporate or any person on its behalf shall not disclose it further.
Rule 7 requires that body corporate may transfer sensitive personal data into another jurisdiction only if the country ensures the same level of protection and may be allowed only if it is necessary for the performance of the lawful contract between the body corporate or any person on its behalf and provider of information or where such person has consented to data transfer.
Rule 8 requires that the body corporate must secure information in accordance with the ISO 27001 standard or any other best practices notified by Central Government, which must be audited annually or when the body corporate undertakes a significant up gradation of its process and computer resource.
Q. Consideration is one of the essential elements of a valid contract. The requirement of consideration stems from the policy of extending the arm of the law to the enforcement of mutual promises of parties. A mere promise is not enforceable at law. For example, if A promises to make a gift of ` 500 to B, and subsequently changes his mind, B cannot succeed against A for breach of promise, as B has not given anything in return. It is only when a promise is made for something in return from the promisee, that such promise can be enforced by law against the promisor. This something in return is the consideration for the promise.
The fundamental principle is that consideration is essential in every contract. The rules governing consideration may be summed up as follows :
Every simple contact must be supported by valuable consideration, otherwise it is formally void subject to some exceptions.
Consideration may be an act of abstinence or promise.
There must be mutuality i.e., each party must do or agree to do something. A gratuitous promise is not enforceable.
Consideration must be real, and not vague, indefinite, or illusory, e.g., a son’s promise
to ‘‘stop being a nuisance’’ to his father, being vague, is no consideration.
Although consideration must have some value, it need not be adequate i.e., a full return for the promise.
Consideration must be lawful, e.g., it must not be some illegal act such as paying someone to commit a crime. If the consideration is unlawful, the agreement is void.
Consideration must be something more than the promisee is already bound to do for the promisor. Thus, an agreement to perform an existing obligation made with the person to whom the obligation is already owed, is not made for consideration.
In view of the above details, answer the following questions with reasons :
Ram by a deed of gift made over certain property to her daughter Mira, directing her to pay an annuity to Ram’s brother Raj, as had been done by Ram himself before he gifted his property to Mira. On the same day, Mira executed in writing in favour of the donor’s brother agreeing to pay the annuity. Six months later Mira stops the payment and Raj files a civil suit. Mira claimed that because no consideration has moved from Raj to her, there is no binding contract between them. Discuss. (2 marks)
The general rule is that an agreement made without consideration is void. But Section 25 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, lays down certain exceptions which makes a promise without consideration valid and binding. Discuss. (2 marks)
Alex promises to donate ` 10,000 to a local animal shelter for their new facility. However, when the shelter requests the donation, Alex refuses to pay. Can the management of animal shelter take legal action against Alex to enforce his promise ? What would be your answer, if the management of the shelter home had initiated some work on the basis of such promise made. (2 marks)
D supplied tyres to a wholesaler X, on a condition that any retailer to whom X re- supplied the tyres, the retailer should promise X not to sell them to the public below Ds price list. X supplied tyres to F upon this condition only, but nevertheless F sold the tyres below Ds price list. Discuss the legality of the case, if D claims any damages from F. (2 marks)
The Indian Law recognizes three kinds of consideration but the English law recognizes only two. Discuss. (2 marks)
(Dec, 24 - 10 Marks)
Ans.
(i) Section 2(d) of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (Act) defines consideration. According to it “when at the desire of the promisor, the promisee or any other person has done or abstained from doing, or does or abstains from doing, or promises to do or to abstain from doing something, such act or abstinence or promise is called a consideration for the promise”.
The following observation can be made with regard to the question-
Consideration at the desire of the promisor: Section 2(d) of the Act begins with the statement that consideration must move at the desire or request of the promisor. This means that whatever is done must have been done at the desire of the promisor and not voluntarily or not at the desire of a third party.
Consideration may move from the promisee or any other person: In English law, consideration must move from the promisee, so that a stranger to the consideration cannot sue on the contract. But in Indian law, consideration may move from the promisee or any other person, so that a stranger to the consideration may maintain a suit.
The leading case on this judgement is the case of Chinnaya v. Ramaya (1882) 4 Mad. 137, where the court held that consideration moving from a third party is sufficient to enforce a contract.
In the given situation, Ram executed a deed of gift, transferring certain property to his daughter, Mira. He instructed her to pay an annuity to his brother Raj, just as Ram had been doing before gifting the property. On the same day, Mira signed a written agreement in favor of her uncle Raj, committing to pay the annuity.
Later on, Mira refused to honor her promise to pay Raj, claiming that no consideration had been provided to her by him.
According to Section 2(d) of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, consideration may come from the promisee or any other person, meaning that a third party can maintain a suit. Therefore, it can be concluded that Raj has the right to sue Mira, even though she did not receive any consideration directly from him. The consideration provided by Ram when he transferred the land to Mira is sufficient. Mira’s promise to pay Raj forms part of the consideration for the property she received.
(ii) The general rule is that an agreement made without consideration is void. But Section 25 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 lays down certain exceptions which make a promise without consideration valid and binding. Thus, an agreement without consideration is valid:
If it is expressed in writing and registered and is made out of natural love and affection between parties standing in a near relation to each other; or
If it is made to compensate a person who has already done something voluntarily for the promisor, or done something which the promisor was legally compellable to do; or
If it is a promise in writing and signed by the person to be charged therewith, or by his agent, to pay a debt barred by the law of limitation.
Nothing in section 25 shall affect the validity, as between the donor and donee, of any gift actually made.
An agreement to which the consent of the promisor is freely given is not void merely because the consideration is inadequate; but the inadequacy of the consideration may be taken into account by the Court in determining the question whether the consent of the promisor was freely given.
Alternate Answer
The general rule is that an agreement made without consideration is void. But Section 25 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 lays down certain exceptions which make a promise without consideration valid and binding. It states that an agreement made without consideration is void, unless–
it is expressed in writing and registered under the law for the time being in force for the registration of documents, and is made on account of natural love and affection between parties standing in a near relation to each other ; or unless
it is a promise to compensate, wholly or in part, a person who has already voluntarily done something for the promisor, or something which the promisor was legally compellable to do; or unless;
it is a promise, made in writing and signed by the person to be charged therewith, or by his agent generally or specially authorized in that behalf, to pay wholly or in part a debt of which the creditor might have enforced payment but for the law for the limitation of suits.
In any of these cases, such an agreement is a contract.
Nothing in this section shall affect the validity, as between the donor and donee, of any gift actually made.
An agreement to which the consent of the promisor is freely given is not void merely because the consideration is inadequate; but the inadequacy of the consideration may be taken into account by the Court in determining the question whether the consent of the promisor was freely given.
(iii) A gratuitous promise to subscribe to a charitable cause cannot be enforced, but if the promisee is put to some detriment as a result of his acting on the faith of the promise and the promisor knew the purpose and also knew that on the faith of the subscription an obligation might be incurred, the promisor would be bound by promise.
It may be noted that it is not necessary that the promisor should benefit by the consideration, it is sufficient if the promisee has done some act from which a third person is benefited and he would not have done that act but for the promise of the promisor.
The fundamental principle is that consideration is essential in every contract. Every contract must be supported by valuable consideration. Thus, a gratuitous promise as in the case of subscription for charity, is not enforceable.
In the given situation, the management of animal shelter would not be able to take legal action to enforce Alex’s promise to donate ` 10,000, as the promise is gratuitous and without consideration.
But if on the basis of the promise made by Alex to donate `10,000, the management of the shelter home had initiated some work, Alex would be liable if know the purpose and also know that on the faith of the subscription an obligation might be incurred. This is because the management undertook liability by initiating some work which they would not have done but for the promise of the promisor.
Alternate answer to above paragraph
But, if, based on Alex’s promise to donate `10,000, the management of the shelter home initiated some work, but Alex was unaware that an obligation might be incurred in reliance on his promise, he would not be held liable under the Indian Contract Act
(iv) A stranger to a contract cannot sue both under the English and Indian law for want of privity of contract. Accordingly, a person who is not a party to a contract cannot sue upon it even though the contract is for his benefit.
In the given situation D supplied tyres to a wholesaler X, on a condition that any retailer to whom X re-supplied the tyres should promise X, not to sell them to the public below D’s price list. X supplied tyres to F upon this condition only, but nevertheless F sold the tyres below the price list.
In the given situation, it can be seen that there was a contract between D and X and a contract between X and F. D cannot claim for damages in the given circumstances as only a party to the contract can claim it and he was not a partyto the contract between X and F. Secondly D had not given any consideration to F and therefore there was no binding contract between these parties and thirdly D was not listed as an agent within the contract and therefore could not be included as a valid third party who had rights to claim on the contract.
In view of the above discussion, it may be concluded that D will not be able to claim damages from F in the given circumstances.
(v) Consideration may be of three kinds:
Executory or future which means that it makes the form of promise to be performed in the future, e.g., an engagement to marry someone; or
Executed or present in which it is an act or forbearance made or suffered for a promise. In other words, the act constituting consideration is wholly or completely performed, e.g., if A pays today `100 to a shopkeeper for goods which are promised to be supplied the next day, A has executed his consideration but the shopkeeper is giving executory consideration-a promise to be executed the following day. If the price is paid by the buyer and the goods are delivered by the seller at the same time, consideration is executed by both the parties.
Past which means a past act or forbearance, that is to say, an act constituting consideration which took place and is complete (wholly executed) before the promise is made.
According to English law, a consideration may be executory or executed but never past. The English law is that past consideration is no consideration. The Indian law recognizes all the above three kinds of consideration.
Q. Ram employed in Mumbai promised to pay `8,000 per month to his wife Sunita. She was living in Delhi. On receiving information that she has become unfaithful to him, Ram stopped the payment of `8,000 to Sunita. Sunita approaches to file a case against Ram. Advise her with reference to the Indian Contract Act, 1872. (June,19- 4 marks)
Ans. According to section 2(h) of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, Contract is an agreement enforceable by law i.e. for an agreement to become a contract, there must be intention to create legal relationship.
In the present case, intention to create legal relationship is absent as this is a domestic arrangement between husband and wife. According to the Indian Contract Act, 1872, it does not make any difference whether the agreement is oral or in writing. So being domestic arrangement between husband and wife, it is presumed that intention to create legal relationship is absent in the present case and therefore, this agreement is not enforceable. Therefore, Sunita would not succeed in the present case. (Ref. Balfour
Balfour)
Q. In pandemic of Covid 19 a drug company made an offer by advertisement, a reward of `10,000 to anyone suffering from Covid after using their drug in prescribed manner. Mrs. Romila having taken the drug as per prescription could not be cured. She claimed for the money. Will she succeed? (June, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Yes, she will succeed. The problem is based on leading case of Carlill v. Carbolic Smoke Ball Co. wherein the company offered by advertisement a reward of 100£ to anyone who contacted influenza after using their smoke ball in the specified manner. Mrs. Carlill used smoke ball in the specified manner, but was infected by influenza. She claimed the reward and it was held that she could recover the reward as general offer can be accepted by anybody. Since his offer is of a continuing nature, more than one person can accept it and can even claim the reward.
Q. The ABZ company offered by an advertisement, a reward of `1,000 to anyone who contacted influenza after using smoke ball in the specified manner. Amita used the smoke ball in the specified manner, but was attacked by influenza. She filed the suit against ABZ company and claimed the reward. Decide whether the suit is maintainable. (Dec, 18- 4 marks)
Ans. The communication of the offer may be general or specific. Where an offer is made to a specific person it is called specific offer and it can be accepted only by that person. But when an offer is addressed to an uncertain body of individuals i.e. the world at large, it is a general offer and can be accepted by any member of the general public by fulfilling the condition laid down in the offer.
In the present case the suit is maintainable and Amita can claim the reward. Amita could recover the reward as general offer can be accepted by anybody.
Q. Avanti, took out motor car insurance from Healthy Trip Insurance Company. A cheque was issued under a contract of insurance of motorcar by the insured for the payment of premium of the policy. However, the cheque was dishonoured for want of funds in the account. Meanwhile the car met with an accident and badly damaged, killing the insured owner. The claim for insured amount was repudiated by the company.
Decide :
Whether the contract of insurance has been performed ? Analyse the provisions of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 in this respect ?
Whether the claim of the insured amount may be recovered from Healthy Trip Insurance Company ? (Dec,19- 4 marks)
Ans. The fact in given case are similar to the case of National Insurance Co. Ltd. vs. Seema Malhotra [2001(2) SCALE 140]. In this case the Supreme Court held that applying the principles envisaged under Section 51, 52 and 54 of Indian Contract Act, 1872 relating to reciprocal promises, insurer need not to perform his part of promise when the other party fails to perform his part and thus not liable to pay the insured amount.
When the insured fails to pay the premium promised, or when the cheque issued by him towards the premium is returned dishonoured by the bank concerned the insurer need not perform his part of the promise. The corollary is that the insured cannot claim performance from the insurer in such a situation. The contract of insurance therefore cannot be said to have been performed.
Therefore, the claim of the insured amount from the Healthy Trip Insurance Company can not be recovered.
Q. Amit’s son absconded. He sent Suresh, his servant in search of the boy. When Suresh had left, Amit, by hand bills, offered to pay `5,001 to anyone finding his son. Suresh found the son and after coming to know about the offer, claimed the amount. Examine the validity of claim raised by Suresh. (Dec, 20 – 4 Marks)
Ans. One of the cardinal principle of the Law of Contract is that an acceptance must be given within a reasonable time and before the offer lapses or is revoked. An offer becomes irrevocable by acceptance.
An acceptance never precedes an offer. There can be no acceptance of an offer which is not communicated. Similarly, performance of conditions of an offer without the knowledge of the specific offer, is no acceptance. Thus in Lalman Shukla v. Gauri Dutt (1913), where a servant brought the boy without knowing of the reward, he was held not entitled to reward because he did not know about the offer.
In this case Suresh had no knowledge of the offer, so he will fail to claim the same.
Q. A advertises in the newspaper that he will pay ` 1,000 to any one who brings to him his lost son. B without knowing of this reward finds A’s lost son and restore him to A. Can B claim for the reward under the provisions of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 ? (Dec,19- 4 marks)
Ans. According to Indian Contract Act, 1872, for a valid contract an acceptance never precedes an offer. There can be no acceptance of an offer which is not communicated. Similarly, performance of conditions of an offer without the knowledge of the specific offer, is no acceptance and therefore does not result in a contract.
Thus, as held in the case of Lalman Shukla v.Gauri Dutt (1913), where a servant brought the boy without knowing of the reward, he was held not entitled to reward because he did not know about the offer and therefore could not have accepted it.
In this given case since B did not know of the reward, he cannot claim it from A even though he finds A‘s lost son and brings him to A.
Q. F, for natural love and affection, promises to give her daughter D `1,00,000. But after some time F refuses to fullfil his promise. Advice D what she should do ? (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Present problem relates to section 25 of the Contract Act, 1872, which lays a general rule that an agreement made without consideration is void. Section 25 also lays down exception to this rule which read as if an agreement is expressed in writing and registered and is made out of natural love and affection between parties standing in a near relation of each other, the agreement is valid and enforceable and requires no consideration.
Though in the present problem F promises to give her daughter `1,00,000 out of natural love and affection and the parties are standing in near relation to each other but his promise is not in writing and registered, so daughter D is not entitled to get the promise by her father enforced i.e. Oral promise without consideration is not legally enforceable under the given exception, so it is advised to D that she is not entitled to get the promise of her father enforced in the court of law.
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Contract of Indemnity and Guarantee (Dec,18- 3 marks) (Dec, 21- 4 Marks)
Ans. A contract of indemnity differs from a contract of guarantee in the following ways:
| Basis of Difference | Contract of Indemnity | Contract of Guarantee |
|---|---|---|
| Number of Parties | Involves two parties: the indemnifier and the indemnified. | Involves three parties: the surety, principal debtor, and the creditor. |
| Nature of Liability | Liability of the indemnifier is primary. | Liability of the surety is secondary, and arises only on default of principal debtor. |
| Request for Contract | Indemnifier need not act at the request of the debtor. | Surety gives the guarantee at the request of the principal debtor. |
| Existence of Debt | There is no existing debt; only a contingent loss is covered. | There is an existing debt or duty to be performed by the principal debtor. |
| Right after Payment | Indemnifier cannot sue third parties directly (must sue in name of indemnified). | Surety, after paying, can sue the principal debtor in his own right. |
Q. A puts M as apprentice to B, and gives a guarantee to B for his fidelity. B promises on his part that he will, at least once a month, see M make up the cash. B omits to see this done as promised and M embezzles. State whether A is liable to B under the Indian Contract Act, 1872? (June, 21 – 3 Marks)
Ans. According to Section 139 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, if the creditor does any act which is against the rights of the surety, or omits to do an act which his duty to the surety requires him to do, and the eventual remedy of the surety himself against the principal debtor is thereby impaired, the surety is discharged.
A puts M as apprentice to B, and gives a guarantee to B for M’s fidelity. B promises on his part that he will, at least once a month, see M make up the cash. B omits to see this done as promised, and M embezzles.
In the instant case B (creditor), himself fails to fulfil his duty to check M once in a month making up cash. So, he being at fault can’t held A (surety) liable for embezzlement by M (principal debtor). A (being surety) is not liable to B (being creditor) under the Indian Contract Act, 1872.
Q. Discuss the concept of ignorantia juris non excusat. (Dec, 16- 5 marks, old Syllabus)
Ans. Mistakes are of two kinds: (i) mistake of law, and (ii) mistake of fact. If there is a mistake of law of the land, the contract is binding because everyone is deemed to have knowledge of law of the land and ignorance of law is no excuse (ignorantia juris non excusat).
But mistake of foreign law and mistake of private rights are treated as mistakes of fact and are excusable.
The law of a foreign country is to be proved in Indian Courts as ordinary facts. So mistake of foreign law makes the contract void. Similarly, if a contract is made in ignorance of private right of a party, it would be void, e.g., where A buys property which already belongs to him.
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Contract of service and Contract for service (June,19 - 3 marks)
Ans.
| Basis of Distinction | Contract of Service | Contract for Service |
|---|---|---|
| Nature of Relationship | Involves the relationship of master and servant. | Involves a relationship of principal and independent contractor. |
| Control | The employer has the right to control not just what work is done, but how it is done. | The employer can only control what is to be done, not how it is to be done. |
| Obligation to Obey Orders | The employee is under an obligation to obey orders regarding the manner and mode of work. | There is no such obligation; the contractor uses own discretion and skills. |
| Skill and Expertise | Skill may or may not be essential; emphasis is on obedience and control. | Requires professional or technical skill and independent judgment. |
| Examples | Employment contracts (e.g., regular job). | Contracts with lawyers, consultants, doctors, or freelancers. |
Q. No consideration, no contract; subject to certain exceptions." Explain briefly. (Dec,15 - 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. The general rule is that an agreement made without consideration is void. But Section 25 of the Indian Contract Act lays down certain exceptions which make a promise without consideration valid and binding.
Thus, an agreement without consideration is valid under the followings:
Agreement Made Out of Natural Love and Affection - If it is expressed in writing and registered and is made out of natural love and affection between parties standing in a near relation to each other; or
Agreement to Compensate for Past Voluntary Services - If it is made to compensate a person who has already done something voluntarily for the promisor, or done something which the promisor was legally compellable to do; or
Promise to Pay a Time-Barred Debt - If it is a promise in writing and signed by the person to be charged therewith, or by his agent, to pay a debt barred by the law of limitation.
The requirements in the above exceptions are noteworthy. The first one requires written and registered promise. The second may be oral or in writing and the third must be in writing.
Q. What is meant by 'privity of contract' ? Discuss briefly the exceptions to privity of contract. (Dec,15- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. A contract is entered into by two or more persons, thereby creating rights and obligations for them. It is a party to the contract only who can enforce his rights as against the other party. The doctrine of privity in the common law of contract provides that a contract cannot confer rights or impose obligations arising under it on any person or agent except the parties to it. Privity is the legal term for a close, mutual, or successive relationship to the same right of property or the power to enforce a promise or warranty.
A stranger to a contract cannot sue both under the English and Indian law for want of privity of contract. Both the Indian law and the English law recognize certain exceptions to the rule that a stranger to a contract cannot sue on the contract.
In the following cases, a person who is not a party to a contract can enforce the contract:
Beneficiary under a Trust Agreement
A beneficiary under an agreement to create a trust can sue upon the
agreement, though not a party to it, for the enforcement of the trust so
as to get the trust executed for his benefit.
📌 Case Law: In Khawaja Muhammad v. Hussaini
Begum, (1910) 32 All. 410, it was held that where a Mohammedan
lady sued her father-in-law to recover arrears of allowance payable
under an agreement between him and her father in consideration of her
marriage, she could enforce the promise as a beneficiary.
b) Assignee under Assignment or by Operation of
Law
An assignee under an assignment made by the parties, or by operation of
law (e.g. in case of death or insolvency), can sue upon the contract for
the enforcement of his rights.
❌ Exception: A mere nominee cannot sue, as he
is not an assignee in law (e.g., nominee in a life insurance
policy).
c) Female Members in Family Settlements
In family arrangements between male members of a Hindu family, which
provide for the maintenance or marriage expenses of female members, the
female members, though not parties, have beneficial
rights and can sue to enforce the settlement.
d) Acknowledgement of Liability
When a person (e.g. A) receives money from B to pay C, and
acknowledges receipt to C, A becomes an agent
of C, and C can sue A to enforce the liability.
e) Estoppel by Conduct
If a promisor by his conduct leads a third party to
believe in a promise and acts upon it, the promisor is
estopped from denying liability. The third party,
though not a party to the original contract, may sue the promisor.
f) Charge Created for Benefit of Third Party
When a person makes a promise in favor of a third party and
creates a charge on certain immovable property for the
same, the third party can enforce the promise, even
though he is a stranger to the contract.
Q. X and Y are husband and wife, respectively. X, by a registered document, after referring to quarrels and disagreement between himself and his wife Y, promised to pay his wife, a sum of money for her maintenance and separate residence. Whether this document is a contract enforceable by law ? Give reasons with reference to decided case law, if any. (Dec, 15- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. The general rule is that an agreement made without consideration is void. But Section 25 of the Indian Contract Act lays down certain exceptions which make a promise without consideration valid and binding.
Thus, an agreement without consideration is valid:
If it is expressed in writing and registered and is made out of natural love and affection between parties standing in a near relation to each other; or
If it is made to compensate a person who has already done something voluntarily for the promisor, or done something which the promisor was legally compellable to do; or
If it is a promise in writing and signed by the person to be charged therewith, or by his agent, to pay a debt barred by the law of limitation.
The requirements in the above exceptions are noteworthy. The first one requires written and registered promise. The second may be oral or in writing and the third must be in writing.
In the case of Rajluckhy Deb v. Bhootnath (1900) 4 C.W.N. 488 where a husband by a registered document, after referring to quarrels and disagreement between himself and his wife, promised to pay his wife a sum of money for her maintenance and separate residence, it was held that the promise was unenforceable, as it was not made for love and affection.
Hence contract executed by Mr. X in favour of Mrs. Y is not enforceable by law.
Q. State the difference in rules of making offer and acceptance when the mode of making the same varies from post to telephone and e-mail as governed by the Information Technology Act, 2000. (Dec, 15- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Contracts by Post
An offer by post may be accepted by post, unless the offeror indicates anything to the contrary.
An offer is made only when it actually reaches the offeree and not before, i.e., when the letter containing the offer is delivered to the offeree.
An acceptance is made to offeror correct address; it binds the offeror, but not the acceptor.
An offer may be revoked before the letter containing the acceptance is posted. An acceptance can be revoked before it reaches the offeror.
Contracts over the telephone are regarded the same in principle as those negotiated by the parties in the actual presence of each other. In both cases an oral offer is made and an oral acceptance is expected. It is important that the acceptance must be audible, heard and understood by the offeror. If during the conversation the telephone lines go “dead” and the offeror does not hear the offerees word of acceptance, there is no contract at the moment. If the whole conversation is repeated and the offeror hears and understands the words of acceptance, the contract is complete [Kanhaiyalal v. Dineshwarchandra (1959)] AIR, M.P. 234. AIR, M.P. 234.
Attribution of electronic records
An electronic record shall be attributed to the originator—
if it was sent by the originator himself;
by a person who had the authority to act on behalf of the originator in respect of that electronic record; or
by an information system programmed by or on behalf of the originator to operate automatically.
Acknowledgment of receipt
Where the originator has not agreed with the addressee that the acknowledgment of receipt of electronic record be given in a particular form or by a particular method, an acknowledgment may be given by—
any communication by the addressee, automated or otherwise; or
any conduct of the addressee, sufficient to indicate to the originator that the electronic record has been received.
Where the originator has stipulated that the electronic record shall be binding only on receipt of an acknowledgment of such electronic record by him, then unless acknowledgment has been so received, the electronic record shall be deemed to have been never sent by the originator.
Where the originator has not stipulated that the electronic record shall be binding only on receipt of such acknowledgment, and the acknowledgment has not been received by the originator within the time specified or agreed or, if no time has been specified or agreed to within a reasonable time, then the originator may give notice to the addressee stating that no acknowledgment has been received by him and specifying a reasonable time by which the acknowledgment must be received by him and if no acknowledgment is received within the aforesaid time limit he may after giving notice to the addressee, treat the electronic record as though it has never been sent.
Q. A young boy ran away from his father's home. His father issued a pamphlet offering a reward of `5 lakh to anybody who would bring the boy home. Arun saw the boy at a railway station and sent an e-mail to the boy's father.
Is Arun entitled for reward ?
In the light of the above case, explain the rules governing offer.
(Dec, 16- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. It was an offer open to the world at large and was capable to acceptance by any person who fulfilled the conditions contained in the offer. The plaintiff substantially performed the conditions and was entitled to the reward offered.
A valid offer must comply with the following rules:
Offer must be clear, definite, complete and not vague - An offer must be clear, definite, complete and final. It must not be vague. For example, a promise to pay an increased price for a horse if it proves lucky to promisor, is too vague and is not binding.
Offer must be communicated to the offeree - An offer must be communicated to the offeree. An offer becomes effective only when it has been communicated to the offeree so as to give him an opportunity to accept or reject the same.
Communication of offer may be express or implied - The communication of an offer may be made by express words-oral or written or it may be implied by conduct. A offers his car to B for Rs. 10,000. It is an express offer. A bus plying on a definite route goes along the street. This is an implied offer on the part of the owners of the bus to carry passengers at the scheduled fares for the various stages.
Offer may be general or specific - The communication of the offer may be general or specific. Where an offer is made to a specific person it is called specific offer and it can be accepted only by that person. But when an offer is addressed to an uncertain body of individuals i.e. the world at large, it is a general offer and can be accepted by any member of the general public by fulfilling the condition laid down in the offer. The leading case on the subject is Carlill v. Carbolic Smoke Ball Co.
Q. A agreed to supply B certain goods to be produced from Indonesia. The goods could not be produced due to riots and civil disturbances in Indonesia. Decide, whether the non-performance of the contract may be excused ? (Dec, 17- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. The problem is related to the discharge of contract due to supervening impossibility. Ordinarily when a person undertakes to do something, he must do it unless its performance becomes absolutely impossible due to any of the circumstances given under section 56 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872.
A Contract is not discharged by the mere fact that it has become more difficult of performance due to some uncontemplated events or delays, strikes, lack outs and civil disturbances like riots do not terminate contracts, unless there is a clause especially in the contract providing non-performance in such cases. The instance problem is related to events of strikes, lock out and civil disturbances which do not discharge a contract because the parties to the contract have not specifically agreed in this regard at the time of formation of the contract. As per the agreement the goods could not be produced due to riots and civil disturbances in Indonesia. Hence there is no excuse for non-performance of the contract.
Q. A undertook to sell a plot of land to B but before the plot could be developed, war broke out and the land was temporarily requisitioned by the Government. A offered to return earnest money to B in cancellation of the contract. B did not accept and sued A for specific performance. A pleaded discharge by frustration. Decide and provide for your conclusions. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ansr:
Relevant Provision: Section 56 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872
This section deals with contracts that become impossible to perform after their formation.
Para 2 of Section 56 states: “A contract to do an act which after the contract is made becomes impossible, or by reason of some event which the promisor could not prevent, becomes unlawful, becomes void when the act becomes impossible or unlawful.”
What is Frustration of Contract?
The doctrine of frustration applies when an unforeseen event occurs after the formation of the contract that renders the performance physically or legally impossible, or defeats the entire purpose of the contract.
However, commercial difficulty, delays, temporary obstructions, or governmental orders of a short duration do not qualify as frustration unless they strike at the root of the contract.
Case Law: Satyabrata Ghose v. Mugneeram Bangur & Co. (AIR 1954 SC 44)
In this landmark case, it was held that temporary requisition of land by the government does not render a contract void on grounds of impossibility or frustration, unless:
The purpose of the contract is permanently defeated, and
The performance becomes entirely impracticable in law or in fact.
The Supreme Court clarified that impossibility does not mean literal impossibility, but practical impossibility that defeats the core objective of the agreement.
Application to the Given Problem:
In the given scenario, A undertook to sell a plot to B.
Due to war, the government temporarily requisitioned the land.
A tried to cancel the contract and return the earnest money, citing frustration.
But the requisition was temporary and there was no specific time limit for development or completion of sale.
Hence, the performance was delayed, not permanently prevented.
Conclusion:
As per the precedent laid down in Satyabrata Ghose, temporary requisition does not frustrate the contract.
Therefore, A’s plea of frustration fails.
B is entitled to sue for specific performance, and the contract remains valid and enforceable.
Q. Mr. X in consideration that Mr. Y will employ Mr. Z in collecting the rent of Zamindari, promises to Mr. B to be responsible to the amount of ` 10,000 for the due collection and payment by Mr. Z of these rents. Decide, whether it is a contract of guarantee ? Which type of guarantee it is ? When such guarantee may be revoked. (Dec, 17- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. The problem is related to the contract of guarantee. A contract of guarantee is a contract to perform the promise, or discharge the liability of a third person in case of his default. The person who gives the guarantee is called the Surety, the person for whom the guarantee is given is called the Principal Debtor, and the person to whom the guarantee is given is called the Creditor. A guarantee may be either oral or written, although in the English law, it must be in writing.
Section 129 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 lays down the meaning of continuing guarantee. A continuing guarantee is one which extends to a series of transactions. The liability of surety in case of a continuing guarantee extends to all the transactions contemplated until the revocation of the guarantee. Therefore the instant problem is related to continuing guarantee.
A Continuing guarantee is revoked in the following cases:-
By notice of revocation by the surety (Section 130): The notice operates to revoke the surety’s liability as regards future transactions. He continues to be liable for transactions entered into prior to the notice.
By the death of the surety: The death of the surety operates, in the absence of contract as a revocation of a continuing guarantee, so far as regards future transactions (Section 131). But for all the transactions made before his death, the surety’s estate will be liable.
Q. When a contract becomes void, under the Indian Contract Act, 1872? (Dec, 18- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans: As per the Indian Contract Act, 1872
Definition under Section 2(g) and 2(j):
Section 2(g): An agreement not enforceable by law is void.
Section 2(j): A contract which ceases to be enforceable by law becomes void when it ceases to be enforceable.
Due to Impossibility of Performance:
A contract becomes void if, after its formation, an event occurs which makes performance impossible and the promisor could not prevent it.
Example: Destruction of the subject matter (e.g., a specific item agreed to be sold is destroyed).
Due to Subsequent Illegality:
A contract becomes void if it becomes unlawful due to a change in law or circumstances.
Example: A contract between parties of India and Pakistan becomes void if war breaks out and legislation prohibits trade.
Contingent Contract Becomes Void:
If the event on which a contingent contract depends becomes impossible, the contract becomes void.
Example: A agrees to sell goods if a ship arrives, but the ship sinks—contract becomes void.
Q. ‘X’, the father of a boy of marriageable age and ‘Y’ the father of a girl, who was to be married to boy, agreed that each of them shall pay a sum of money to the boy who was to take up the new responsibilities of married life. After the demise of both the contracting parties, the boy (husband) sued the executors of his father- in- law upon the agreement between his father-in-law and his father.
Whether suit of the boy (husband) is maintainable against the executor of his father-in-law in the Court of Law under Indian Contract Act, 1872. (Dec, 19- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. A stranger to a contract cannot sue both under the English and Indian law for want of privity of contract even though the contract is for his benefit. This situation is decided in the leading case of Tweddle v. Atkinson (1861). In this case the Court held that the suit was not maintainable as the boy was not a party to the contract.
In this case the Boy (husband) was not a party the contract. Hence the suit of the Boy (husband) against the executor of his father in law in the Court of Law under Indian Contract Act, 1872 is not maintainable.
No, the suit of the Boy (husband) against the executor of his father in law in the Court of Law under Indian Contract Act, 1872 is not maintainable.
Q. What do you mean by the doctrine of ‘Quantum Meruit’ under Indian Contract Act, 1872 ? State the circumstances under which this doctrine may be applied. (Dec, 19- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Doctrine of Quantum Meruit
Meaning:
"Quantum Meruit" is a Latin term meaning “as much as earned” or “reasonable remuneration”.
It applies when a person seeks compensation for services rendered, in the absence of a specified contract price.
General Rule:
A party cannot claim payment under a contract unless he has fully performed his obligations under that contract.
Payment becomes due only upon full performance, if the contract is indivisible.
Exception – Quantum Meruit Claim Permitted:
A claim under quantum meruit is allowed in specific situations, including:
Circumstances Where Doctrine Applies:
a) Contract is Discovered to be Void: When a contract is later found to be void, any party who has performed part of the contract may claim reasonable compensation.
b) One Party Prevents the Other from Completion: If one party is prevented from completing the contract by the other party, he may sue for the value of the part performed.
c) Voluntary Non-Gratuitous Act: If a person voluntarily does something for another, expecting compensation and not intending it as a gift, he may claim reasonable payment.
d) Divisible Contract and Partial Performance: If the contract is divisible, and one party defaults after partial performance, he may still claim proportionate payment, provided the other party benefits from what was done.
e) Acceptance of Partial Work: If one party accepts work partially completed by the other, even if the contract is not fully performed, reasonable payment may be claimed.
Conclusion:
The doctrine of Quantum Meruit ensures that a party is compensated fairly for the work done or services rendered when strict contract enforcement is not feasible.
Q. How does a valid contract get discharged by impossibility of performance ? (Jun, 16- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Discharge by Impossibility of Performance (Section 56 – Indian Contract Act, 1872)
Initial Impossibility (Void Ab Initio): A contract to perform an act that is impossible from the beginning is void.
Example: A contract to discover treasure by magic is void from the outset.
Subsequent or Supervening Impossibility: If a contract becomes impossible to perform or unlawful after it has been formed, it becomes void at the point of such impossibility. This is known as supervening impossibility, and the contract stands discharged automatically.
Legal Provision – Section 56: States that a contract becomes void when the act becomes impossible or unlawful due to circumstances beyond the control of the promisor.
Promisor’s Knowledge of Impossibility: If the promisor knew or ought to have known about the impossibility at the time of agreement, he is liable to compensate the promisee for any loss caused, even if the agreement is void.
Illustrations:
(a) A agrees with B to discover treasure by magic – void from the beginning due to initial impossibility.
(b) A and B contract to marry each other. Before the fixed date, A becomes insane – the contract becomes void due to supervening impossibility.
Q. Every agreement in which anyone is restrained from exercising a lawful profession, trade or business of any kind is, to that extent, void." Discuss. (Jun, 16- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans: Based on Section 27 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872
General Rule – Section 27:
Every agreement that restrains any person from exercising a lawful profession, trade, or business is void to that extent.
This promotes freedom of trade and profession.
Exception – Reasonable Restraint:
A restraint is valid only if it is necessary to protect legitimate interests of the parties, such as:
Goodwill
Confidential information
Trade secrets
Employer-Employee Agreements:
Agreements not to compete during employment are valid.
Post-employment restraints are generally void, unless reasonable and necessary to protect employer’s goodwill or business interest.
Partial Restraint – Severability Clause:
The words “to that extent” in Section 27 imply that only the restrictive portion of the agreement is void if the agreement is severable.
The remaining valid clauses remain enforceable.
Judicial Interpretation – Case Law:
In Brahmaputra Tea Co. Ltd. v. Scarth (1885):
An employee agreed (i) not to compete after leaving the job and (ii) not to injure employer’s interests during employment.
The court held that:
(i) was void (restraint of trade),
(ii) was valid (protecting employer’s interests).
Conclusion:
Section 27 ensures that individuals are not unlawfully restrained from carrying on their trade or profession. Only reasonable and necessary restraints are enforceable; others are void to the extent of such restraint.
Q. Rakesh entered into a bond with a company to serve for a period of five years. As per the terms of the bond, if Rakesh leaves the job earlier, and joins a competitor within five years, he would be liable to pay damage. After receiving necessary training, Rakesh left the job within the stipulated period and joined a competitor. The former employer filed a suit for damages against him. Is this agreement valid under the Indian Contract Act, 1872 ? Discuss. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Validity of Service Bond under the Indian Contract Act, 1872
1. Relevant Legal Provision – Section 27
Section 27(1) of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 states that:
Every agreement by which anyone is restrained from exercising a lawful profession, trade, or business is void.
However, Indian courts have recognized exceptions in case of contracts of service during the period of employment.
2. Validity of Negative Covenants During Employment
An agreement restraining an employee from joining another employer during the term of employment:
Does not amount to restraint of trade.
Is considered valid, provided it is reasonable and protects legitimate business interests.
3. Judicial Precedent
In Niranjan Shanker Golikari v. The Century Spinning and Manufacturing Co. Ltd. (AIR 1967 SC 1098):
The Supreme Court held that:
A restriction operating during the period of employment, especially after providing specialized training, is valid.
Such restraint is meant to protect the employer’s investment and confidential interests.
4. Application to the Given Case
Rakesh:
Entered into a bond to serve the company for five years.
Received necessary training from the employer.
Left employment before the completion of the bond period and joined a competitor.
The restriction:
Operates during the agreed service period.
Is intended to protect the employer’s training investment and business interests.
5. Conclusion
The agreement does not violate Section 27 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872.
The restraint is:
Limited to the period of service.
Reasonable and legally enforceable.
Therefore, the agreement is valid, and the employer is entitled to claim damages for breach of the bond.
So in the given case, the agreement is valid under the Indian Contract Act, 1872, as the restraint operates during the period of employment and is necessary for protecting the employer’s legitimate interests.
Q. What is meant by contracts "uberrimae fidei" ? Which contracts are in general may be treated as contracts "uberrimae fidei" ? (Jun, 17- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. Contracts uberrimae fidei means contracts requiring utmost good faith.
The followings are the contracts which are generally may be treated as contracts "uberrimae fidei":-
Contract of insurance of all kinds : The assured must disclose to the insurer all material facts and whatever he states must be correct and truthful.
Company prospectus : When a company invites the public to subscribe for its shares, it is under statutory obligation to disclose truthfully the various matters set out in the Companies Act. Any person responsible for non- disclosure of any of these matters is liable to damages. Also, the contract to buy shares is voidable where there is a material false statement or non- disclosure in the prospectus.
Contract for the sale of land : The vendor is under a duty to the purchaser to show good title to the land he has contracted to sell.
Contracts of family arrangements : When the members of a family make agreements or arrangements for the settlement of family property, each member of the family must make full disclosure of every material fact within his knowledge.
Q. A invites B to stay with him during winter vacation at his residence. B accepts the invitation and informs A accordingly. When B reaches A’s house, he finds it locked and he has to stay in a hotel. Can B claim damages from A ? (Jun, 17- 3 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. To constitute a contract, the parties must intend to create legal relationship i.e. it must be enforceable by law along with other essential elements of contract.
Inviting on dinner is an agreements relating to social matters and does not create a legal obligation on their part to abide by it.
In the present case it is a social and domestic arrangement, there is no initiation to create legal relationship.
B cannot claim any damage from A as it is an agreements relating to social matters and does not create a legal obligation on A to fulfil it.
Q. Aman hired a room in a hotel and paid a week's rent in advance. After registering, he went up to occupy the room. Aman found a notice on the wall that "The proprietor will not be responsible for articles lost or stolen, unless handed over to the manager of the hotel for safe custody." Owing to the negligence ofthe hotel staff, a thief gained access to the room and stole some goods of Aman. State whether the proprietor of the hotel is liable for the loss caused to Aman ? State also which tlpe of contract it is? (Jun, 17- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans.
1. Legal Issue – Timing of the Exclusion Clause
The notice excluding liability was displayed after Aman entered into the contract by paying rent and registering.
As per law, any terms or conditions must be communicated at or before the time of forming the contract.
A subsequent notice does not form part of the original contract, unless expressly accepted by the other party.
2. Proprietor’s Liability
Since the exclusion clause was not communicated at the time of contract, it does not bind Aman.
Moreover, the theft occurred due to the negligence of hotel staff, making the proprietor liable for the loss.
3. Type of Contract – Standard Form Contract
This case is based on a Standard Form Contract (also known as Contract of Adhesion):
Terms are pre-drafted by one party (e.g., hotel).
The other party (e.g., guest) has no opportunity to negotiate.
The customer merely adheres to the contract by accepting it as-is.
4. Conclusion
The proprietor is liable for the loss caused to Aman as the exclusion clause was not part of the original contract.
The contract is a Standard Form Contract, where unilateral terms cannot override rights if not communicated properly.
Q. “Contract cannot confer rights or impose obligations arising under it on any person or agent except the parties to the contract”. Critically analyze this statement. (Jun, 18- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Answer:
Doctrine of Privity of Contract – General Rule:
The doctrine of privity means that only the parties to a contract are entitled to enforce rights or are bound by obligations under it.
A third party (i.e., a person who is not a party to the contract) cannot sue to enforce the terms of the contract, even if it is made for his benefit.
Rationale Behind the Rule:
The basis of this doctrine lies in the principle that a contract is a private agreement between the parties who have given consent.
Therefore, no third party should claim enforcement unless they have provided consideration and are a party to the contract.
Illustration:
If A contracts with B to pay ₹1,000 to C, C cannot enforce this contract unless C is a party to it.
This is because C has not provided any consideration nor is privy to the contract.
Exceptions to the Doctrine (Recognized in Indian and
English Law):
The rule is not absolute and several judicial
exceptions have been recognized, particularly in Indian
law:
Trusts: A beneficiary under a trust can sue to enforce the trust even if they are not a party to the contract (e.g., Khwaja Muhammad Khan v. Hussaini Begum).
Acknowledgment or Estoppel: If a party acknowledges a third party's right or represents that he will honor the contract, he may be estopped from denying the same.
Contract through Agent: A principal can enforce a contract entered into by his authorized agent.
Family Settlements: A member of a family can enforce an arrangement made for their benefit (e.g., in Hindu family arrangements).
Assignment of Contract: Rights under a contract may be assigned to a third party, who then can enforce it.
Conclusion:
The statement is partially correct.
While the general principle is that only parties to a contract have enforceable rights, there are important exceptions that allow third parties to sue under specific circumstances.
Thus, the doctrine of privity is not rigid and Indian courts have liberally interpreted it to provide relief in deserving cases.
Q. John, who is a known minor, fraudulently overstates his age and takes delivery of a motor car after executing a promissory note in favour of the dealer for its price. He does not knowingly honour his promissory note; that is to say he does not pay the price of the said motor car. What is the remedy available to the motor car dealer in the above situation ? Advise. (Jun, 18- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. A minor’s contract is altogether void in law, and a minor cannot bind himself by a contract. If the minor has obtained any benefit, such as money on a mortgage, he cannot be asked to repay. But where the loan was obtained by fraudulent representation by the minor or some property was sold by him and the transactions are set aside as being void, the Court may direct the minor to restore the property to the other party.
Hence in given case, John the minor cannot be compelled to pay the amount to the promissory note, but the Court on equitable grounds may order the minor to return the car to the trader, if it is still with the minor.
Q. Gamaxo Ltd. offered a reward of `10,000 by advertisement to anyone who infected influenza after using their smoke ball in the specified manner. Mrs. Upma uses smoke ball in the specified manner, but still infected by influenza. She claims the reward. Decide the case with the help of leading decided case laws and related sections of the Indian Contract Act, 1872. (Jun, 18- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans:
Legal Principle: General Offer under Indian Contract Act, 1872
An offer may be made to a specific person or to the public at large.
Section 2(a) of the Indian Contract Act defines proposal/offer as when one person signifies to another his willingness to do or abstain from doing anything.
A general offer, made to the public at large, can be accepted by anyone who fulfills the conditions mentioned in the offer.
Case Law: Carlill v. Carbolic Smoke Ball Co. (1893) 1 QB 256
The company advertised that it would pay £100 to anyone who used their smoke ball three times daily as directed and still caught influenza.
Mrs. Carlill used it accordingly and still got infected.
The court held that:
The offer was specific, certain and not vague.
The advertisement constituted a general offer.
Mrs. Carlill had accepted the offer by performing the required conditions.
Hence, a valid contract existed, and she was entitled to the reward.
Application to Present Case:
Gamaxo Ltd. made a similar general offer of ₹10,000.
Mrs. Upma, like Mrs. Carlill, fulfilled all conditions of the offer by using the smoke ball in the specified manner.
Yet, she contracted influenza.
Therefore, she is entitled to the reward as she validly accepted the general offer through performance.
Conclusion:
Based on the precedent laid down in Carlill v. Carbolic Smoke Ball Co. and the provisions of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, Mrs. Upma is entitled to claim ₹10,000 from Gamaxo Ltd.
A valid and enforceable contract was formed by performance of the conditions in the general offer.
Q. What are the obligations of finder of lost goods ? Explain briefly with reference to Indian Contract Act, 1872. (Jun, 18- 5 marks, Old Syllabus)
Ans. According to Section 71 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 a person who finds goods belonging to another, and takes them into his custody, is subject to the same responsibility as a bailee. This means that he must take as much care of the goods as a man of ordinary prudence would take of his own goods of the same kind. So far as the real owner of the goods is concerned, the finder is only a bailee and must not appropriate the goods to his own use. If the owner is traced, he must return the goods to him. However, the finder is entitled to get the reward that may have been offered by the owner and also any expenses he may have incurred in protecting and preserving the property.
Q. Aamir the owner of a boat, contracts with Bhavesh to take a cargo of jute to Aligarh for sale at that place, starting on a specified day. The boat owing to some unfortunate reasons, could not start at the time appointed, and hence the arrival of the cargo at Aligarh is delayed beyond the specified contracted time. After that date and before the arrival of the cargo, the price of the jute falls. Discuss in detail the remedy available to Bhavesh. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Remedy Available to Bhavesh under the Indian Contract Act, 1872
1. Nature of the Contract
Aamir contracted with Bhavesh to transport jute to Aligarh for sale.
The boat was to start on a specified day, showing that time was intended to be essential.
Due to Aamir’s failure, the cargo reached late and the market price of jute fell, causing loss to Bhavesh.
2. Effect of Delay – Section 55
Section 55 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 provides that:
When time is of the essence and the contract is not performed at the fixed time,
The promisee (Bhavesh) may void the contract, or
If he chooses not to avoid it, he may claim compensation for the loss caused by delay.
In the present case, Bhavesh did not rescind the contract but suffered loss due to delay.
3. Right to Compensation – Section 73
Section 73 deals with compensation for breach of contract.
The aggrieved party is entitled to compensation for:
Loss or damage which naturally arose in the usual course of things, or
Which the parties knew at the time of contract was likely to result from breach.
Compensation is not allowed for remote or indirect losses.
4. Type of Damages – Ordinary (Unliquidated) Damages
The damages in this case are ordinary unliquidated damages.
Ordinary damages aim to:
Place the injured party in the position he would have been in if the contract had been performed on time.
In contracts for sale of goods, damages are generally:
The difference between the market price on the due date of delivery and the market price on the actual date of delivery.
5. Application to the Given Case
Due to Aamir’s delay:
The jute arrived late.
The market price had fallen.
The loss suffered by Bhavesh is a direct and natural consequence of the delay.
6. Conclusion
Bhavesh is entitled to ordinary damages under Section 73.
The measure of compensation will be:
The difference between the price Bhavesh could have obtained at Aligarh if the goods had arrived on time and the price prevailing at the time of actual arrival.
Hence, Bhavesh can legally claim compensation from Aamir for the loss suffered due to delayed performance.
So, Bhavesh can claim ordinary damages from Aamir under Sections 55 and 73 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, equal to the fall in market price of jute caused by the delay in transportation.
Q. Shyam Jewels, one of Mumbai’s biggest jewelry stores, contract with Gold leaf Wholesalers in electronic form. Gold leaf specializes in High-quality Gold and Diamond Jewelry. Under the contract, the gold leaf was supposed to provide jewelry amounting to ` 25 lakh on credit to Shyam Jewels, with payment due in 90 days. To fulfill this financial obligation, X, the friend of owner of Shyam Jewels, signed a personal guarantee and Y, business partner of Shyam Jewels secured the transaction with a lien on his expensive car. Upon receiving the consignment, Shyam Jewels defaulted on its payment obligations within the stipulated period. Despite multiple legal notices, the payment remained due, which entitles the aggrieved party to compensation for loss or damage caused by this act.
As X had provided a personal guarantee, Gold Leaf Wholesalers initiated recovery proceedings against him. There is an agreement in which a surety undertakes liability in the event of the principal debtor’s default.
Y’s luxury car had been pledged as security for the debt. Upon default, Gold Leaf exercised its statutory right, which empowers the Gold Leaf to sell the pledged goods after providing reasonable notice to the Y. The proceeds from the sale were appropriated towards the outstanding liability.
During the course of legal proceedings, it was ascertained that Shyam Jewels had engaged A, as an agent to procure jewelry from Gold Leaf.
The commercial transaction between Shyam Jewels and Gold Leaf falls within the ambit of the Sale of Goods Act, 1930, as it involved the transfer of ownership of goods in exchange for monetary consideration.
In view of the above details, answer the following questions with reasons :
Discuss the liability of X, as a guarantor. (2 Marks)
Can Gold Leaf sell the luxury car of Y and appropriate the proceeds toward the outstanding liability ? Discuss the rights of a pawnee. (3 Marks)
Under which provisions of the Sale of Goods Act, 1930, Gold Leaf can initiate legal actions for recovery of price and damages ? (2 Marks)
Under what circumstances an agent can be held personally liable ? (3 Marks) (June, 25)
Ans.
(i) According to Section 128 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, the liability of the surety is co-extensive with that of the principal debtor, unless the contract provides otherwise.
A creditor is not bound to proceed against the principal debtor. He can sue the surety without suing the principal debtor. As soon as the debtor has made default in payment of the debt, the surety is immediately liable. But until default, the creditor cannot call upon the surety to pay. In this sense, the nature of the surety’s liability is secondary. Section 128 only explains the quantum of a surety’s obligation when terms of the contract do not limit it. Conversely, it does not follow that the surety can never be liable when the principal debtor cannot be held liable. Thus, a surety is not discharged from liability by the mere fact that the contract between the principal debtor and creditor was voidable at the option of the former, and was avoided by the former. Where the agreement between the principal debtor and creditor is void as for example in the case of minority of principal debtor, the surety is liable as a principal debtor; for in such cases the contract of the so-called surety is not collateral, but a principal contract. [Kashiba v. Shripat (1894) 19 Bom. 697].
In view of the above discussion it may be said that the Gold Leaf Wholesalers are legally entitled to initiate recovery proceedings against Mr. X.
(ii) By virtue of section 173 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, no property in goods pawned passes to the pawnee, but the pawnee gets a “special property to retain possession even against the true owner until the payment of the debt, interest on the debt, and any other expense incurred in respect of the possession or for preservation of the goods pledged”. The pawnee must return the goods to the pawnor on the tender of all that is due to him. The pawnee cannot confer a good title upon a bona fide purchaser for value. Upon default by the pawnor in payment or performance, the pawnee may exercise the following remedies:
file a suit for the recovery of the amount due to him while retaining the goods pledged as collateral security; or
sue for the sale of the goods and the realisation of money due to him; or
himself sell the goods pawned, after giving reasonable notice to the pawnor, sue for the deficiency, if any, after the sale.
Thus, Gold Leaf Wholesalers can sell the luxury car of Mr. Y after giving reasonable notice to Mr. Y and appropriate the proceeds toward the outstanding liability.
(iii) According to section 55(1) of Sale of Goods Act, 1930, where under a contract of sale the property in the goods has passed to the buyer and the buyer wrongfully neglects or refuses to pay for the goods according to the terms of the contract, the seller may sue him for the price of the goods.
Further, according to section 61(1), nothing in this Act shall affect the right of the seller or the buyer to recover interest or special damages in any case where by law interest or special damages may be recoverable, or to recover the money paid where the consideration for the payment of it has failed.
Moreover, according to section 61(2)(a), in the absence of a contract to the contrary, the Court may award interest at such rate as it thinks fit on the amount of the price to the seller in a suit by him for the amount of the price – from the date of the tender of the goods or from the date on which the price was payable.
Therefore, Gold Leaf can sue for recovery of the price under Section 55 and claim damages and interest under Section 61 of the Sale of Goods Act, 1930.
(iv) An agent is personally liable in the following cases:
Where the agent has agreed to be personally liable to the third-party.
Where an agent acts for a principal residing abroad.
When the agent signs a negotiable instrument in his own name without making it clear that he is signing it only as agent.
When an agent acts for a principal who cannot be sued (e.g., he is minor), the agent is personally liable.
An agent is liable for breach of warranty of authority. Where a person contracts as agent without any authority there is a breach of warranty of authority. He is liable to the person who has relied on the warranty of authority and has suffered loss.
Where authority is one coupled with interest or where trade, usage or custom makes the agent personally liable, he will be liable to the third-party.
The agent is also liable for his torts committed in the course of agency.
Q. Ratan Properties Pvt. Ltd. is developing a residential site in Jodhpur. Aryansh purchases a plot of 5000 square feet. Before the plot could be developed, war breaks out and the residential site is requisitioned by Government of India for war purposes for temporary period. Ratan Properties Pvt. Ltd, claims impossibility to deliver plot to Aryansh. Examine the claim under the Indian Contract Act, 1872. (Dec,23 – 5 Marks)
Ans.
Relevant Legal Provision – Section 56, Indian Contract Act, 1872:
This section relates to the doctrine of impossibility or frustration.
It provides that a contract to do an act which becomes impossible or unlawful after it is made, becomes void when the act becomes impossible or unlawful to perform.
Meaning of “Impossibility”:
The term "impossible" is not confined to physical or literal impossibility.
It includes practical impossibility where performance becomes impracticable or useless due to a fundamental change in circumstances.
Leading Case: Satyabrata Ghose v. Mugneeram Bangur & Co., AIR 1954 SC 44:
In this case, a plot of land was to be sold, but before the transaction was completed, the land was temporarily requisitioned by the government due to war.
The seller claimed frustration of contract.
The Supreme Court held that:
Temporary requisition does not frustrate the contract.
The foundation of the contract was not destroyed, and
There was no fixed time within which the seller was required to perform.
Therefore, temporary impossibility was not sufficient to treat the contract as void.
Application to Present Case:
Ratan Properties Pvt. Ltd.’s situation is identical to the Satyabrata Ghose case.
The requisition of the land by the government is temporary.
There is no evidence that the delivery of plot was to be made within a strict time frame.
Conclusion:
Since the impossibility is temporary and does not strike at the root of the contract, the claim of Ratan Properties Pvt. Ltd. is invalid.
Aryansh can still enforce the contract after the requisition ends.
Therefore, Ratan Properties cannot escape liability under Section 56.
Q. Malti is the daughter of Harish who has divided all the assets among his two sons Dhruv and Tarun with the condition that some provision must be made for the marriage of Malti. Later the brothers refuse to contribute towards the marriage of Malti on the pretext that there is absence of privity of contract between Malti and the two brothers. Will Malti succeed ? Discuss as per the provisions of Indian Contract Act, 1872. (Dec, 23 – 4 Marks)
Ans. A stranger to a contract cannot sue for want of privity of contract.
But there are exceptions to this doctrine which include cases of family arrangement. In case of family arrangement or settlement between male members of a Hindu family which provide for the maintenance or expenses for marriage of female members, the latter though not parties to the contract possess an actual beneficial right which place them in a position of beneficiaries under the contract and can therefore, sue.
In the given case Malti can sue and will succeed.
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Mistake of Fact and Mistake of Law
Novation and Alteration (Dec, 23 – 3 Marks each)
Ans. (i) Mistakes are of two kinds: (i) mistake of law, and (ii) mistake of fact.
If there is a mistake of law of the land, the contract is binding because everyone is deemed to have knowledge of law of the land and ignorance of law is no excuse (ignorantia juris non-excusat).
But mistake of foreign law and mistake of private rights are treated as mistakes of fact and are excusable. The law of a foreign country is to be proved in Indian Courts as ordinary facts. So, mistake of foreign law makes the contract void. Similarly, if a contract is made in ignorance of private right of a party, it would be void, e.g., where A buys property which already belongs to him.
Ans. (ii)
Novation: Novation is when a new contract is substituted for an existing contract either between the same parties or between different parties, the consideration mutually being the discharge of the old contract.
Alteration: Alteration is the change of one or more of the material terms of the contract between the same parties.
Q. A tendered to supply goods to B up to ₹ 50,000 for a period of one year. B ordered the goods up to ₹ 30,000 only. A wants to sue B for breach of contract as order did not come up to the amount expected. Discuss with reasons whether A can sue B under The Indian Contract Act, 1872.
Ans:
Nature of Standing Offer (Tender):
When a person offers to supply specific goods up to a stated quantity or any quantity required at a certain rate during a fixed period, it is called a standing offer.
A standing offer is in the nature of a continuing offer.
Acceptance of Standing Offer:
The acceptance of such a tender merely intimates that the offer will remain open during the specified period.
It also implies that the offer will be accepted from time to time by placing orders for specified quantities.
Legal Effect of Orders Placed:
Each order placed under the tender creates a separate contract for that quantity.
There is no binding contract until and unless an order is placed.
Therefore, there is no obligation on the party inviting the tender (B) to place orders for the full tender amount.
Relevant Case Law:
In Percival Ltd. vs. L.C.C. (1918), it was held that:
A standing offer does not bind either party unless and until an order is placed.
Each individual order constitutes a separate and enforceable contract.
Conclusion:
Since only ₹30,000 worth of goods were ordered, only that amount became a binding contract.
B was not obligated to order goods worth ₹50,000.
Therefore, A cannot sue B for breach of contract simply because the order did not reach the full tender limit.
Q. C agrees to appoint B as his clerk to sell goods at a yearly salary upon A’s becoming surety to C for B for his conduct of duly accounting for money received by him as such clerk. Afterwards, without A’s knowledge or consent, C and B agree that B should be paid commission on the goods to be sold by him and not by a fixed salary. B later misappropriated funds. Discuss the liability of A. (June, 23 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Section 133 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 deals with discharge of surety by variance in terms of contract. It states that any variance, made without the surety’s consent, in the terms of the contract between the principal debtor and the creditor, discharges the surety as to transactions subsequent to the variance.
Thus, as per the facts of the problem C agrees to appoint B as his clerk to sell goods at a yearly salary, upon A’s becoming surety to C for B’s duly accounting for moneys received by him as such clerk. Afterwards, without A’s knowledge or consent, C and B agree that B should be paid by a commission on the goods sold by him and not by a fixed salary.
A is not liable for subsequent misconduct of B.
Q. Srajan, a minor fraudulently overstates his age and takes delivery of a motor car after executing a promissory note in favour of the trader for its price. Give your suggestion to trader for remedy in this situation. (Dec, 22 -4 Marks)
Ans. According to the Indian Contract Act no person is competent to enter into a contract who is not of the age of majority, It was finally laid down by the Privy Council in the leading case of Mohori Bibi v/s Dharmodas Ghose, (1903) 30 Cal, 539, that a minor has no capacity to contract and minor’s contract Is absolutely void.
In this case Srajan cannot be compelled to pay the amount to promissory note, but the Court on equitable grounds may order to Mr. Srajan to return the car to the trader, if it is still with the minor. Mr. Srajan.
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Fraud and Innocent Misrepresentation (Dec, 22 – 3 Marks)
Ans.
Fraud implies an intent to deceive, which is lacking if it is innocent misrepresentation.
In case of misrepresentation and fraudulent silence, the defendant can take a good plea that the plaintiff had the means of discovering the truth with ordinary diligence. This argument is not available if there is fraud. \
In misrepresentation the plaintiff can avoid or rescind the contract. However, in case of fraud, the plaintiff can claim damages as well.
If there is fraud, it may lead to prosecution for an offence of cheating under the Indian Penal Code.
Q. Distinguish the following :
Quantum Meruit and Anticipatory Breach (June, 22 - 3 Marks)
Ans. Yes, claim can sustain if Court finds it reasonable.
Section 74 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, provides for reasonable compensation for breach of contract where penalty is stipulated for.
When a contract has been broken, if a sum is named in the contract as the amount to be paid in case of such breach, or if the contract contains any other stipulation by way of penalty, the party complaining of the breach is entitled, whether or not actual damage or loss is proved to have been caused thereby, to receive from the party who has broken the contract reasonable compensation not exceeding the amount so named or, as the case may be, the penalty stipulated for.
Illustration (a) A contracts with B to pay B Rs. 1,000, if he fails to pay B Rs. 500 on a given day. A fails to pay B Rs. 500 on that day. B is entitled to recover from A such compensation, not exceeding Rs. 1,000, as the Court considers reasonable.
Q. Raman borrows ₹ 5,000 from Boman and promises to pay ₹ 10,000, if he fails to pay on a stipulated date. Is on Raman’s failure to repay on stipulated date, Boman is entitled to recover 10,000 from Raman ? Examine the validity of claim of stipulated damages. (June, 22 – 3 Marks)
Ans. Yes, claim can sustain if Court finds it reasonable.
Section 74 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, provides for reasonable compensation for breach of contract where penalty is stipulated for.
When a contract has been broken, if a sum is named in the contract as the amount to be paid in case of such breach, or if the contract contains any other stipulation by way of penalty, the party complaining of the breach is entitled, whether or not actual damage or loss is proved to have been caused thereby, to receive from the party who has broken the contract reasonable compensation not exceeding the amount so named or, as the case may be, the penalty stipulated for.
Illustration (a) A contracts with B to pay B Rs. 1,000, if he fails to pay B Rs. 500 on a given day. A fails to pay B Rs. 500 on that day. B is entitled to recover from A such compensation, not exceeding Rs. 1,000, as the Court considers reasonable.
Q. The Government has notified an order under an appropriate Statue in the month of September, 2022 that no one shall buy or sell a particular explosive chemical except under license obtained by the specified authority. Tarun applied in October 2022 and has obtained a license to buy it and was keenly looking for person who had license to sell it. Brju who has no license to sell, represents to Tarun that he has license to sell and induces Tarun to enter into a contract for the sale of a certain quantity of explosive chemical. On January 12, 2023 Tarun pays Brju ₹ 50,000 as earnest money. After few days Tarun learns through one of friend that Brju has no license to sell. Tarun gives a call to Brju to find the truth, Brju convinces Tarun that he shall obtain the license within reasonable time i.e. before due date of delivery but he failed to obtain it. Can Tarun recover advance payment paid to Brju ? Answer with reasons and legal provisions. (Dec 23 - 5 marks) (New Syllabus)
Ans. The definition of Fraud has been provided under section 17 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872. 'Fraud' is an untrue statement made knowingly with the intent to deceive. The party defrauded can avoid the contract and also claim damages. The chief ingredients of fraud are: a false representation or assertion, of fact (and not mere opinion), made with the intention that it should be acted upon, the representation must have actually induced the other party to enter into the contract and so deceived him, the party deceived must thereby be indemnified, for there is no fraud without damages, and the statement must have been made either with the knowledge that it was false or without belief in its truth or recklessly without caring whether it was true or false. It is immaterial whether the representation takes effect by false statement or with concealment.
Therefore, Tarun can recover advance payment paid from Brju because it is voidable contract on account of 'fraud' committed by Brju. Thus, Tarun can rescind/ cancel/ avoid the contract and can sue to recover the advance paid to Brju. Also Tarun has right to claim compensation for any damage which he has sustained through non- fulfilment of the contract.
Alternate answer to above paragraph
A voidable contract is initially considered legal and enforceable but can be rejected by one party if the contract is discovered to have defects. If a party with the power to reject the contract chooses not to reject the contract despite the defect, the contract remains valid and enforceable.
Now, in the given situation Brju defrauded Tarun to enter into contract. But later on Tarun found that contract was entered into by fraud. Tarun could have avoided the contract at that time and can recover advance paid.
But Brju conviced Tarun that he shall obtain the license within reasonable time, this means Tarun does not rejected the contract and agreed to continue an illegal agreement, as buying & selling of explosive chemical without licence has been prohibited by Government.
In view of the above, Tarun cannot recover advance paid if Brju failed to obtain the license as illegal agreement is not enforceable at law.
Q. Arun, a husband enters into a registered agreement with his wife Radha, to pay his earnings to her. Is it a valid contract? Will the answer be different if the husband by a registered document, after referring to quarrels and disagreement between himself and his wife, promises to pay his wife a sum of money for her maintenance and separate residence. (Dec 23 - 5 marks) (New Syllabus)
Ans.
Answer:
General Rule Regarding Consideration:
As per the Indian Contract Act, 1872, the general rule is that an agreement made without consideration is void.
However, Section 25 of the Act lays down certain exceptions under which a promise made without consideration can still be valid and binding.
Relevant Provision – Section 25(1):
Section 25(1) provides that an agreement made without consideration is not void if:
It is expressed in writing,
It is registered under the law for the time being in force for registration of documents, and
It is made on account of natural love and affection
Between parties standing in a near relation to each other.
First Situation – Husband promises to pay his earnings to his wife (Valid Contract):
Refer to the case of Poonoo Bibi v. Fyaz Buksh (1874) 15 Bom L.R. 57,
A registered agreement between a husband and his wife to pay his earnings to her was held to be a valid contract,
Because:
It was in writing and registered,
Made between parties standing in near relation (husband and wife), and
It was made on account of natural love and affection.
Second Situation – Promise made due to quarrels and separation (Not Enforceable):
Refer to the case of Rajluckhy Deb v. Bhootnath (1900) 4 C.W.N. 488,
In this case, a husband, by a registered document, after referring to quarrels and disagreement between himself and his wife,
Promised to pay his wife a sum of money for her maintenance and separate residence,
It was held that the promise was unenforceable because:
It was not made for love and affection, but in light of discord and separation.
Conclusion Based on Legal Provisions and Case Law:
A contract without consideration can be valid if it is written, registered, made out of love and affection, and between close relations, as per Section 25(1).
Therefore:
In the first situation, the agreement is valid.
In the second situation, the promise is unenforceable as it lacks love and affection, which is essential for the exception to apply.
Q. What do you mean by joint venture or foreign collaboration agreements ? State the factors to be kept in mind while drafting foreign collaboration agreements. (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. International business professionals use the term “modes of entry” to describe the different methods and approaches available to enter markets and conduct business in other countries. Important mode of entriesare joint ventures or foreign collaborations where two or more organizations join together in a cooperative effort to further their business goals. The joint venture or foreign collaborations are the most common and effective means of conducting business internationally.
The joint venture or foreign collaboration documents and agreements are critical to the success of the venture. It is difficult to prepare a set frame of the terms and conditions. The conditions may differ according to the requirements.
Factors To Be Kept In Mind While Drafting Foreign Collaboration Agreements
Assessment of Capabilities and
Requirements
Capability of the collaborator and the requirements of the party are
clearly indicated.
Definition of Technical Terms
Clear definitions of technical terms are given.
Exclusivity of Rights
Specify if the product shall be manufactured/sold on exclusive or
non-exclusive basis.
Disclosure of Technical Know-How and
Documentation
Terms and conditions regarding nature of technical know-how, disclosure
of drawings, specifications and other documents, furnishing of technical
information in respect of processes with flow charts, plant layout, list
of equipment, machinery and tools with specifications have to be
provided.
Deployment of Technical Personnel
Provisions for making available the engineers and/or skilled workers of
the collaborator on payment of expenses relating to their stay, per diem
etc., are given.
Product Specification and Quality
Standards
Details regarding specification and quality of the product to be
manufactured are given.
Quality Control and Trademark Usage
Quality control measures and trademarks to be used are also
specified.
Assembly Plant Responsibility
Responsibility of the collaborator in establishing or maintaining
assembly plants should be clearly determined and provided for.
Sub-Contracting Clause
If sub-contracting of the work is involved, clarify if there would be
any restrictions.
Royalty Terms and Tax Responsibility
The rate of royalty, mode of calculation and payment, etc. Also, make
provision as to who will bear the taxes/cess on such payments.
Industrial Property and Information Usage
Use of information and industrial property rights should also be
provided for in the agreement.
Force Majeure Clause
A clause on force majeure should be included.
Training Obligations
A clause that the collaborating company has to train the personnel of
the Indian company within a specified period should be incorporated. The
clause should also specify the terms and conditions of such assistance,
place of training, period of training, and fees payable.
Arbitration Clause
A comprehensive clause on arbitration containing a clear provision as to
the kind of arbitrator and place of arbitration should be
included.
Interest on Delayed Payments
There should be provision in the agreement for payment of interest on
delayed payments.
Q. What are essentials of promissory note? (Dec, 20 – 3 Marks)
Ans. To be a promissory note, an instrument must possess the following essentials:
Essential Requirements of a Valid Promissory Note
(a) Must Be in Writing - An oral promise is not valid; the promissory note must be in written form.
(b) Express Promise to Pay - It must contain a clear and express promise or undertaking to pay.
(c) Unconditional Promise - The promise to pay must be absolute and not subject to any condition.
(d) Signature of the Maker -The note must be signed by the maker as a confirmation of the promise to pay.
(e) Certainty of the Maker - The identity of the person promising to pay must be clearly specified.
(f) Certainty of the Payee - The person to whom payment is to be made must be clearly identified.
(g) Certainty of the Amount - The sum payable must be specific, with no scope for variation due to conditions.
(h) Payment in Legal Tender - The payment must be in legal currency only; combining goods and money is not valid.
(i) Proper Stamping - It must be appropriately stamped as per the Indian Stamp Act, 1899, and the stamp must be cancelled with the maker’s signature or initials.
(j) Mention of Place, Number, and Date - While not mandatory for validity, including the place, number, and date of execution is recommended; if undated, it is deemed to be dated on the date of delivery.
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Bill of Exchange and Promissory Note. (Dec,18- 3 marks) (Dec, 21 – 4 Marks)
Ans. Bill of Exchange and Promissory Note
| Point | Promissory Note | Bill of Exchange |
|---|---|---|
| 1. Parties Involved | Involves two parties – the maker and the payee. | Involves three parties – drawer, drawee, and payee. |
| 2. Payable to Self | Cannot be made payable to the maker himself. | Drawer and payee may be the same person. |
| 3. Nature of Instrument | Contains an unconditional promise to pay. | Contains an unconditional order to pay. |
| 4. Acceptance | No acceptance required; presented directly for payment. | Must be accepted by the drawee if payable after sight. |
| 5. Liability | Liability of the maker is primary and absolute. | Liability of the drawer is secondary and conditional. |
| 6. Protest on Dishonour | No protest is required in case of dishonour. | Protest is mandatory for dishonour in case of foreign bills. |
| 7. Notice of Dishonour | No notice of dishonour is necessary. | Notice must be given to drawer and endorsers. |
| 8. Payable to Bearer | Cannot be made payable to bearer, even if not on demand. | Can be made payable to bearer, if not on demand. |
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Cheque and Bill of Exchange (June,19- 4 marks) (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans.
| Point | Cheque | Bill of Exchange |
|---|---|---|
| a) Drawer and Drawee | Always drawn on a banker. | May be drawn on any person, including a banker. |
| b) Payability | Always payable on demand. | May be payable on demand or after a specified period. |
| c) Acceptance | No acceptance required. | Acceptance is required if payable after sight. |
| d) Grace Period | No grace period allowed. | Three days’ grace allowed for time bills. |
| e) Effect of Non-Presentment | Drawer discharged only if damaged by delay. | Drawer discharged if not presented for payment. |
| f) Notice of Dishonour | Not required. | Mandatory. |
| g) Revocability | Revocable by countermand or death/insolvency notice. | Not revocable in this manner. |
| h) Crossing | Cheque can be crossed. | Bill of exchange cannot be crossed. |
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Bearer and order instrument (Dec,19- 3 marks)
Ans. Bearer Instrument : A promissory note, bill of exchange or cheque is payable to bearer when (i) it is expressed to be so payable, or (ii) the only or last endorsement on the instrument is an endorsement in blank. A person who is a holder of a bearer instrument can obtain the payment of the instrument.
Order Instruments : A promissory note, bill of exchange or cheque is payable to order
which is expressed to be so payable; or
which is expressed to be payable to a particular person, and does not contain any words prohibiting transfer or indicating an intention that it shall not be transferable.
Q. Distinguish between the following :
Negotiability and Assignability (Dec,18- 3 marks)
Ans. Negotiability and Assignability
| Point | Negotiability | Assignability |
|---|---|---|
| a) Mode of Transfer | Transfer is by mere delivery (bearer) or endorsement and delivery (order). | Transfer requires a written document signed by the transferor. |
| b) Notice Requirement | No notice to the debtor is required. | Notice to the debtor is mandatory to complete the transferee’s title. |
| c) Title of Transferee | Transferee (holder in due course) gets a clean title, free from defects and defences. | Transferee takes subject to all defects, equities, and defences against the assignor. |
Q. Whether a person who has obtained possession of an instrument by theft, or under a forged endorsement is a holder under the Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881? Discuss.
Ans. According to Section 8 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 a person is a holder of a negotiable instrument who is entitled in his own name to the possession of the instrument, and to recover or receive its amount from the parties thereto. It is not every person in possession of the instrument who is called a holder. To be a holder, the person must be named in the instrument as the payee, or the endorsee, or he must be the bearer thereof.
A person who has obtained possession of an instrument by theft, or under a forged endorsement, is not a holder, as he is not entitled to recover the instrument in his own name. The holder implies de jure (holder in law) holder and not de facto (holder in fact) holder. An agent holding an instrument for his principal is not a holder although he may receive its payment.
Q. A bill is endorsed, ‘‘Pay A or order’’. A endorses it in blank, and it comes into the hands of B, who simply delivers it to C, C forges B’s endorsement and transfers it to D. Whether D can claim payment ? Decide while giving reasons for your answer. (June, 24 – 5 Marks)
The case of a forged endorsement is worth special notice. If an instrument is endorsed in full, it cannot be negotiated except by an endorsement signed by the person to whom or to whose order the instrument is payable, for the endorsee obtains title only through his endorsement. Thus, if an instrument be negotiated by means of a forged endorsement, the endorsee acquires no title even though he be a purchaser for value and in good faith, for the endorsement is a nullity. Forgery conveys no title. But where the instrument is a bearer instrument or has been endorsed in blank, it can be negotiated by mere delivery, and the holder derives his title independent of the forged endorsement and can claim the amount from any of the parties to the instrument.
An acceptor of a bill of exchange already endorsed is not relieved from liability by reason that such endorsement is forged if he knew or had reason to believe the endorsement to be forged when he accepted the bill.
In the present case D, as the holder does not derive his title through the forged endorsement of B, but through the genuine endorsement of A and can claim payment from any of the parties to the instrument in spite of the intervening forged endorsement.
Q. A draws and B accepts the bill payable to C or order. C endorses the bill to D and D to E, who is ‘holder in due course’. Decide from whom E can recover the amount under the Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881 ? (June,19- 4 marks)
Ans. According to the Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881, every prior party to a negotiable instrument is liable thereon to a holder in due course until the instrument is duly satisfied. Prior parties may include the maker or drawer, the acceptor and all the intervening endorsers to a negotiable instrument. The liability of the prior parties to a holder in due course is joint and several. The holder in due course may hold any or all prior parties liable for the amount of the dishonoured instrument.
Therefore, in present case, “E” can recover the amount payable on bill from:
“A” being drawer of bill having secondary and conditional liability arising in case of dishonor of bill.
“B” being drawee and acceptor of bill having primary and absolute liability to pay bill.
“C” and “D” being endorsers and prior parties to the bill.
Q. What is Endorsement under the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881? Name the various types of Endorsements. (Dec, 23 – 3 Marks)
Ans. Where the maker or holder of a negotiable instrument signs the same otherwise than as such maker for the purpose of negotiation, on the back or face thereof or on a slip of paper annexed thereto (called Allonge), or so, signs for the same purpose; a stamped paper intended to be completed as a negotiable instrument, he is said to endorse the same. (Section 15 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881). The person to whom the instrument is endorsed is called endorsee.
In other words, ’endorsement’ means and involves the writing of something on the back of an instrument for the purpose of transferring the right, title and interest therein to some other person.
An endorsement may be:
Blank or General;
Special or Full;
Restrictive; or
Partial and
Conditional or Qualified.
Q. What is crossing of a cheque ? (Dec, 22 – 4 Marks)
Ans. A cheque is either “open” or “crossed”. An open cheque can be presented by the payee to the paying banker and is paid over the counter. A crossed cheque cannot be paid across the counter but must be collected through a banker.
A crossing is a direction to the paying banker to pay the money generally to a banker or to a particular banker and not to pay otherwise. The object of crossing is to secure payment to a banker so that it could be traced to the person receiving the amount of the cheque. Crossing is a direction to the paying banker that the cheque should be paid only to a banker or a specified banker. To restrain negotiability, additon of words “Not Negotiable” or “Account Payee Only” is necessary. A crossed bearer cheque can be negotiated by delivery and crossed order cheque by endorsement and delivery. Crossing affords security and protection to the holder of the cheque.
Q. Distinguish the following :
Ans. Ambiguous and Inchoate Instruments (June, 22 – 3 Marks)
| Basis | Ambiguous Instrument | Inchoate Instrument |
|---|---|---|
| Meaning | An instrument that can be construed either as a promissory note or a bill of exchange. | An instrument that is incomplete but signed and stamped, authorizing the holder to complete it. |
| Relevant Section | Section 17 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. | Section 20 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. |
| Example | A bill drawn to the order of the drawee, or by one branch of a bank on another. | A blank or partially filled stamped paper signed and handed over to another for completion. |
| Holder's Rights | Holder may treat it as either a promissory note or a bill of exchange, but not both. | Holder has authority to complete it as a negotiable instrument for any amount within the stamp value. |
| Liability | Liability arises as per the instrument type chosen by the holder. | Signatory is liable to a holder in due course up to the amount intended or covered by the stamp. |
Q. Chapter XVII of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, provides for penalties in case of dishonour of certain cheques for insufficiencies of funds in the accounts. Sections 138 to 147 deal with these aspects.
Chapter XVII has been amended by the Negotiable Instruments (Amendment and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act, 2002. The amendments have provided the drawer with more time to send notice, made the punishment for the offence more stringent, given power to court for condonation of delay in filing of complaint, excluded liability of government nominated directors, made provision for summary trial of cases under the Chapter and time bound disposal of cases, have relaxed the rules of evidence, and made the offences under the Act compoundable.
Further Chapter XVII amended by the Negotiable Instruments (Amendment) Act, 2015, focused on clarifying the jurisdiction related issues for filing cases for offence committed under section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. The Negotiable Instruments (Amendment) Act, 2015, provides for retrospective validation for the new scheme of determining the jurisdiction of a court to try a case under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. The Negotiable Instruments (Amendment) Act, 2015 also mandates centralisation of cases against the same drawer.
With a view to address the issue of undue delay in final resolution of cheque dishonour cases, so as to provide relief to payees of dishonoured cheques and to discourage frivolous and unnecessary litigation, Parliament enacted the Negotiable Instruments (Amendment) Act, 2018 and notified by the Central Government on 1st September, 2018. The Amendment Act strengthened the credibility of cheques and help trade and commerce in general by allowing lending institutions, including banks, to continue to extend financing to the productive sectors of the economy. The Negotiable Instruments (Amendment) Act, 2018 inserted two new sections i.e. Section 143A dealing withPower to direct interim compensation and Section 148 dealing with Power of Appellate Court to order payment pending appeal against conviction.
In reference to the above statements, answer the following questions :
Mahesh draws a cheque of ` 25,000 on his own account, payable to Mukesh but only has ` 20,000 in his account. Mukesh presents the same to the bank after six months from the date on which it is drawn. The cheque bounced due to insufficient funds in Mahesh’s account.
Explain the legality of this, with reference to Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. (3 Marks)
(ii) S who was director of R & D Company, issued a cheque in favour of G Associates for the discharge of its debt. The cheque was returned by the bank unpaid because of the amount of money standing to the credit of that account was insufficient to honour the cheque. State, whether S is liable, considering the provisions of Section 141 of the Act ? (3 marks)
(iii) Discuss the provisions related to the mode of service of summons by the Court under Section 144 of the Act. (2 marks)
(iv) Discuss the provisions under Section 143A(4) with regards to repayment of the amount of interim compensation where the drawer of the cheque is acquitted. (2 Marks)
(Dec, 2024)
Ans.
(i) Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (Act) provides that where any cheque drawn by a person on an account maintained by him with a banker for payment of any amount of money to another person from out of that account for the discharge, in whole or in part, of any debt or other liability, is returned by the bank unpaid, either because of the amount of money standing to the credit of that account is insufficient to honour the cheque or that it exceeds the amount arranged to be paid from that account by an agreement made with that bank, such person shall be deemed to have committed an offence and shall, without prejudice to any other provision of this Act, be punished with imprisonment for a term which may be extended to two years, or with fine which may extend to twice the amount of the cheque, or with both.
The proviso to this section provides that nothing contained in this section shall apply unless the cheque has been presented to the bank within a period of six months from the date on which it is drawn or within the period of its validity, whichever is earlier.
In the given situation, the cheque bounced due to insufficient funds in Mahesh’s account as Mahesh has drawn a cheque of `25,000 on his own account but only ` 20,000 was there in his account. But here Mukesh presented the cheque to the bank after six months from the date on which it was drawn. Hence, the liability of Mahesh under Section 138 does not arise.
(ii) According to Section 141(1) of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (Act) if the person committing an offence under section 138 is a company, every person who, at the time the offence was committed, was in charge of, and was responsible to, the company for the conduct of the business of the company, as well as the company, shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.
Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any person liable to punishment if he proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge, or that he had exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission of such offence.
Provided further that where a person is nominated as a Director of a company by virtue of his holding any office or employment in the Central Government or State Government or a financial corporation owned or controlled by the Central Government or the State Government, as the case may be, he shall not be liable for prosecution under Chapter XVII.
Further, Section 141(2) states that notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section(1), where any offence under this Act has been committed by a company and it is proved that the offence has been committed with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to, any neglect on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or other officer shall also be deemed to be guilty of that offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.
In the given situation, S who was director of R & D Company himself issued a cheque in favour of G Associates for the discharge of the company’s debt. Hence, he would be deemed to be guilty of the offence under Section 138 of the Act and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.
(iii) According to section 144(1) of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (Act), notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 and for the purposes of this Chapter, a Magistrate issuing a summons to an accused or a witness may direct a copy of summons to
be served at the place where such accused or witness ordinarily resides or carries on business or personally works for gain, by speed post or by such courier services as are approved by a Court of Session.
Further according to section 144(2), where an acknowledgment purporting to be signed by the accused or the witness or an endorsement purported to be made by any person authorised by the postal department or the courier services that the accused or the witness refused to take delivery of summons has been received, the Court issuing the summons may declare that the summons has been duly served.
(iv) According to section 143A(4) of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, if the drawer of the cheque is acquitted, the Court shall direct the complainant to repay to the drawer the amount of interim compensation, with interest at the bank rate as published by the Reserve Bank of India, prevalent at the beginning of the relevant financial year, within sixty days from the date of the order, or within such further period not exceeding thirty days as may be directed by the Court on sufficient cause being shown by the complainant.
Q. Neeresh draws a cheque of ₹ 50,000 on his own account payable to Gukesh, but he only has ₹ 20,000 in his account. Gukesh presents the same to the bank with in the time allowed. Cheque got bounced due to insufficiency of funds in Neeresh’s account. Discuss the remedy available to Gukesh under the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, and what are the requirements which have to be complied with under section 138 of the said Act, before initiating action. (June, 25 – 5 Marks)
Ans. Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 provides that where any cheque drawn by a person on an account maintained by him with a banker for payment of any amount of money to another person from out of that account for the discharge, in whole or in part, of any debt or other liability, is returned by the bank unpaid, either because of the amount of money standing to the credit of that account is insufficient to honour the cheque or that it exceeds the amount arranged to be paid from that account by an agreement made with that bank, such person shall be deemed to have committed an offence and shall, without prejudice to any other provision of this Act, be punished with imprisonment for a term which may be extended to 2 years, or with fine which may extend to twice the amount of the cheque, or with both.
Provided that nothing contained in this section shall apply unless-
the cheque has been presented to the bank within a period of 3 months from the date on which it is drawn or within the period of its validity, whichever is earlier;
the payee or the holder in due course of the cheque, as the case may be, makes a demand for the payment of the said amount of money by giving a notice; in writing, to the drawer of the cheque, within thirty days of the receipt of information by him from the bank regarding the return of the cheque as unpaid; and
the drawer of such cheque fails to make the payment of the said amount of money to the payee or, as the case may be, to the holder in due course of the cheque, within 15 days of the receipt of the said notice.
Gukesh has a clear remedy under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, provided he follows the below mentioned procedural steps:
Present the cheque within 3 months.
Send a demand notice within 30 days of dishonour.
Wait 15 days for payment.
File a complaint within 1 month after expiry of 15 days.
If Neeresh fails to pay despite notice, Gukesh can proceed to file a criminal complaint, and also seek civil remedies like recovery of the cheque amount with interest.
Q. What do you understand by National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT) ? State the advantage of NEFT. (Dec, 24 – 5 Marks)
Ans. National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT) is a nation-wide payment system facilitating one-to-one funds transfer. Under this Scheme, individuals, firms and corporates can electronically transfer funds from any bank branch to any individual, firm or corporate having an account with any other bank branch in the country participating in the Scheme. NEFT is an electronic fund transfer system that operates on a Deferred Net Settlement (DNS) basis which settles transactions in batches. In DNS, the settlement takes place with all transactions received till the particular cutoff time.
Round the clock availability on all days of the year.
Near-real-time funds transfer to the beneficiary account and settlement in a secure manner.
Pan-India coverage through large network of branches of all types of banks.
The beneficiary need not visit a bank branch for depositing the paper instruments.
Remitter can initiate the remittances from his / her home / place of work using internet banking, if his/her bank offers such service.
Positive confirmation to the remitter by SMS / e-mail on credit to beneficiary account.
Penal interest provision for delay in credit or return of transactions.
No levy of charges by Reserve Bank of India (RBI) from banks.
No charges to savings bank account customers for online NEFT transactions.
The transaction charges have been capped by RBI.
Besides funds transfer, NEFT system can be used for a variety of transactions including payment of credit card dues to the card issuing banks, payment of loan EMI, inward foreign exchange remittances, etc.
The transaction has legal backing.